Travelsphere Europe & Worldwide (Dec 25 edition) by gtouringltd

troducing In

NEW

Wine Tours C

Europe & Worldwide holidays 2026-28 Led by the heart, guided by experts

lectio

At Travelsphere, we understand that the way we operate has an impact. An impact on the places we go, as well as the people we take there. So we craft itineraries that consider not only our customers, but the communities and lands we are lucky enough to explore. Our guided tours deliver experiences that stay with you long after you come home. And you’ll discover that every tour we create is…

Led by the heart, guided by experts.

Grand Canal, Venice

Contents

EUROPE

26-77

ITALY

WORLDWIDE

78-157

USA & CANADA

Grand Tour of Italy

Secret Lakes of Italy

Magnificent Maggiore & Lake Como

The Best of the Deep South

NEW A Taste of Italy’s Veneto

America’s Historic East Washington DC to New York City

The Italian Riviera, Portofino & the Cinque Terre

Treasures of Tuscany & Florence

Best of the West

Epic Wonders of the National Parks

Highlights of New England

New England, Canada & New York in the Fall

Rockies, Rail & Alaskan Cruise

Grand Tour of Canada & the Rocky Mountaineer

Amalfi Coast, Pompeii & Capri

Pompeii, Paestum & Herculaneum

Puglia & Basilicata

Sardinia’s Emerald Coast

Spectacular Rockies & Vancouver

The Best of Sicily

Rockies Winter Wonderland

100

MALTA Discover Malta

PORTUGAL Lisbon Coast - Historic Towns & Spectacular Sintra

SPAIN

CENTRAL & SOUTH AMERICA The Best of Costa Rica

102

Galapagos Island Hopping

104

NEW Wonders of Peru: Machu Picchu

& Amazon Adventure

Little Trains of the Pyrenees

NEW Flavours of Spain’s Basque Country

& La Rioja

A Week in Andalucia

FRANCE French Riviera

49 50

NEW Savouring Bordeaux & the Dordogne NEW A Toast to France –

Champagne & Burgundy

AUSTRIA Imperial Capitals: Budapest, Vienna & Prague Highlights of Austria: Mountains, Lakes & Spectacular Salzburg

108

Latin Wonders of the World

110

Chile, Argentina & Brazil

ASIA Beyond the Golden Triangle

112

Taj, Tigers, Temples & Rajasthan’s Palaces

114

Contrasts Of India Northern Cities & Kerala Backwaters

116

NEW Wonders of India & the Tiger Trail

118

Incredible India & Nepal: Culture, Wildlife & Ancient Wonders

120

Highlights of Sri Lanka

122

Unmissable China & Yangtze Cruise

124 126

Japan - Land of the Rising Sun

SLOVENIA Scenic Slovenia & Lake Bled

SWITZERLAND The Best of Switzerland

NORWAY

Invitation to Vietnam & the Temples of Angkor

128

A Journey Through Southeast Asia

130

The Best of Borneo - Orangutans & Rainforests

132

NEW Spirit of Indonesia: Java,

134

Komodo & Bali

Norwegian Wonders - Cities, Fjords & Mountains

106

CROATIA

Uzbekistan - the Heart of the Silk Route

136

Silk Road Adventure: The Five Stans

138

Croatian Island Hopping

AFRICA & THE MIDDLE EAST

Croatia Uncovered

Ultimate South Africa

140

Balkan Highlights

South Africa Safari - Tracking the Big Five

142

ALBANIA

South African Safari - The Royal Morubisi

143

Treasures of Egypt - Pyramids & a Nile Cruise

144

Wildflowers of Crete

OCEANIA

Classic Greece & Iconic Aegean Islands Cruise

Albania Discovered - Tirana & Beyond

GREECE

146

Jordan’s Ancient Wonders

TURKEY NEW Istanbul to Athens –

Turkish Delights & Greek Treasures

Treasures of Turkey

BALTICS Grand Baltic Explorer

NEW Arctic Explorer

Highlights of Australia

148

The Wonders of Australia

150

Discover New Zealand

154

REGIONAL DEPARTURES We’re delighted to introduce more regional departures on some of our tours.

Look for the

THE WINE TOURS COLLECTION

REGIONAL FLIGHTS

ROYAL GEOGRAPHIC SOCIETY COLLECTION

TIME FOR MORE

SPECIAL DEPARTURES

plane icon above.

For all the latest regional departures, simply scan the QR code or visit travelsphere.co.uk/local 5

Shared adventures built with you in mind Since 1962, we have been developing extraordinary itineraries to destinations around the world. The pioneering spirit of our team, and our customers’ desire to explore new destinations, learn about different cultures and to simply try something new, drives us to create award-winning holidays around the globe. We listen, learn, and constantly review the holidays we provide.

Here’s what you can expect from a Travelsphere tour… RETURN FLIGHTS On every tour, we include return flights. All tours will have a London departure and, on many tours, you’ll also be able to fly from your local airport. We also take care of all of your overseas transfers and transportation making sure you get safely from A to B.

HAND-PICKED ACCOMMODATION At the end of each day, relax in the comfort of your accommodation, handpicked by our team as the ideal fit for your stay. It might be in the perfect spot to explore more at leisure, somewhere a little indulgent or perhaps somewhere quite unique.

EXPERT HOLIDAY DIRECTORS All of our tours are hosted by an expert Holiday Director who will be on hand to guide you through your chosen adventure, sharing insight and making sure you don’t miss any of the best sights.

INCREDIBLE EXPERIENCES We do everything we can to make sure you have the holiday of a lifetime, that’s why we include so many mesmerising experiences. Uncover incredible sights, experience new cultures and taste mouth-watering cuisine.

LOCAL FLAVOURS Indulging in local dishes is a highlight of any holiday, that’s why we make sure there are opportunities to sample authentic flavours that make your taste-buds tingle.

FREEDOM & FLEXIBILITY Our tours have been built with freedom and flexibility in mind. Whether you choose to upgrade your flight, join one of our optional excursions, spend some time making your own discoveries or perhaps simply relaxing at your hotel – the choice is yours.

GREAT TRAVELLERS And then there’s the rest of the group - from couples and family members to friends travelling together and even a few solo travellers too, you’ll laugh together, you’ll share stories and most importantly, you’ll create incredible memories of your time away.

GUARANTEED LOYALTY We recognise that our success comes from listening to our customers, and we’re delighted that you’ll be rewarded with a loyalty offer when you return from your Travelsphere adventure.

Reasons to book with Travelsphere 60 YEARS OF TOURING We have been leading the way in escorted touring for more than 60 years, and we are immensely proud of our heritage and pioneering spirit. Our team work hard to create itineraries that our customers love, and feedback from our returning travellers helps us to shape future holidays.

CAREFULLY CRAFTED HOLIDAYS We take care of all the little details from flights, overseas travel, accommodation, and experiences so you don’t have to worry about a thing. We also know that there may be times when you want to explore on your own, have that romantic meal or just put your feet up, so we build free time into every holiday.

EXPERT DIRECTION & LOCAL FLAVOURS Our itineraries have been designed to explore both iconic and off-the-beaten-track sights, helping you to get a flavour of the region. Our Holiday Directors take you to the heart of a destination and immerse you in local traditions, culture, and cuisine.

A SERVICE YOU CAN COUNT ON From your first enquiry to when you return from your travels, our team are with you every step of the way, our Holiday Advisors are at the end of the phone and our Holiday Directors and Local Guides will be with you on tour.

TRANSFORMATIVE TRAVEL We believe travel should be as responsible as it is fulfilling, and that our tours can have a positive impact on both our customers and the communities we visit. As well as helping local businesses earn an income from tourism, in partnership with Planeterra we also support a range of projects and social enterprises.

BOOK WITH CONFIDENCE All Travelsphere holidays are financially protected by ATOL and ABTA. When you book your holiday with us you can have complete peace of mind your money is 100% protected.

Travel Experts From your first question to when you return home, we’re with you every step of the way. Holiday Advisors Before you leave, our Holiday Advisors help shape your journey—answering your questions, offering insights and making sure every detail is right. Holiday Directors Your Holiday Director is with you throughout your journey. They know the routes, the rhythms of each day and the moments that will leave you spell-bound. They’ll take you to the must-see sites and point out those hidden delights too. They know when to guide you, and when to step back and let the experience unfold. Specialist Local Guides On many tours, you’ll meet our Specialist Local Guides—people who were born in these places, who know the back streets and the old stories, and who take genuine pride in sharing them with you. Don’t just take our word for it. Our travellers’ reviews speak to the care our team brings to every journey.

“A full on tour of South America taking in amazing sights, people and a real sense of history and culture brought to life by a fabulous tour guide, Joseph, whose relentless knowledge, enthusiasm and ability to think on his feet kept our diverse group on time and at the right place through 4 countries.” R Litts

“The variety of the trip. Good hotels. But most importantly our guide Ertan - who always went the extra mile. He is extremely efficient, incredibly knowledgeable - has a sense of humour, very kind and considerate and definitely made the holiday for us. Turkey is a fascinating country and he really brought it to life.” Sue Holden

“Fantastic tour company, well put together tours and second to none Holiday Directors.” Sue Wood

In the words of travellers...

“Excellent tour manager who used his expertise, professionalism, humour and patience to ensure that this fabulous holiday was indeed that.” Mr Plummer

“Had a wonderful tour of Japan. Simona our tour director and Hiroshi our local guide went out of their way so everyone had a brilliant time.” Heather Marshall

“On arrival we were met by Vivek our Tour Guide. Vivek was well organised and informative, making sure we knew the plan for each day of our tour. His incredible knowledge, kindness and patience went above and beyond to ensure our trip went smoothly and he delivered on all aspects. We can’t thank Vivek enough for looking after us so well throughout our trip to India.” Brea

11 11

Travel Authentic

Epic experiences & hand-picked hotels We’ll guide you to the places that define a destination—the iconic sights and the experiences that can’t be found in any guidebook. In Varanasi, head to the ghats along the Ganges where the rhythmic chanting of Sanskrit mantras and the scent of burning incense fills the air during an Aarti ceremony. Savour the local flavours as you share lunch with a local family in Samarkand, where the Plov arrives fragrant with cumin and saffron or perhaps wander the silent, honey-stone streets of Malta’s Three Cities – Senglea, Cospicua, and Vittoriosa – where centuries-old fortifications cast long shadows over empty squares. After a day of discovery, you’ll return to hotels and lodges that feel like they were chosen just for you. At the Fairmont Lake Louise in winter, step onto the frozen lake at dusk and warm yourself by the outdoor firepit as darkness falls across the mountains. Spend three nights in an eco-lodge deep in the Amazon, where bird calls echo through the canopy at dawn, or unwind in a family-run hotel where dinner on the terrace looks out over the Bay of Naples to Vesuvius and beyond.

Considered choices. Changing lives through travel. We are passionate and driven to make our holidays a force for good. We aim to make a positive impact on our customers and the places we visit. We have always made it our mission to make your holiday the experience of a lifetime, but now more than ever, we also strive to make our tours as responsible as possible ensuring that local communities we visit benefit from tourism.

In the words of travellers

“The Mi Cafecito Coffee Tour is a fantastic

excursion, and so well organised. It was fascinating to learn how Planeterra work with Mi Cafecito, and how our visit makes such a difference to the local community.” Claire, The Best of Costa Rica. See pages 102-103 for details

travelsphere Cares Ccaccaccollo Women’s Weaving Co-op with Louise Reay

Ccaccaccollo is an Indigenous community located in the Andean area of Cuzco. It is inhabited primarily by 140 Quechua-speaking families who maintain a traditional way of life, with many involved in agriculture. To preserve their rich cultural heritage and earn additional income, the Ccaccaccollo Women’s Weaving Co-op was established. Through their efforts, they are reviving the lost weaving traditions of previous generations. “At the end of 2023, I had the privilege of meeting the women of the Ccaccaccollo Women’s Weaving co-operative during a tour to Peru, an experience that proved extraordinary. The community sits between Machu Picchu and Cuzco, and sadly, most tourists pass by without realising the opportunity they’re missing - to meet, and spend time, with these wonderful women. But we didn’t pass by, instead our group spent several hours with the community and we listened as they talked to us about their way of life, shared stories about their families and discovered how they are now able to earn a sustainable income from tourism. This visit offered a deeply humbling insight to Peruvian culture. The garments they create are crafted from sheep, llama and alpaca wool as well as vicuña wool - the finest wool in the world, only found in the mountains of Peru. Softer than cashmere and more valuable than gold, it’s little wonder that vicuña is often called ‘The Gold of the Andes’. The most prized wool is baby alpaca which comes from the first ever shearing of an alpaca. The women use natural ingredients - plants and fruits from the surrounding mountains - to dye their wool in vibrant colours. One of the fun facts I discovered - they call lemons, limes! The women of the co-operative have crafted so many beautiful products – I could have bought everything.

Fortunately, a couple of the ladies kindly helped me to style and pick out just one…or maybe two items. This remarkable project began with just three women and now, thanks to Planeterra, Travelsphere Cares and visits from travellers, 80 people in the community are employed and over 500 people are benefiting from this co-operative and its products. What’s more - all of the women and families employed have been able to send their children to university, this was unimaginable when the co-operative first began. Listening to these women express their gratitude and explain how our visits have helped transform their lives was so incredibly touching. I never truly realised how much a small visit could have such an impact on them and their families’ lives. This was a visit I would make time and time again, it’s not only their lives that have been changed, mine has too. It’s given me a new outlook on travelling, community tourism… and life!

For the last seven years, we have been partnering with Planeterra - a non for profit - helping projects in the countries that we visit. But now we’re doing more - you will have the opportunity to add a £5 donation per person to your booking, and what’s more, we’ll match it. Together we can make a difference. 15

The Royal Geographical Society Collection The Royal Geographical Society was founded in 1830 to advance geographical science, and this remains their core purpose today supporting geographical research, education, fieldwork, and expeditions. Last year, we were delighted to unveil our partnership with the Royal Geographical Society, and it is a partnership that reflects our shared dedication to the transformative power of purposeful travel. The Society have taken a selection of our most culturally significant journeys and provided us with exclusive access to unique historic materials from within their archive to enrich our understanding of these destinations. Due to the popularity of these tours, we have continued to add new destinations to this collection including India, Nepal, the Five Stans, Indonesia, Peru and now Jordan, Greece and Turkey. By choosing a Royal Geographical Society Collection itinerary you are directly supporting the essential work of one of the world’s most important geographical bodies. Look for the Royal Geographical Society logo on our tour pages.

‘The Forum, Rome’. Photographer unknown, 1870

‘Entry of the Emir into Samarcand’. Illustration from ‘Travels in Central Asia’ by Ármin Vámbéry, 1864.

‘Utah, Monument Valley’. Photographer unknown.

Travel in the footsteps of some of the world’s leading scientists, geographers and travellers.

‘Durbar Square at Kathmandu’. Photographer: C.J. Morris, 1926 ‘Mosque of Velide’, Istanbul. Photographer: Boufil, 1880

‘Pisac – headman and family’. Lantern slide by G.A. Pope, 1914

‘El Deir, Petra’. Illustration from ‘The Holy Land, Syria, Idumea, Arabia, Egypt, & Nubia’ by David Roberts, 1842-3

Visit our website for more information

‘Ejecting an intruder’. Illustration from ‘The Malay Archipelago’ by Alfred Russel Wallace, 1872

Introducing

Wine Tours Collection For over 60 years, Travelsphere has been at the forefront of escorted touring, building a legacy of pioneering spirit and purposeful travel. From making headlines as the first UK operator to lead tours to the People’s Republic of China in 1985, to championing community tourism that creates positive impact for the places we visit and the people who call them home – we’ve always believed travel should mean something more. Now, we’re proud to introduce a new collection of wine tours. These thoughtfully curated itineraries will take you to hand-selected vineyards across France, Italy, and Spain, each with a compelling story to tell. You’ll discover family estates preserving centuries-old techniques, visit pioneering producers harmonising sustainable practices with modern innovation, and taste wines that capture the essence of their terroir – exactly what our travellers told us they were looking for.

Haro

troducing In

NEW

Wine Tours C

lectio

The New Wine Tours Collection

Visit our

A Taste of Italy’s Veneto – Page 32

website

Flavours of Spain’s Basque Country & La Rioja – Page 46 Savouring Bordeaux & the Dordogne – Page 50 A Toast to France – Champagne & Burgundy – Page 52

for more information 19

Fly from your local airport GLASGOW

We think the start of your holiday should be as relaxing as possible. That’s why on some of our holidays we offer flights from your local airport. On each page, we include a list of regional airports that departures are currently available for. We are constantly looking for more opportunities for you to fly from your local airport. For up-to-date options, please scan the QR Code below or visit www.travelsphere.co.uk/local

EDINBURGH

NEWCASTLE

LEEDS/BRADFORD LIVERPOOL

MANCHESTER

EAST MIDLANDS

BIRMINGHAM LONDON STANSTED LONDON HEATHROW

BRISTOL

LONDON GATWICK

Connecting flights If we are unable to fly you direct from your local airport, we may be able to offer you a connecting flight via London where you can join the rest of your group to travel to your chosen destination.

Flight Upgrades A flight upgrade is a fantastic way to make your journey extra special. Whether you’re celebrating an anniversary or birthday, or you just want to treat yourself, you’ll experience a higher level of comfort and service. From additional leg-room seats and premium cuisine to priority boarding and a dedicated cabin, there are lots of benefits for you to enjoy. For more information about connecting flights and flight upgrades, please contact one of our Holidays Advisors.

The Wine Tours Collection - see pages 18-19

Arctic Explorer – Land of the Polar Bear - see pages 76-77 22

Spirit of Indonesia: Java, Komodo & Bali – pages 134-135

New Tours

Wonders of Peru: Machu Picchu & & Amazon Adventure – pages 94-95 Amazon Adventure – pages 106-107

EXTRAORDINARY ADVENTURES. TRIPS THAT INSPIRE. Wonders of India & the Tiger Trail - pages 118-119

Istanbul to Athens – Turkish Delights & Greek Treasures - pages 70-71 23

Why I love Touring Our travel ambassador, broadcaster and presenter, Penny Smith, reflects on the things she loves about Travelsphere touring holidays.

“My first time on an escorted holiday gave much more than I had envisaged. We learnt so much, we were able to explore on our own, we had plenty of free time (and shopping time). For me, a real highlight was the sharing of stories in the evening over dinner with my fellow travellers.”

EXPERT GUIDES LEADING THE WAY

ALL THE HIGHLIGHTS AND SO MUCH MORE!

Every Travelsphere Holiday Director I have come across has been an incredible source of knowledge – full of top tips and quirky facts. They’ve taught me so many things I would never have found out from a guidebook. On my trip to South Africa, our Local Guide told us that zebras have different stripe patterns in the same way as humans have different fingerprints – I love learning stuff like that, it’s what travel is all about.

When you choose a Travelsphere holiday, you can be confident that not a minute of your precious time away will be wasted. On my 10-day holiday to India, I saw tigers in Ranthambore National Park, watched the sun rise over the Taj Mahal, gazed in awe at Jaipur’s Palace of the Winds, watched carpets being made, stayed in a Maharajah’s palace and travelled around Old Delhi on a rickshaw. I don’t know how we managed to fit it all in – there is no way I could have organised all of that myself!

TIME TO DO YOUR OWN THING Don’t get me wrong, a guided touring holiday isn’t some kind of endurance test – in fact I was surprised to discover that it can be a really relaxing and flexible holiday choice. In Malta, we had several days where we were free to do whatever we wanted. One day, I decided to take myself back to Valletta to see a few more of the things I hadn’t seen first time, suggested of course, by our brilliant Holiday Director.

A GROUP MADE OF FABULOUS PEOPLE I’ve met so many wonderful people on my Travelsphere holidays. I wasn’t expecting it but one of my favourite parts of the day is meeting up with the group in the evening to relive the events of the day. I’ll never forget Liz, who I met in South Africa, she was so much fun when we went wine-tasting. She asked so many questions, which all boiled down to the one thing - “How much wine can I get into England without having to ship it!”

EVERYTHING’S TAKEN CARE OF For me, the very best thing about guided touring is that from start to finish, it really is a holiday. I know I don’t have to worry about anything because Travelsphere has organised it all, from my flights and accommodation to sightseeing and opportunities to sample the local cuisine. All I have to do is relax and enjoy it! 25

travel amazing travel europe A rich history, diverse cultures, breathtaking landscapes, and iconic landmarks – this enchanting continent has it all. Explore centuries-old cities, indulge in world-class cuisine, and immerse yourself in the charm of its quaint towns and villages.

“All the places we visited were fantastic - beautiful, interesting, unique. We could not have done all this apart from on an escorted tour.” Liz Betts Dubrovnik, Croatio

Grand Tour of Italy 15 days from

£3,249†

2 Preganziol ITALY

Venice Bologna

Lucca Pisa 3

Montecatini Terme Florence Orvieto

Adriatic Sea

Rome 3

Montecassino

Pompeii Capri

Vico Equense

Amalfi Mediterranean Sea Start

Messina

Finish Nights in hotel

Mt Etna

Included trips

Pizzo Calabro

Taormina

SICILY 3 Giardini Naxos

Optional trips Transfers

Catania

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

14 NIGHTS in 4-star hotels

24 MEALS 14 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 9 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

Part of the Royal Geographical Society Collection, travel from top to toe and explore Italy’s famous landmarks. Visit iconic cities Venice, Florence and Rome and discover the hidden gems of Pompeii, Sicily and more. Day 1 - UK to Venice Your all-out Italian adventure is about to begin! After flying to Venice, we’ll drive you to your first hotel in Preganziol. After time to settle in, we’ll get together for a buffet-style welcome dinner. (D)

Day 2 - Venice Today’s the day you’ll get to explore the floating city of Venice. We will begin our journey by coach and then board a boat to take us across the lagoon into the city to discover highlights including St Mark’s Square and the Rialto Bridge. In the evening we’ll transfer you to the beautiful town of Treviso for you to explore at leisure. (B)

From the archives ‘Grand Canal, Venice.’ Photographer unknown, 1870

the Cathedral, Baptistery and Monumental Cemetery. After your visit, the rest of the day is all yours to explore freely or join an optional excursion to Lucca this afternoon. (B)

Day 5 - Florence Today, you’ll visit the ‘art city’ of Florence for a tour with a Local Guide. You’ll see highlights including the vast Gothic cathedral with its white façade and red-roofed dome, and the striking Ponte Vecchio, Florence’s most famous bridge, before free time to explore at leisure this afternoon. There will be an opportunity to attend the Montecatini Opera Festival this evening. (B)

Day 6 - Orvieto to Rome We’re heading south today, to the region of Lazio and Rome. We’ll make a stop at the impressive fortress town of Orvieto where you will have free time to look around. Admire the spectacular cathedral with its ornate façade and stroll through the winding streets of the town’s historic centre. (B,D)

Day 7 - Rome Let’s set off and explore the magnificent sights of Rome on a guided tour. Highlights include the beautiful Spanish Steps and the ornate Trevi Fountain. This afternoon is yours to do as you please in Rome. (B)

From the archives

• Tour the floating city of Venice

‘Anfiteatro detto Colosseo’. Illustration from: ‘Il nuovo itinerario d’Italia’ by Francesco Scotti, 1699.

• Evening in the charming town of Treviso • Visit the historical city of Bologna • Taste delicious ice-cream from a famous ice-cream parlour • View the Leaning Tower of Pisa • Italy’s ‘art city’ Florence • Visit the fortress town of Orvieto • Rome and its historical sites • Enter Montecassino Abbey • Explore the ruins of Pompeii • Local Tuscan produce dinner • Typical lunch at the seaside town of Pizzo Calabro

Day 3 - Bologna to Montecatini

• A night at the Montecatini Opera Festival

This morning our journey takes us through Bologna, where we’ll stretch our legs on a sightseeing tour ending with a taste of delicious ice-cream at the famous Sorbetteria Castiglione. This evening we’ll come together for a dinner of local specialities. (B,D)

• Vatican Museum and Sistine Chapel in Rome

Day 4 - Pisa

• The glamorous isle of Capri

From our base in Montecatini Terme, we’ll travel to Pisa to see the famous Leaning Tower. It forms part of the city’s Field of Miracles, a lovely green space that is also home to

• Visit Taormina for views of Mount Etna

Optional experiences • The walled town of Lucca

• Drive along the Amalfi Coast • Discover Mount Etna by cable car and Jeep 28

Day 8 - Rome – Day at leisure Today you can head out and explore Rome independently. If you would like to visit the Vatican Museum and Sistine Chapel, you have the option of pre-booking an exclusive skip-the-line, two-hour guided visit with timed admission. (B)

Venice

Day 9 - Pompeii to Sorrento Peninsula

Trevi Fountain, Rome

A full day of exploration begins with a visit to Montecassino Abbey before we arrive at the ruins of Pompeii for a guided walking tour - look out for villas decorated with frescoes, the Temple of Apollo, the Forum and even a bakery. Later, we’ll arrive in the scenic Sorrento Peninsula. (B,D)

Day 10 - Sorrento Peninsula – Day at leisure Today you can relax at your hotel, or if you want to continue exploring, an optional excursion takes you on a boat trip across the Bay of Naples to the glamorous island of Capri. We’ll begin by exploring Capri Town and the hillside village of Anacapri on a guided tour, and then you will have free time to do your own thing. (B,D)

From the archives ‘Amalfi’. Lantern slide by A.G. McArthur

Florence

Memories to bring home Wander through Venice’s labyrinth of ancient pathways, turn down an unchartered alley to stumble upon a hidden courtyard, serene and seemingly untouched where a quieter side to the city is revealed.

Day 13 - Taormina

Day 11 - Sorrento Peninsula – Day at leisure Today you can relax at your hotel, or join an optional excursion and discover the beauty of the Amalfi Coast. It begins with a stunning drive along twisting clifftop roads and the opportunity to admire breathtaking views of the dramatic landscape. We’ll visit the beautiful town of Amalfi before we drive to Ravello. (B,D)

Day 12 - Pizzo Calabro to Sicily We’re leaving mainland Italy now, and heading to Sicily, the island off the tip of Italy’s boot. On the way, we’ll stop for lunch in Calabria and then a short ferry ride takes us to Messina, with an onward drive to our final hotel in Giardini Naxos. (B,L,D)

Taormina sits on a sheer cliff, perched above beautiful beaches and close to Mount Etna, so just imagine the views you’ll see today when we head there to explore. The city’s highlights include an ancient Greek amphitheatre overlooking Mount Etna and a delightful public garden with sensational views of the shimmering sea. There’s plenty of free time to make your own discoveries in Taormina. (B,D)

Departure dates & prices

Day 14 - Giardini Naxos – Day at leisure

2026 DATES FROM £3,249

It’s the last full day of your holiday, so why not relax. Alternatively, having gazed at Mount Etna from afar, maybe now’s the time to see Europe’s highest volcano up close on our optional excursion. Once here, head off on a 16-seater Jeep adventure. Back at your hotel tonight, why not enjoy a prosecco or fruit cocktail (non-alcoholic cocktails also available) while reminiscing over your favourite moments of the tour. (B,D)

4 May

18 May

1 Jun

7 Sep

21 Sep

5 Oct

Day 15 - Catania to UK Today you’ll transfer to the Sicily’s Catania airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

31 Aug

2027 DATES FROM £3,449 3 May

17 May

7 Jun

5 Jul

30 Aug

6 Sep

20 Sep

4 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £645

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from London & Edinburgh Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Secret Lakes of Italy 8 days from

£1,499† Start Finish Nights in hotel

Lake Serraia

Included trips

Lake Molveno

Optional trips Transfers

Lovere 3 Lake Iseo Bergamo

Lake Idro Monte Isola

Trento 4 Levico Terme

Lake Ledro

Franciacorta ITALY

Milan

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

7 NIGHTS in 3 & 4-star hotels

11 MEALS 7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR

Lake Ledro

Uncover the captivating beauty of Italy’s secret spots where tranquil waters, unspoiled nature and delicious cuisine awaits. Day 1 - UK to Milan Your flight to Milan marks the start of your Italian escape. On arrival we’ll transfer to Lake Iseo, whose deep-blue waters are surrounded by alpine scenery. Your hotel is in a great lakefront position and offers fantastic views. Enjoy some time to settle in before we get together for dinner this evening. (D)

Day 2 - Bergamo

• Explore the elegant spa town of Levico

This morning there’s some free time to explore the picturesque town of Lovere. Later we’ll head off to Bergamo, an impressive medieval town where we’ll explore and enjoy a visit to a historic ice-cream parlour. Dinner is at the Al Rocol farmhouse where we’ll enjoy a three-course meal of local produce and wine. Located in the heart of Franciacorta, one of Italy’s most famous wine regions, the farm also grows grapes and produces its very own Franciacorta wine. Widely regarded as the country’s finest sparkling wine and Italy’s answer to Champagne, we will of course enjoy a glass or two with our meal. (B,D)

• Farewell gala dinner of local specialities

Day 3 - Lake Iseo

Optional experiences

After breakfast we’ll discover the beauty of Lake Iseo on an included scenic cruise around its islands, stepping ashore on Monte Isola home to many pretty villages and hamlets. (B)

and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Medieval Bergamo and funicular ride • Taste famous Italian ice cream • Farmhouse dinner of local specialities and wine-tasting • Scenic cruise around Lake Iseo • Lake Idro, Lake Ledro and lunch at a trattoria • Lake Molveno and Lake Serraia

• Guided tour of Verona • Visit Trento, surrounded by majestic mountains

Bergamo

head to Serraia - a serene alpine lake surrounded by lush forests and rolling hills. (B)

Day 7 - Levico Terme – Day at leisure A day at leisure gives you the chance to make your own discoveries. Alternatively join our optional excursion to Trento. This evening, we’ll enjoy a meal together in the hotel’s restaurant. (B,D)

Day 8 - Milan to UK Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotels HOTEL LOVERE HHHH The lakefront hotel is just a short stroll from Lovere’s Old Town. Facilities include a restaurant, lounge, bar, spa area with indoor pool (payable locally) and gym.

HOTEL LIBERTY HHH In Levico Terme you will stay in the Hotel Liberty close to the historical centre. Facilities include an outdoor terrace and restaurant.

Day 4 - Lake Idro & Lake Ledro We’re heading to the pretty resort of Levico Terme. Along the way, we’ll visit two more ‘secret’ lakes, the first being beautiful Lake Idro, tucked away in the valley of Sabbia between Lakes Garda and Iseo. Next, it’s Lake Ledro, whose deep-blue waters are surrounded by alpine scenery. (B,L)

Departure dates & prices

Day 5 - Levico Terme – Day at leisure

2026 DATES FROM £1,499

Enjoy a day relaxing, or take a stroll into Levico Terme, it’s up to you. Alternatively, join our optional excursion, a guided walking tour in Verona. We’ll discover the city’s highlights including Juliet’s balcony, the supposed romantic setting for Shakespeare’s Romeo and Juliet, and the original Roman forum, Piazza delle Erbe, on a guided walking tour. (B)

9 May

20 Jun

5 Sep

19 Sep

2027 DATES FROM £1,599 8 May

19 Jun

4 Sep

18 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £545

FLIGHT CHOICES

Day 6 - Lake Molveno & Lake Serraia

Fly from London & Edinburgh Flight upgrade available

First stop Lake Molveno, located in a hidden valley at the base of the Dolomite Mountains. There’s plenty of time to explore. We’ll then

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Magnificent Maggiore & Lake Como

Lake Como

8 days from

£1,549†

SWITZERLAND

Tasch Zermatt

Centovalli

Macugnaga Baveno 7

Start

Locarno

Isola dei Pescatori

Tremezzo Bellagio Isola Madre Isola Bella Lake Como

Lake Orta

Finish

Milan

Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips

ITALY

Transfers Rail Cruise

Your holiday includes

Indulge in the mesmerising allure of Lake Maggiore’s natural splendour and the captivating charm of Lake Como. Day 1 - UK to Milan

from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

Today, we fly to Milan to begin our tour. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to the pretty resort of Baveno, where your hotel boasts a lovely lakeside setting. (D)

7 NIGHTS

Day 2 - Baveno – Day at leisure

half-board in a 3-star hotel

We’ve arranged an optional private cruise today that takes in two of the Borromean Islands. Firstly we’ll step ashore on Isola Madre, home to the magnificent English Garden before we visit the diminutive Isola Bella, which is wholly occupied by the spectacular Palazzo Borromeo. (B,D)

RETURN FLIGHTS

14 MEALS 7 breakfasts (B), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR

Included highlights • Lake Como, Como town and cruise to Bellagio • Explore the Alpine resort of Macugnaga • Cruise and dinner on Isola dei Pescatori

Optional experiences • Private Borromean Islands cruise • Scenic rail journey across to Switzerland • Gornergrat Glacier by train • Visit Lake Orta and a traditional market • Journey across the Simplon Pass to Zermatt

Palazzo Borromeo

Day 3 - Lake Como You’ll explore the charming town of Como on our excursion to Lake Como. Together we’ll explore the town’s historic centre. In the afternoon we venture further around the lake to Tremezzo, where our own private boat is waiting to whisk us to the elegant town of Bellagio. Once on land, you can head off and do your own thing. A network of cobbled lanes will lead you to a selection of upmarket boutiques and pretty gardens. Or perhaps you’ll find a seat at a café or bar and simply take it all in. (B,D)

Day 7 - Baveno – Day at leisure Today you can choose to relax and enjoy the facilities at your hotel. Alternatively, you could join an optional excursion across the Centovalli, or Hundred Valleys, on a 90-minute scenic train journey to Locarno where there is free time to explore. We’ll make our way back to Baveno via a relaxing cruise. (B,D)

Day 8 - Milan to UK Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotel HOTEL BEAU RIVAGE HHH You will stay in the centrally located Hotel Beau Rivage in Baveno. Facilities include a restaurant, bar, lift, spacious lounge area and terrace garden. Room upgrade Call to speak to one of our Holiday Advisors about a room upgrade.

Day 4 - Macugnaga & Mount Rosa An included excursion today gives you the chance to discover the Anzasca Valley and the Alpine resort of Macugnaga. There’s plenty of time here to revel in the glorious setting, which includes spectacular views of Mount Rosa, the second-tallest mountain in the Alps. This evening we include a special dinner on the smallest of the Borromean Islands, Isola dei Pescatori. As you cruise to the island, you can enjoy lovely views of Isola Bella. (B,D)

Day 5 - Baveno – Day at leisure Spend the day relaxing or squeeze in a few more scenic sights on an optional tour to Lake Orta. Nestled at the foothills of the Alps. We’ll also visit a traditional market and cruise to St Julius Island, in the middle of the lake. (B,D)

Day 6 - Baveno – Day at leisure Venture further afield today, on our optional excursion into Switzerland. We’ll take a train from Tasch in the Matter Valley to Zermatt. Choose to go even further, up to 3,089 metres, by boarding the Gornergrat train - the views are incredible. (B,D)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £1,549 17 May

7 Jun

23 Aug

13 Sep

28 Jun

12 Jul

† Price of tour departing in May 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £345

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from London, Bristol & Manchester Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

A Taste of Italy’s Veneto

NEW

for 2026

8 days from †

£2,199

ITALY 7 Bassano del grappa

Vicenza Bardolino

Perenzin Soave

Venice

Padua

Start Finish

Adriatic Sea

Nights in hotel Included trips Transfers

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 NIGHTS in a 4-star hotel

13 MEALS 7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L) 5 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Bassano del Grappa’s historic centre & Marostica • Grappa tasting at Poli Grappa Distillery Museum • Perenzin cheese producers visit • The Euganean Hills and Padua with wine tasting at Villa Sceriman • Visit Palladian Villa Barbaro in Maser • Wine tasting at Casa Diamante Winery • Guided tour of Padua’s historic centre • Wine tasting at Ugolini Winery Bardolino & Valpolicella • Venice walking tour • Farewell dinner at Winery Ornella Molon

Discover the charms and flavours of the Veneto - a region of beautiful landscapes, elegant towns, and rich traditions. Day 1 UK to Venice Your Veneto wine adventure begins as we fly to Italy. Upon arrival in Venice, we’ll transfer you to your hotel in the medieval town of Bassano del Grappa, renowned as being the heart of Veneto’s artisan heritage. Bassano del Grappa is famed for its historic architecture, centuries-old artisan traditions, and the iconic wooden Ponte degli Alpini. As the gateway to the region’s finest wineries, it’s the perfect base from which to explore Veneto’s wine country. You’ll have time to settle into your hotel and refresh before joining your fellow travellers for a welcome drink and dinner this evening. (D)

Day 2 Bassano del Grappa & Perenzin Cheese tasting We begin with a leisurely morning in Bassano del Grappa as it’s market day—the perfect time to experience authentic local life. Wander through bustling artisan stalls showcasing fresh seasonal produce, handmade crafts, and local delicacies. Later, join your Holiday Director for a walk through the historic centre, exploring Piazza Garibaldi, Piazza Libertà, and the Ponte degli Alpini - a masterpiece of wooden engineering that has captivated visitors for over 800 years. Afterwards, you’ll have free time to continue exploring, perhaps lingering at a traditional café with an espresso or local wine.

This afternoon, we’ll make our way to Asolo. Perched on a hilltop with panoramic views that stretch across the countryside, this enchanting town as inspired artists, writers and travellers for centuries. You’ll have free time to wander its streets and perhaps discover a hidden piazza or local artisan’s studio. (B,L)

Casa Diamante Maser In 1570, Andrea Palladio described the Villa di Maser in ‘The Four Books of Architecture’. Since then, the fruits of the vine have been a central part of villa life and a source of pride for its owners. In the old farmhouse next to the stunning Villa, you’ll enjoy a guided tasting of some of the wines produced by the estate.

This afternoon, we’ll visit the Poli Grappa Distillery Museum, where we’ll learn the fascinating story of grappa-making—a tradition deeply woven into Veneto’s identity. You’ll discover what sets Veneto grappa apart: its distinctive character, craftsmanship, and the local grape varieties that give it its unique flavour. Our tasting will bring this knowledge to life. Next, we’ll travel to Perenzin, a family-run cheese producer where tradition meets quality. During our tour of their museum, you’ll see how artisanal cheese is made, and our tasting will showcase the complexity and care behind every wheel. We’ll return to the hotel by early evening, leaving your night free to relax, explore further, or enjoy dinner at a local restaurant of your choice. (B)

Day 3 The White Wine Road Today we venture into the verdant White Wine Road, one of Veneto’s most scenic regions, famous for its crisp white wines and stunning landscapes. We begin in Marostica, a fairytale 32

medieval town surrounded by impressive, fortified walls. Legend has it that a chess match was played here in the 15th century to decide the hand of a local maiden—and the tradition continues every two years with a living chess game in the town square. We’ll continue to Maser for a guided visit of the beautiful Villa Barbaro. This Renaissance jewel, designed by the visionary architect Andrea Palladio, is adorned with stunning frescoes by Paolo Veronese, one of the Renaissance’s greatest artists. Then it’s time to head to Casa Diamante Winery, where we’ll enjoy a tour, a tasting of their distinctive wines, and delightful light lunch featuring local seasonal products.

Day 4 The Euganean Hills & Padua Today we’ll travel to the Euganean Hills, a distinctive wine region renowned for its volcanic soils, which impart a unique mineral character to the wines produced here. The gently rolling landscape is dotted with vineyards and punctuated by the cone-shaped hills that give the area its name. Here, we’ll visit Villa Sceriman, a beautiful estate where we’ll enjoy a guided

Bassano del Grappa

visit, wine tasting, and a sampling of local products. We’ll continue on to Padua, where you will have free time for lunch before we meet with our guide for a walking tour. Together we’ll explore the historic centre including the exterior of the University of Padua, where Galileo once taught, and the stunning Basilica of St. Anthony. We’ll return to the hotel in the early evening, with dinner served at the hotel later tonight. (B,D)

Day 5 The Lake Garda Wines: Bardolino and Soave Today we discover some of the towns and wines produced around one of Italy’s most picturesque lakes - Lake Garda. Our first stop is the Ugolini Winery, where we’ll enjoy a guided tour, a wine tasting, and a sampling of local specialities. We’ll continue to Bardolino, a striking lakeside town. You’ll have free time to explore at your own pace – perhaps enjoy a lakeside lunch, browse local shops or simply sit with a glass of wine and take in the views across the water to the surrounding hills. This afternoon we’ll travel to Soave, dominated by its impressive medieval fortress and surrounded by terraced vineyards that produce some of Italy’s finest white wines. We’ll have time for a short visit of the historic centre before we return to the hotel where dinner is included this evening. (B,D)

Ugolini Winery Villa San Michele rises from Bure hill, cradled within vineyards interspersed with olive trees, cypresses, and cherry and fig trees. This is the ideal place to relax and savour the views across Valpolicella with a tasting of some of the iconic Ugolini Wines.

Day 6 Venice Today we venture to the world-renowned floating city of Venice. We’ll begin with a guided tour of the city’s most iconic highlights including St Mark’s Square, with its magnificent Byzantine Basilica and the bustling Rialto Bridge, which has connected the two sides of the city since the 16th century. Afterwards, you’ll have plenty of time to explore at leisure. Lose yourself in the narrow alleyways lined with galleries and boutiques, cross quaint bridges that lead to hidden piazzas and watch as gondolas glide along peaceful canals.

Your hotel Hotel Belvedere HHHH Nestled on a natural terrace overlooking the Valbrenta Valley, the Hotel Belvedere is just a short stroll from the historic centre of Bassano del Grappa. Facilities include a restaurant and bar. All rooms feature satellite TV, free wi-fi, air-conditioning and en-suite.

This evening, we will enjoy dinner together at the hotel. (B,D)

Day 7 Vicenza & the Palladian Villas Today, we’ll explore Vicenza and enjoy a guided tour of this elegant city. Highlights include a visit to the iconic Villa Capra La Rotonda – its domed designs, surrounded by columned porticoes are fine examples of Palladio’s architectural ideals, and the remarkable Teatro Olimpico, one of the oldest indoor theatres still in use. At the end of the tour, you’ll have free time to explore further or enjoy lunch at a restaurant of your choice returning to the hotel this afternoon. This evening, we’ll travel to the Ornella Molon Winery as a finale to our Veneto journey. We’ll enjoy a visit, a tasting, and a memorable dinner featuring local flavours. The warm hospitality and exceptional wines here provide the perfect ending to our week. We’ll return to the hotel after dinner. (B,D)

Day 8 Venice to UK After breakfast, we’ll transfer to Venice airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £2,199 5 Jun

18 Sep

2 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £2,349 7 May

4 Jun

17 Sep

1 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Sep 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £300

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from London & Manchester Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

The Italian Riviera, Portofino & the Cinque Terre

Cinque Terre

8 days from

£1,799† Genoa

Santa Margherita Rapallo

Portofino

Cinque Terre

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

Migliarina Lerici Carrara Portovenere 7 Marina di Pietrasanta Lucca Pisa

Optional trips Transfers Rail Cruise

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

7 NIGHTS half board in a 4-star hotel

15 MEALS 7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR

Included highlights • Carrara Marble Quarry and museum • Travel by coach and train to the Cinque Terre • Scenic cruise along the coast • Explore the magical hamlet of San Fruttuoso • Visit exclusive Portofino and Santa Margherita • Cantine Lunae Winery, tasting and lunch

Optional experiences • Explore Pisa and the walled town of Lucca • Visit charming Lerici and beautiful Portovenere

Enjoy a journey of discovery through the Italian Riviera, revel in its glamour and breathtaking landscapes

Day 7 - Marina Di Pietrasanta – Day at leisure

Your exploration of the Italian Riviera starts today with your flight to Pisa. On arrival at your hotel, relax and settle in, before dinner this evening. (D)

Spend today at leisure or discover more on an optional excursion to Genoa. This large port city is famous as the birthplace of Christopher Columbus. Your guided tour will take you past a diverse mix of architecture, grand palaces and a host of museums and galleries. (B,D)

Day 2 - Carrara & Lunae Winery

Day 8 - Pisa to UK

Today we’ll visit the Cantine Lunae Winery, where we’ll learn about the centuries-old winemaking techniques, and enjoy a wine tasting paired with a lunch of local specialities. Later, we’ll head to Carrara quarry to see how the area’s beautiful white and blue-grey marble is quarried. You’ll visit the quarry and a marble workshop and visit the Marble Museum. (B,L,D)

After breakfast today we’ll transfer you to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Day 1 - UK to Pisa

Day 3 - Marina Di Pietrasanta – Day at leisure

Your hotel CAESAR HOTEL HHHH A few steps from the beautiful beach in Lido di Camaiore, the Caesar hotel boasts an outdoor heated pool and a spa. (Typically open May-September).

Spend today at leisure or exploring at your own pace. Alternatively, join our full-day optional excursion by coach, which takes you firstly to Lucca, which boasts some of Italy’s finest examples of medieval and Renaissance architecture. Continuing to Pisa, where you will see the famous Leaning Tower. (B,D)

Day 4 - Portofino & Santa Margherita After breakfast, we’ll head to Portofino, which we reach by local boat service from Rapallo along a pretty coastal stretch. Take a stroll among its snaking streets to the Church of St Giorgio, from here, the views across the bay are quite spectacular. You’ll also visit the picturesque seaside resort of Santa Margherita, which is home to a lovely palmfringed harbour that’s a magnet for small yachts. (B,D)

• Explore historic Genoa

Day 5 - Marina Di Pietrasanta – Day at leisure Enjoy some free time today. Alternatively, join our optional excursion, which begins in the beautiful village of Portovenere where highlights are a picturesque harbour lined with brightly coloured houses and an impressive stone-built castle. Next, you’ll head to the beautiful seaside town of Lerici, home to an imposing castle, a small historic centre and a crescent-shaped piazza. (B,D)

Day 6 - Cinque Terre

Portovenere

perched precariously on the cliffs high above the Mediterranean Sea, which are almost all inaccessible by road. (B,D)

Today’s included full-day excursion by coach and train takes you to the enchanting area known as the Cinque Terre. This translates as Five Lands and refers to the five villages

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £1,799 8 May

5 Jun

19 Jun

11 Sep

18 Sep

2026 DATES FROM £1,899 7 May

4 Jun

18 Jun

10 Sep

17 Sep † Price of tour departing in May 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £545

FLIGHT CHOICES

Treasures of Tuscany & Florence

Florence

8 days from

£1,499†

Vinci Lucca Pisa

Montecatini Terme

Start

Florence Greve San Gimignano Monteriggioni Siena Montalcino

Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

ITALY

Optional trips Transfers

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

Take an enchanting journey through Tuscany and be immersed in timeless traditions, art-filled cities, and the stunning vineyards of Chianti. Day 1 - UK to Pisa

7 NIGHTS

Your holiday starts today as you fly to Pisa, where you will be transferred to your hotel in Montecatini Terme. (D)

in a 4-star hotel

13 MEALS 7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 5 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Day 2 - Pisa & Vinci

• Night at the Montecatini Opera Festival

Begin your Tuscan adventure with a morning excursion to the city of Pisa. Be amazed at the aptly named Leaning Tower of Pisa that sits within the Field of Miracles. After lunch, we’ll head to the town of Vinci, the birthplace of Italian artist and sculptor Leonardo Da Vinci. A Local Guide will teach us all about the artist’s life during the Renaissance era. We’ll also stop off at the Museum of Leonardo da Vinci. (B,D)

• Tour of medieval Lucca

Day 3 - Chianti

• Local food and wine-tasting at Verrazzano Castle in Chianti

Wine aficionados will enjoy today’s trip to Chianti. We travel to Greve, where you’ll find the idyllic Castello di Vicchiomaggio a beautiful and well-preserved castle. Located in the heart of the Chianti Classico region, the castle has a long history of winemaking, dating right back to the 10th century. Take a tour of its underground wine cellars to see where the wine is traditionally aged in huge oak barrels and learn how the grapes are still harvested by hand. It’ll then be time for a tasting and a light lunch on the castle’s atmospheric terrace.

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR

Included highlights • Visits to the Leaning Tower of Pisa and Leonardo Da Vinci Museum • Trip to the ‘art city’ of Florence

Optional experiences • Visit to San Gimignano, Monteriggioni and Abbadia a Isola, plus medieval dinner • Tour of medieval Montalcino and Siena

Day 6 - Montecatini – Day at leisure Spend today at leisure. Alternatively join an optional excursion to discover the charms of Montalcino and Siena. (B)

Day 7 - Lucca Today, you’ll spend time in Lucca, bursting with some of the finest examples of Italian medieval and Renaissance architecture. (B,D)

Day 8 - Pisa to UK It’s the end of an incredible week in Tuscany and time to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotel GRAND HOTEL TAMERICI & PRINCIPE HHHH Your 4-star hotel is located in the heart of the spa town of Montecatini Terme. Facilities here include a restaurant, garden terrace, swimming pool, gym and spa. (Typically open MaySeptember).

Later, you’ll get to enjoy an open-air performance at the renowned Montecatini Opera Festival. (B,L,D)

Day 4 - Florence Pisa

Today we discover irresistible Florence. The capital of Tuscany and a UNESCO World Heritage Site, also known as Italy’s ‘art city’. We’ll tick off all its top sights, on a tour hosted by a Local Guide. (B,D)

Day 5 - Montecatini - Day at leisure Today, take the time to relax in Montecatini Terme or pack in more Tuscan treasures with our full-day optional tour. Beginning in San Gimignano, we’ll spend the morning admiring gorgeous views and exploring the town’s 14 medieval towers before a brief stop at the charming hamlet of Abbadia a Isola and its peaceful 10th century abbey. We’ll then head to Monteriggioni for a Local Guided history tour. Try on replica armour and get to grips with historic weaponry at the Museum of Medieval Armour and Weapons before tucking into a medieval feast at a local restaurant. (B)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £1,499 13 May

10 Jun

2 Sep

16 Sep

7 Oct † Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £545

FLIGHT CHOICES

Amalfi Coast, Pompeii & Capri 8 days from

£1,749†

Start ITALY

Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

Naples

Optional trips Transfers Cruise

Pompeii

The Amalfi Hills 7 Minori

Sorrento Positano

Amalfi

Capri

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION

Admire the breathtaking beauty of the Amalfi Coast, where dramatic cliffs meet pastel shaded villages, and crystal-clear azure waters. Day 1 - UK to Naples

and Specialist Local Guide

You’ll fly to Naples today and on arrival we’ll drive you to the Amalfi Coast, a spectacular 30-mile stetch of dramatic coastline suspended between blue skies and azure waters. In this glorious Mediterranean landscape, an array of enchanting towns and pretty villages nestle amongst towering cliffs and terraced vineyards. Your hotel, in the delightful village of Minori, is surrounded by pretty beaches and lush green hills dotted with lemon and orange groves. After time to settle in and explore, you’ll have dinner in the hotel’s restaurant this evening. (D)

Included highlights

Day 2 - Amalfi

• Take a boat to the island of Capri

Your sightseeing of this beautiful region of Italy begins today, as you uncover the charms of one of its most picturesque towns, Amalfi. We will travel together by boat to this historic town of gleaming, white-washed buildings and then you can explore at your own pace.

from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

7 NIGHTS half board in a 4-star hotel

15 MEALS 7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR

• Discover the ruins of Pompeii • Explore the hilltop town of Ravello • Discover the picturesque town of Amalfi • Visit a winery in the Amalfi Hills with lunch

Optional experiences • Visit the exclusive resort of Positano • Visit the lively resort of Sorrento

Amalfi is dominated by an impressive Romanesque cathedral set at the top of a majestic stairway and said to hold the remains of St Andrew. If you wish, you can step inside and discover the cathedral’s fine baroque interior. You’ll also want to spend time strolling amongst the town’s pretty streets and piazzas, browsing the shops and boutiques. Then, when it’s time to take the weight off your feet, an array of enticing cafés and restaurants beckon. Maybe you’ll taste your first pizza of the holiday! Later, we’ll meet up and travel back to Minori together and then you’re free to relax before dinner at the hotel this evening. (B,D)

Day 3 - Capri Get ready to set sail for the enchanting island of Capri, a favoured spot of the international jet set from the 1950s to today. After arriving in the picturesque port of Marina Grande, you’ll explore the island on a guided tour. In Capri Town, you’ll visit the wonderful Gardens of Caesar Augustus, a series of impressive flowerfilled terraces with far-reaching views over the Faraglioni, three huge rocks rising from the sea. We will also take you to the hillside village of Anacapri, with its narrow streets, pretty squares and traditional artisan workshops. From here, you can take a short scenic walk to Villa San Michele for spectacular views over the Bay of Naples. 36

The tour also includes plenty of free time for you to explore independently or relax with a refreshing drink. Perhaps you’ll take the chair lift to the highest point on the island and enjoy the spectacular sweeping views. You may also find it hard to resist the exclusive boutiques of Capri village! (B,D)

Day 4 - Minori - Day at leisure After a couple of days of sightseeing, you might want to relax at the hotel today. Alternatively, if you want to see more, join our optional excursion and head to the lively resort of Sorrento, which is set above the Bay of Naples. It has long been a haunt of the rich and famous, and on this excursion you’ll soon see why. There’s stunning scenery, a fantastic variety of elegant restaurants and pavement cafés and many wonderful shopping opportunities. You’ll also get the chance to learn how the area’s famous liqueur, limoncello, is made, with a tasting included of course. Your Holiday Director will be on hand to recommend things to do during your free time in Sorrento. Perhaps treat yourself to a gelato as you stroll through its historic centre or indulge in some retail therapy and shop for souvenirs. Handmade leather sandals are a speciality here, and after your tasting, a bottle of limoncello might also be top of your list. (B,D)

Day 5 - Pompeii Today you’ll discover the exceptional archaeological site of Pompeii, the famous Roman town frozen in time by the eruption of Mount Vesuvius in 79 AD. Buried under a blanket of ash, the city lay forgotten until 1748 when excavation works began and continue to this very day. Pompeii’s ruins cover a vast area, so we’ve arranged for a Local Guide to lead you

Amalfi Coast

Your hotel

Pompeii

HOTEL VILLA ROMANA HHHH You’ll stay at the family-run Villa Romana in the centre of Minori. The hotel has a bar, restaurant, spa, lounge and pool. Most classic rooms have a balcony. Outdoor pools are typically open May to September. Room upgrade Call to speak to one of our Holiday Advisors about a room upgrade.

through the city’s maze of streets and help you discover the must-see sites. As you wander, you’ll get a fascinating insight into the last days of the people who lived here. You’ll see villas still decorated with brightly painted mosaics, Roman baths and an impressive amphitheatre. There are even bakeries that still have their bread ovens and flour grinders intact. After the tour, you’ll have some free time to explore further if you wish. (B,D) Capri

Day 6 - Minori – Day at leisure Today, you can spend time making your own discoveries. An alternative option is to come with us on an optional trip to Positano, where peach and terracotta buildings hug steep cliffs towering above the sea. Another scenic journey by boat along the Amalfi coastline gives you a chance to sit back and enjoy spectacular views of pretty villages, gardens and tranquil sea caves. Once in Positano, soak up the exclusive feel of this lovely resort as you discover the beautiful Church of Santa Maria Assunta, browse designer boutiques, or maybe while away the time on the beach. (B,D)

Day 7 - Ravello & the Amalfi Hills Your included excursion begins with a drive up the cliffs to Ravello, a town perched above Amalfi overlooking the sparkling waters of the Tyrrhenian Sea. There’s time to make your own discoveries here and if you like gardens, you’ll be spoilt for choice. If you’d prefer to explore Ravello’s town centre, the main square is home

Sorrento

to an interesting cathedral and cafés serving coffee and ice cream. Then there is another chance to take in the Amalfi Coast’s sublime scenery as we drive up into the hills for lunch at il Rifugio Tramonti. Take in the stunning views from the terrace as you dine on traditional fayre, typically a selection of cheese and cured meats, homemade cakes and local herbal liqueurs. After lunch, we’ll continue to a winery to learn about the process of making wine in this region and to enjoy a tasing of local varieties. (B,L,D)

Day 8 - Naples to UK After breakfast, it’s time to bid farewell to the Amalfi Coast as we drive you back to Naples for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £1,749 10 Apr

8 May

15 May

12 Jun

19 Jun

28 Aug

4 Sep

11 Sep

18 Sep

25 Sep

2 Oct

6 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £1,849 9 Apr

7 May

21 May

18 Jun

25 Jun

27 Aug

3 Sep

24 Sep

1 Oct

5 Nov

† Price of tour departing in Nov 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £745

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from London, Glasgow & Stansted Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Pompeii, Paestum & Herculaneum 8 days from

£1,599† Naples

Herculaneum

Pozzuoli Cumae Mt Vesuvius Oplontis Baia Pompeii 4 7 Island Vico Equense of Ischia (add-on) Capri

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips Transfers

Amalfi

Paestum

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

7 NIGHTS half board in a 4-star hotel

14 MEALS 7 breakfasts (B), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Pozzuoli’s Roman remains, Baia and Cumae • Paestum temples • The ruins of Pompeii • Villa Poppaea at Oplontis and Herculaneum • Pizza night at a local Pizzeria

Optional experience • The exclusive island of Capri

Uncover captivating stories, marvel at the majestic ruins and wander the preserved streets of some of Italy’s most exceptional archaeological sites. Day 1 - UK to Naples Your holiday begins with a flight to Naples. From there, we’ll transfer you to the pretty town of Vico Equense. (D)

Day 2 - Pozzuoli, Baia & Cumae A day of contrasts awaits you on an included tour, which begins in Pozzuoli, an important city in the days of the Roman Empire. Here you can follow in the footsteps of gladiators as you wander the maze of underground tunnels beneath its well-preserved Roman amphitheatre, said to be the third-largest in Italy. Next, we’ll visit the Archaeological Park of Terme Romane in Baia. In Roman times this was the site of a seaside retreat with extravagant thermal baths, a place where emperors could rest and recuperate. As you stroll around the ruins, look out for intricate floor mosaics and the remains of lavishly decorated rooms. Your final stop today is Cumae, where only ruins remain of the Greek temples that once stood here. The atmospheric Cave of Sibyl and the Temple of Jupiter are two of the incredible sights you will see. (B,D)

Day 3 - Pompeii Today is the day that you will explore the remarkable ruins of Pompeii. As you wander its streets, you’ll understand what life was like here before Mount Vesuvius erupted in 79 AD smothering it and its inhabitants in hot ash. You’ll travel to Pompeii by train and meet a Local Guide who will help you uncover the secrets of many of the city’s best sights. These include villas decorated with frescoes, colourful mosaics, Roman baths, an impressive amphitheatre and more. You will have your own return train ticket, so after the tour, you can either travel back to the hotel with your Holiday Director or have time to yourself at this fascinating site. (B,D)

Day 4 - Amalfi & Paestum Before you reach historic Paestum today, we’ll enjoy the beautiful views of the Amalfi Coast. As you travel along twisting clifftop roads, admire breathtaking views of steep cliffs plunging into the brilliant blue sea and picture-perfect villages clinging to the hillside. Then, at your journey’s end in the UNESCO-listed archaeological site of Paestum, you’ll discover three magnificent Doric temples, part of what was once an ancient Greek city. It is incredible to think that 2,500 years after they were built, the temples of Ceres, Neptune and Hera are still standing relatively intact. There’s time too to step inside the museum here, which houses fascinating artefacts. (B,D)

Day 5 - Oplontis & Herculaneum You have another fascinating day of exploration ahead. We’ll head to the Roman fishing town of Herculaneum, which was also buried by the eruption of Mount Vesuvius. Hidden for centuries under 16 metres of volcanic debris, it is actually better preserved than Pompeii and some quite unbelievable items such as wooden structures and furniture, have been found almost completely intact. Your Holiday Director will talk you through the town’s highlights and outline the lives of its well-heeled former residents. Next, we’ll head to the nearby Villa Poppaea at Oplontis. Once a grand, residential villa, it was so well preserved by the volcano’s ash that the Roman art inside almost looks freshly painted. (B,D)

Day 6 - Vico Equense – Day at leisure Enjoy a day at leisure. You could relax with a book by the hotel’s pool, explore Vico Equense at your own pace or perhaps venture out to a nearby beach. Alternatively, join our full-day optional excursion to the glamorous island of Capri, which is reached via a short train ride to Sorrento followed by a leisurely boat trip. We’ve arranged for a Local Guide to accompany our group and Paestum

Pompeii

Your hotel

Bay of Naples

HOTEL AEQUA HHHH The Hotel Aequa is in the cliff-top town of Vico Equense, offering views over the Bay of Naples. Facilities include a bar, solarium, and restaurant. Outdoor swimming pools are typically open May to September.

Time for more ISLAND OF ISCHIA*

there will be plenty of time for you to explore independently. You may choose to visit the delightful Gardens of Caesar Augustus or take a stroll around the village of Capri. Maybe enjoy a leisurely lunch in a charming restaurant or hop into one of the open-top taxis for a journey along winding streets to Anacapri. Here you can visit Villa San Michele, the former home of celebrated doctor and philanthropist Axel Munthe, which is surrounded by fragrant gardens. On the way back, you could choose to spend some time in the lively resort of Sorrento before re-joining the group at the hotel later. (B,D)

Day 7 - Vico Equense – Day at leisure Today, we have left free for you to enjoy some time to yourself. You could relax in the sun or explore the area surrounding your hotel. The elegant town of Sorrento, with its enticing cafés and restaurants, is easy to reach by train.

4 nights half board from £799 At the end of your holiday, head to the island of Ischia, where you’ll stay at the 4-star Hermitage Hotel. You will be accompanied by a Local Guide.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £1,599 Herculaneum

Special departure WINTER IN MINORI

8 days from £1,499 Enjoy this itinerary in wintertime where you’ll stay in the 4-star Hotel Villa Romana. See website for details.

Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

17 Mar

7 Apr

5 May*

12 May

2 Jun*

30 Jun

1 Sep*

8 Sep

22 Sep

29 Sep

6 Oct

13 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £1,699 8 Mar**

16 Mar

6 Apr

4 May*

11 May

1 Jun*

15 Jun

29 Jun

31 Aug*

7 Sep

21 Sep

28 Sep

5 Oct

(B,D)

Day 8 - Naples to UK

9 Mar**

In the words of travellers

“Exceeded all our hopes and expectations! Karina, the hotel staff and guides were all so welcoming, knowledgeable and accommodating. Just outstanding.” Alan Hill

* Island of Ischia - Time for More ** Winter in Minori - Special Departure † Price of tour departing in Mar 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £495

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from London, Birmingham, Bristol, Edinburgh & Manchester Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Puglia & Basilicata 8 days from †

£1,599 Trani

Adriatic Sea

Bari Castel del Monte ITALY

Alberobello Matera

Start

Ostuni Locorotondo

Martina Franca

Lecce

Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

Ionian Sea

Optional trips Transfers

Your holiday includes

Trulli houses

Immerse yourself in the rustic charm of two spectacular regions, where picturesque olive groves, Trulli houses and Sassi Cave dwellings await.

next to the sea, a contrast to the grand Castel del Monte, which you’ll also visit. (B,D)

Day 7 - Alberobello, Locorotondo & Martina Franca

half board in a 4-star hotel

Your holiday begins with a flight to Bari in the region of Puglia in southern Italy. On arrival, we will transfer you to your hotel. (D)

We’ll see Puglia’s unique Trulli houses on an included day out. Our first stop is Alberobello, where you’ll see the Trulli are decorated with painted symbols on their roofs. Then, in Locorotondo you’ll see the buildings are arranged in a circular pattern. Finally, we reach Martina Franca, where Moorish influences have created a town of medieval palaces and churches. (B,D)

15 MEALS

Day 2 - Farmhouse Experience

Day 8 - Bari to UK

RETURN FLIGHTS from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Day 1 - UK to Bari

7 NIGHTS

7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L) 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

Today we’ll visit a Masseria, a fortified farm. Here we’ll experience a real flavour of the food grown and produced in the Apulian region. The visit will include a chance to watch a orecchiette pasta making demonstration. The highlight of the visit will be a lunch of typical regional food accompanied by wine. (B,L,D)

• Tour of Matera and its Sassi houses

Day 3 - Matera

• Visit historic Lecce

You have a full day of exploration to look forward to today on a trip to the UNESCOlisted town of Matera in the region of Basilicata. Here, your Local Guide will tell you all about the Sassi houses you’ll see – incredible dwellings built on natural caves and carved into the hillsides. During a break in sightseeing your Holiday Director and Local Guide will be able to point you in the right direction if you fancy a spot of lunch. (B,D)

• See the Trulli houses in three towns • Lunch at a Masseria, a fortified farmhouse

Optional experiences • Visit Ostuni and enjoy olive oil-tasting • Excursion to the coastal town of Trani and the Grand Castel del Monte

After a memorable week in southern Italy, it’s time to head home. Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotel GRAND HOTEL LA CHIUSA DI CHIETRI HHHH This hotel features an outdoor pool (typically open May to September) and beautiful gardens surrounded by olive groves, vineyards and fruit trees. Situated 5km from Alberobello, a shuttle service into town is provided. Spa facilities are available at extra cost. Room upgrade – Trullo rooms Call to speak to one of our Holiday Advisors about a room upgrade.

Day 4 - Alberobello – Day at leisure Today is free for you to explore at your own pace. Alternatively join an optional excursion to the pretty town of Ostuni. Stroll along its maze of narrow streets lined with whitewashed houses which sit beneath an imposing Gothic cathedral. There’s also the chance today to sample the olive oil that is produced in this region. (B,D) Matera

Day 5 - Lecce After breakfast we’ll head off to explore the attractive city of Lecce. Together with your Local Guide, you’ll uncover a new treasure around every corner as you stroll along streets lined with extravagant Baroque architecture. A couple of real highlights to keep an eye out for are the ancient Roman amphitheatre and the Church of Santa Croce. (B,D)

Day 6 - Alberobello – Day at leisure Spend time enjoying the facilities at your hotel or head into Alberobello for more sightseeing. If you would like to see more of the region, an alternative is an optional day of exploration in the coastal town of Trani in the north of Puglia. Here, you’ll see fishermen at work in the busy harbour and have the chance to admire the simplicity of its 11th century cathedral sitting 40

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £1,599 9 May

6 Jun

13 Jun

12 Sep

19 Sep

3 Oct

5 Sep

2027 DATES FROM £1,699 8 May

5 Jun

12 Jun

11 Sep

18 Sep

2 Oct

4 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £645

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Sardinia’s Emerald Coast 8 days from †

£1,749

CORSICA

Start Finish

Bonifacio Tyrrhenian Sea

Nights in hotel Included trips

La Maddalena

Optional trips

Porto Cervo

Baja Sardinia

Transfers

San Pantaleo

Porto Cervo

Olbia SARDINIA

Alghero

Your holiday includes

Experience the stunning allure of Sardinia from pristine beaches to rugged coastlines and idyllic turquoise waters. Day 1 - UK to Olbia

RETURN FLIGHTS

half board in a 4-star hotel

Your holiday to the Italian island of Sardinia starts with a flight to Olbia. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to your hotel, located on the beautiful Costa Smeralda. This evening we’ll gather for dinner at the hotel. (D)

15 MEALS

Day 2 - Costa Smeralda

from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

7 NIGHTS

7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR

Included highlights • Tour the Emerald Coast • Visit to Alghero, a historic Catalan Town • Guided walking tour of Olbia • Enjoy a typical Sardinian lunch at a Traditional Sardinian Restaurant

Optional experiences • Cruise to Sardinia’s La Maddalena islands • Day trip to the island of Corsica

Today, we’ll explore the captivating Emerald Coast. Take a stroll around Porto Cervo, a charming town with its two bustling ports, a haven for yachts that hint at grand adventures. We’ll then stop at Baja Sardinia where you’ll find shops, bars and restaurants centred around a small square close to beautiful whitesand beaches and crystal-clear waters. On our return to the hotel, we’ll make one final stop at the charming village of San Pantaleo. (B,D)

Day 3 - Alghero

town of Santa Teresa di Gallura. On arrival here, we’ll board the ferry to Bonifacio. Stroll around the natural harbour, set against a backdrop of sheer cliffs and overlooked by a 9th century citadel. Walk up to the ancient walls for stunning views. Alternatively, head to the Old Town where a maze of narrow streets are home to medieval houses. (B,D)

Day 7 - San Pantaleo – Day at leisure Today is free for you to relax and make the most of the hotel facilities. (B,D)

Day 8 - Olbia to UK It’s time to bid Sardinia farewell as we drive you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Your hotel BLU HOTEL LACONIA VILLAGE HHHH This stunning 4-star hotel is located in Cannigione, just a short walk to the beach. Hotel facilities include restaurant, bar, outdoor pool and private beach. Rooms offer private facilities and air-conditioning. (Typically open May - September).

After breakfast, we’ll venture to the Spanish city of Alghero. Enjoy a guided walk around its cobble-stoned historical centre and stop at one of the watch towers for views of Capo Caccia in the distance. After some free time, we will take the bus and reach a vineyard for a wine tasting experience and we will indulge in some typical products from Sardinian region. (B,D)

Day 4 - San Pantaleo – Day at leisure

Church San Michele

Today, you can choose to relax and spend your day at leisure or join our optional cruise to La Maddalena which includes a light lunch served on board. We’ll visit the largest and the most prominent of the islands, La Maddalena. Enjoy time exploring the narrow streets and alleys, a hive of small cafes, restaurants and boutique shops offering traditional souvenirs. (B,D)

Day 5 - Olbia After breakfast, we’ll head to Olbia where we’ll enjoy a guided walking tour of the city. Explore the old town with its elegant buildings and visit the Church of San Simplico. The Piazza Regina Margherita, in the heart of Olbia, invites you to stop and linger over a drink under the shade of trees before heading down Corso Umberto, where you’ll find an array of shops, cafes and boutiques and a typical Sardinian Lunch. (B,L,D)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £1,749 9 May

30 May

12 Sep

19 Sep

2027 DATES FROM £1,849 8 May

29 May

11 Sep

18 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £495

FLIGHT CHOICES

Day 6 - San Pantaleo - Day at leisure

Fly from London, Bristol, Edinburgh, Manchester & Stansted Flight upgrade available

Enjoy a day of leisure or join our optional excursion to the neighbouring island of Corsica. Our journey begins by road as we head to the

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

The Best of Sicily

Taormina

8 days from †

£1,799

Aeolian Islands (add-on) 4

Mediterranean Sea Palermo Monreale 4 Campofelice di Roccella Agrigento

Mount Etna

Cefalù

Taormina

3 Giardini Naxos

Catania (add-on)

SICILY

Piazza Armerina Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Transfers

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION

Brooding Mount Etna forms a dramatic backdrop to your discoveries as you revel in Roman history and uncover medieval treasures. Day 1 - UK to Catania

from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Your holiday begins with a flight to Catania. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to your hotel before dinner this evening. (D)

7 NIGHTS

Day 2 - Mount Etna

half board in 4-star hotels

Today you’re going to see Mount Etna up close. We’ll ascend Europe’s tallest active volcano by cable car to an altitude of around 2,500 metres where you’ll have some free time to take in the far-reaching views. After our descent, we’ll visit a traditional farm shop to learn about their delicious produce. (B,D)

15 MEALS 7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Taormina with granita tasting • Ascend Mount Etna by cable car • Visit the Roman Villa del Casale • Explore the ancient Valley of the Temples • Sicily’s capital Palermo and Monreale Cathedral • Palermo street food tasting in a local cafe

Day 3 - Taormina We’re off to Taormina today, a fascinating town which overlooks two sweeping bays. We’ve arranged for a Local Guide to show us around and one of the highlights will be a visit to the town’s magnificent Greco-Roman theatre, perched dramatically on a clifftop. Our tour will end with a tasting of granita. You’ll then have some time to yourselves to explore Taormina at leisure. (B,D)

Day 4 - Villa Del Casale to Campofelice Di Roccella We’re going to head to our next base today, Campofelice di Roccella, near Cefalù, Our journey takes us to the 4th century Villa Romana del Casale, close to the town of Piazza Armerina. Here, excavations have revealed one of the world’s richest and most complex collections of Roman mosaics. We’ll stop for a light lunch at agriresort, Tenute Leano, with olive oil tasting before continuing to our hotel.

(B,L,D)

Day 7 - Campofelice Di Roccella - Day at leisure How you spend today is entirely up to you. Relax by the pool or on the beach or maybe take a local shuttle to nearby Cefalù, a pretty fishing port. (B,D)

Day 8 - Catania to UK After breakfast, we drive you back to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotels HOTEL CAESAR PALACE HHHH Near Taormina, you will stay in the Hotel Caesar Palace. Facilities include a bar, lounge and restaurant.

ACACIA RESORT HHHH A modern, elegant and comfortable resort located on a pristine beach between Palermo and Cefalù. It features a restaurant, bar and lovely gardens.

Time for more AEOLIAN ISLANDS* 5 nights from £899 Extend your holiday with a 4-night bed and breakfast stay on the Aeolian Island of Lipari plus a final night in the city of Catania. You will not be accompanied by a Holiday Director.

Departure dates & prices

Day 5 - Valley of the Temples

2026 DATES FROM £1,799

Our included excursion today takes us to Agrigento and the Valley of the Temples. Here, a Local Guide will point out all the must-see sights, which include the Temple of Concord, famed for its surprisingly well-preserved columns, and the Temple of Zeus, said to be the largest temple built by the Greeks.

9 Apr

7 May*

4 Jun*

3 Sep

17 Sep*

24 Sep

(B,D)

Day 6 - Palermo & Monreale

After a short drive, our next stop will be the beautiful Monreale Cathedral. The pleasant yet unremarkable exterior offers no clue as to the exquisite golden paintings and spectacular mosaics you’ll discover when you venture inside.

(B,D)

The rest of the day is yours to relax at the hotel.

Monreale Cathedral

Capella Palatine Chapel, which proudly exhibits intricate Byzantine mosaics.

Today we’ll visit Palermo, Sicily’s vibrant capital. The city is famous for its street food tradition and we’re going to a local restaurant to enjoy a street food experience. After you’ve eaten you could take some time to explore the light-filled

25 Jun

2027 DATES FROM £1,899 8 Apr

6 May*

3 Jun*

2 Sep

16 Sep*

23 Sep

24 Jun

*Aeolian Islands Add-on available † Price of tour departing in Apr 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £745

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Discover Malta 8 days from †

£1,549

Start Finish

GOZO

Nights in hotel

Victoria

Included trips Optional trips Transfers

Qawra 7 Mosta

Mdina

Valletta

MALTA

Mdina

Blue Grotto

Vittoriosa

Cospicua Senglea Marsaxlokk

Uncover vibrant culture, ancient history and mouth-watering cuisine on an unforgettable escape to sun-kissed Malta. Day 1 - UK to Malta

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

7 NIGHTS in a 4-star hotel

11 MEALS 7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

TRAVELSPHERE CARES Find out about about traditional Maltese dishes at Diar il-Briet

Included highlights • Valletta city tour including the Saluting Battery • Walking tour of the three cities of Senglea, Cospicua and Vittoriosa • Explore ancient Mdina • Visit to the well-preserved catacombes of Rabat • Marvel at Mostas domed Church of Santa Maria • Evening of traditional food, folk music and dance

Optional experiences • Gozo island visit with lunch • Visit Marsaxlokk and see the Blue Grotto

Malta beckons as you depart on your flight to the Mediterranean isle. When you arrive, we will transfer you to your hotel where you can relax, and take in the dazzling views before dinner this evening. (D)

Day 2 - Valletta After breakfast, you’ll get to know Malta’s capital Valletta, a World Heritage City brimming with historical sites. You’ll head to the Barrakka Gardens to enjoy the magnificent views of the famous Grand Harbour. You’ll then visit the Saluting Battery. Afterwards, we’ll explore Valletta’s main streets on foot. (B)

Travelsphere cares Diar il-Bniet prides itself on its use of homegrown produce, freshly picked from the family-run 600 acre farm. The restaurant has remained true to the traditional values of its ancestral roots. Home-grown produce is freshly picked daily and used in their cooking to create Maltese traditional dishes using authentic methods.

Day 7 - Three Cities & Mosta Enjoy a walking tour of Vittoriosa, Cospicua and Senglea. Collectively known as the Three Cities, built and fortified by the Knights of Malta. Next, a visit to Mosta to marvel at the domed roof of the Church of Santa Maria. (B,D)

Day 8 - Malta to UK Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Day 3 - Folklore Dinner Show Today, take the opportunity to discover more of the island on our optional tour to Marsaxlokk, a fishing village on the island’s south coast along with a visit to the island’s Blue Grotto. Otherwise, feel free to explore at your own pace today before this evening’s dinner at a traditional restaurant, enjoying authentic Maltese dishes whilst watching a story of Maltese history told through dance. (B,D)

Day 4 - Qawra - Day at leisure If a day of leisure is not for you, then why not join us on an optional excursion to the island of Gozo. As we step ashore we’ll discover some of the island’s highlights before lunch on a private estate overlooking the village of Għarb. We’ll then take a walking tour of the medieval city of Victoria. Our final stop is at the Qala Belvedere to admire the views. (B)

Your hotel AX ODYCY HOTEL HHHH A new, world-class destination in Qawra, overlooking breathtaking views of the Mediterranean Sea. Walk along the promenade and enjoy views of the beautiful St Paul’s Islands. Room upgrade Call to speak to one of our Holiday Advisors about a room upgrade.

Day 5 - Qawra - Day at leisure You’re free to relax or explore at your own pace today. (B)

Day 6- Rabat, Dingli & Mdina Start today with a visit to the historic town of Rabat, famous for its catacombs. We’ll enjoy lunch in the village of Dingli, prepared with ingredients freshly picked from the family-run farm. Also, we will learn about their traditional process of making olive oil.

Valletta

After lunch, we’ll travel to Mdina. This former capital city is a living museum, enveloped entirely by fortified walls and boasting a labyrinth of narrow passageways adorned with elegant baroque churches, convents, and opulent palaces. A leisurely walk through this city will provide us with a deeper insight into the captivating history of Malta. (B.L)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £1,549 22 Apr

3 Jun

23 Sep

14 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £1,649 21 Apr

2 Jun

29 Sep

13 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Apr 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £595

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from London, Edinburgh & Manchester Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

The Lisbon Coast – Historic Towns & Spectacular Sintra 8 days from

£1,649†

Start

Obidos

Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips Transfers

Cabo da Roca Sintra Lisbon

7 Cascais

Cascais

PORTUGAL

Arrabida National Park

Evora

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 NIGHTS

Enjoy the perfect balance of relaxation and exploration on this Portugal escape, where the beautiful town of Cascais awaits. Day 1 - UK to Lisbon Your holiday begins with a flight to Lisbon. On arrival, we’ll drive you to your hotel in Cascais. After time to relax and settle in, we’ll meet for a drink before dinner this evening. (D)

in a 4-star hotel

Day 2 - Lisbon

11 MEALS

Portugal’s capital is home to countless attractions, and today we’ll discover many of them on a guided tour. Our first stop is at the National Coach Museum, which houses one of the most important collections of horse-drawn carriages in the world. Then onto the Belém quarter, where you’ll see the Belém Tower, the Monument to the Discoveries and the UNESCO-listed St Jerome Monastery.

7 breakfasts (B), 4 dinners (D)

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Sightseeing tour of Lisbon, including a visit to the National Coach Museum • Sintra and the Sintra National Palace • Cabo da Roca - the most westerly point of Continental Europe • The medieval town of Óbidos • Enjoy a ginjinha in Obidos. A sour-cherry liquor served in a chocolate cup

Optional experiences • The UNESCO World Heritage museum city of Evora and its Chapel of Bones • Arrabida with a wine tasting visit in Azeitao

Óbidos

After free time for lunch, discover the traditional side of the city as we wander around the narrow streets of the ancient Alfama district before driving past Praça do Comércio, Rossio and Restauradores, three grand, symbolic squares. We’ll also drive along the tree-lined boulevard, Avenida da Liberdade, and see the bronze statue of the Marquês de Pombal who rebuilt the city after the 1755 earthquake. (B,D)

Day 3 - Sintra After breakfast, we’re going to head to the charming region of Sintra with its rolling hills and fairy-tale castles and palaces. We’ll visit the medieval Sintra National Palace once the home of the Portuguese royal family. Enjoy some free time to explore the pretty streets of Sintra at leisure. Later, we’ll enjoy a panoramic tour of Sintra’s scenic woods and palaces before we head to the rugged cliffs of Cabo da Roca - the most westerly point of Continental Europe. (B,D)

Day 4 - Cascais - Day at leisure After a few busy days, you now have some time to relax and do your own thing. Alternatively, join your Holiday Director for today’s optional excursion. It begins, as we cross the Tagus River on one of the longest suspension bridges in Europe. Our journey takes us into the coastal Arrabida National Park. We’ll admire stunning views of Setúbal and the Tróia Peninsula and visit a wine cellar in Azeitao for a tasting of Moscatel de Setúbal. Finally, we’ll stop at the iconic statue of Christ the King for magnificent views of Lisbon. (B)

Day 5 - Cascais - Day at leisure Enjoy a free day doing as much or as little as you please. Relax with a book and a refreshing drink at the hotel or, if you’re feeling energetic, why not to walk to Boca do Inferno. Later, you might choose to head into town and explore what’s on offer for dinner. You’ll find an array of enticing restaurants with many specialising in seafood. Ask your Holiday Director if you would like a recommendation! (B)

Day 6 - Cascais - Day at leisure You have another free day to explore Cascais at leisure. If you prefer, you could choose to join an optional excursion to UNESCO-listed Evora. We’ll explore this well-preserved, walled city on foot, discovering its highlights. The day ends with a visit to a cork factory, where we’ll learn how this Portuguese material is transformed into a wide variety of products. (B)

Day 7 - Óbidos We’re heading north to the picturesque, medieval town of Óbidos on today’s included tour. We’ll see the hilltop castle, with its imposing towers and battlements and explore the town’s maze of cobblestone streets, squares and bougainvillea-adorned whitewashed houses. Our visit also includes a tasting of the local speciality, ginjinha, a sour-cherry liquor served in a chocolate cup. (B,D)

Day 8 - Lisbon to UK Your holiday comes to an end as we drive you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Your hotel HOTEL VILA GALÉ CASCAIS HHHH With fantastic views of the sea, the 4-star Vila Galé Cascais Hotel is a short walk from the beach, the famous Cascais Marina and the town centre. Facilities include restaurant, bars, gardens and swimming pool area.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £1,649 6 May

9 Sep

7 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £1,749 7 Apr

5 May

15 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £500

FLIGHT CHOICES

Little Trains of the Pyrenees 8 days from

£1,649†

FRANCE

Axat

Rivesaltes

Villefranche-de-Conflent

Thuir

Mont Louis Núria

SPAIN

ANDORRA

Cap de Creus Besalú

7 Roses

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

The Yellow Train on Cassagne Bridge

Figueres

Barcelona

Transfers Rail

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 NIGHTS half board in a 3-star hotel

Take unforgettable scenic journeys by train through the Pyrenees to discover breathtaking mountain vistas and charming villages.

Day 7 - Figueres

Day 1 - UK to Barcelona

Day 8 - Barcelona to UK

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Barcelona. On arrival we’ll transfer you to the lovely resort of Roses, on the Costa Brava. Roses is renowned for its splendid wide beaches, all of which have earned Blue Flag status. As your hotel is located right on the seafront, why not take a stroll on the golden sands before dinner. (D)

14 MEALS 7 breakfasts (B), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Journey on the Trenet de Cadaques • Yellow Train ride from Villefranche-de-Conflent to Mont Louis • Rack railway to Núria

Day 2 - Trenet de Cadaques The Pyrenees mountain range divides Spain and France and offers spectacular opportunities for exploration. Today’s journey is on a fun little road train, the Trenet de Cadaques, that passes through the narrow streets of Cadaques and Port Lligat. Enjoy the stunning panoramic views of the village and its coves with crystal-clear, deep blue water. This afternoon has been left free to do as you wish. (B,D)

We’ll explore Figueres today, the birthplace of Salvador Dali. After a stroll around the Old Town, we’ll visit the Dali Theatre and Museum to see many famous works by the painter. Your tour ends at the Peralada Castle. (B,D)

Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotel PRESTIGE HOTELS HHH A few steps from the beautiful beach in Lido di Camaiore, the Caesar hotel boasts an outdoor heated pool and a spa. (Typically open MaySeptember). Room upgrade Call to speak to one of our Holiday Advisors about a room upgrade.

Day 3 - The Yellow Train

• Travel on the Red Train ride from Rivesaltes to Axat • Figueres and Salvador Dali Museum • Visit Peralada Castle • Wine tasting at Caves Byrrh

Your explorations begin in the medieval walled city of Thuir today. Located at the foothills of the Pyrenees, it is famed for its vineyards, and for the Byrrh caves, where the aperitif Byrrh is made. We continue to Villefranche de Conflent, to board the Yellow Train for a journey through the Pyrenees returning to the hotel by coach.

Nuria Valley Rack Railway

(B,D)

Day 4 - Roses – Day at leisure Today you have a full day at leisure to do as you please. (B,D)

Day 5 - The Red Train

Peralada Castle

This morning you will catch the Red Train and travel from charming Rivesaltes to the small town of Axat in France. Admiring panoramic views of the breathtaking scenery as you travel past picturesque vineyards, through tunnels, and over bridges and viaducts. (B,D)

Day 6 - Núria Valley Rack Railway We’re staying in Spain today, where you’ll enjoy another fantastic trip by rail into the mountains. This time it’s an electric cog train which takes you into the Núria Valley. In fact, the railway is the only form of transport here. As you journey into the heart of the area, you’ll get an idea of the enormity of the valley. Keep your eyes peeled for deer or marmot, and listen to your guide who will tell you more about this remote and spectacularly beautiful area. (B,D)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £1,649 13 May

10 Jun

2 Sep

9 Sep

2027 DATES FROM £1,749 19 May

16 Jun

1 Sep

8 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £595

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flavours of Spain’s Basque Country & La Rioja

NEW

for 2026

8 days from

£2,299 † Hondarribia Getaria Bilbao 2

San Sebastian

Pamplona

Haro Start

FRANCE

Biarritz Espelette Ascain

3 Logrono

Your holiday includes

Experience Basque culture and La Rioja’s celebrated wine region on this captivating journey through northern Spain and France.

RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION

Day 1 UK - Bilbao

from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Your Spanish escape begins with a flight to Bilbao, where on arrival you’ll be transferred to your centrally located hotel near the heart of the city.

Finish

SPAIN

Nights in hotel Included trips Transfers

7 NIGHTS in 4-star hotels

14 MEALS 7 breakfasts (B), 4 lunches (L) 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Guided walking tour of Bilbao including entrance to the Guggenheim Museum • Txakoli Winery visit and tasting near Getaria • Guided walking tour of San Sebastian • Funicular visit to Monte Igueldo • Hondarribia tour • Experience the French Basque Country • Visit Pamplona • Wine tastings in La Rioja • Explore Haro • Visit Monastery of San Millan de Yuso

At the foot of the Sierra de Cantabria mountains, in the village of Samaniego, the glass box of the Bodegas Baigorri is surrounded by endless views of vineyards. Grapes are grown using sustainable agricultural methods, picked by hand and processed in the most delicate way. Inside the winery, you’ll discover some of the most advanced technology and the key role that gravity plays in making their unique wines.

The rest of the day is free for you to relax before dinner at the hotel this evening with your fellow travellers. (D)

Day 2 Bilbao After breakfast, our Bilbao discovery begins with a guided tour showcasing the city’s remarkable transformation from industrial heavyweight to cultural hotspot. We’ll walk through the lively central district and continue with a stroll along the Nervión River to visit the dazzling Guggenheim Museum. The remainder of the day is yours to explore at a leisurely pace. Step inside one of the pintxos bars to sample one of these delicious Basque bites, visit modern galleries, or simply soak up the city’s atmosphere. (B)

Day 3 Hondarribia Today we leave Bilbao and travel further into Basque country. On the way to the medieval town of Hondarribia, we’ll stop at one of the most colourful fishing villages, Getaria. This coastal gem is known for its seafood traditions, txakoli wine (a refreshing, slightly sparkling white wine), and local heroes like explorer Juan Sebastián Elcano – the first person to circumnavigate the globe. Surrounded by rolling vineyards, we’ll visit our first bodega to learn the craft of txakoli wine making and enjoy a tasting. After lunch, we’ll continue to San Sebastián for a guided walk of this elegant city including a funicular trip to the top of Monte Igueldo and its panoramic views that stretch across the Bay of Biscay towards the French coast. By far the most popular way to reach this summit. Dinner this evening will be at the historic Restaurant Zeria, built in 1575 and restored in 1965. A fascinating detail that welcomes visitors at the entrance of the restaurant, is the skeletal remains of a whale. (B,L,D)

Day 4 The French Basque Country This morning, on a short tour, we’ll explore Hondarribia, admiring its colourful shuttered houses, narrow streets and ancient stone buildings that transport you back centuries. 46

Bodegas Baigorri

It’s then time to cross into the French Basque Country. The scenery retains its Basque identity, but the French pastries take on a noticeably flakier character. We’ll journey through quaint villages including Saint-Jean-de-Luz with its Belle Époque appeal, the coastal resort of Biarritz, and the picture-perfect villages of Espelette and Ascain. These settlements, surrounded by the pastoral mountain landscape of the Pyrenees, captivate visitors with their traditional red shuttered houses, cobbled squares and timeless charm. Later, we’ll return to the hotel where the rest of the day has been left free for you to explore at leisure. This region moves at a gentler pace, and we encourage you to embrace it. (B)

Day 5 Pamplona and La Rioja After breakfast, we’ll travel to Pamplona, a city immortalized by Ernest Hemingway’s literary adventures. We’ll enjoy a short walking tour, strolling through its charming medieval streets before heading into the heart of Rioja wine country, one of the world’s most celebrated wine regions. We’ll immerse ourselves in wine production with a visit to the Bodegas Eguren Ugarte, a family winery located in Laguardia dedicated to producing wines that reflect the authentic terroir of Rioja Alavesa. The day also includes a chance to admire the contemporary architectural

Txakoli wine region

design of the Ysios winery nearby that perfectly complements the Cantabria mountains behind.

Guggenheim, Bilbao

This evening we’ll arrive in Logroño, our home for the next three nights. Famed throughout Spain for its tapas culture and welcoming wine bars, this is the perfect base for continuing our wine journey. (B,L)

Day 6 Haro Today we’ll explore Haro, a town in Rioja Alta. Walking through La Herradura, Haro’s vibrant tapas quarter, we’ll see some of the town’s most important landmarks such as Plaza de la Paz, Plaza de San Martín, and the Church of Santo Tomás, and along the way there’s an abundance of perfectly preserved buildings with striking facades. We continue our tour with a visit to Bodegas Marqués de Riscal, one of the region’s most prestigious wineries. Following this, we’ll enjoy lunch and wine-tasting at the charming Bodega Baigorri. We’ll return to the hotel where the rest of the day is free for you to make your own discoveries. (B,L)

Day 7 San Millán de la Cogolla Today we’ll take a closer look at La Rioja’s heritage with a guided tour of the UNESCOlisted Monastery of San Millan de Yuso – the birthplace of the Spanish Language and a centre of faith and culture. This masterpiece of architecture is famous for being the site where the first written evidence of Castilian was

Mount Igueldo

Monastery of San Millan de Yuso

Bodegas Marques de Riscal Since 1858, the Marques de Riscal has been an innovator and pioneer in wine production. They possess a 100% organic philosophy with the belief that respecting the environment, the fauna and the ecosystem makes the agriculture more sustainable and guarantees the quality of the wines. It’s their philosophy, vision and ambition that secured the title of ‘Best Vineyard in the World 2024’.

recorded, and it holds a significant library of ancient manuscripts and religious artifacts.

Departure dates & prices

After lunch, we’ll return to Logroño for one final winery visit and tasting at the local Bodegas Arizcuren. Later this evening we’ll come together for a farewell dinner. (B,L,D)

2026 DATES FROM £2,299

Day 8 Logroño - UK

† Price of tour departing in Jun 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £450

Enjoy one last Spanish breakfast as you reflect on a trip filled with history, exceptional flavours, cultural discovery and the genuine warmth of the Basque people, before heading to the airport for your return journey to the UK. (B)

Subject to availability. Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

6 Jun

12 Sep

26 Sep

A Week in Andalucia 8 days from

£1,249† Start Finish

SPAIN

Nights in hotel Included trips

Cordoba

Optional trips Transfers

Seville

Granada 7 Antequera

Ronda Malaga

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION

Bask in the warmth of the Spanish sun and immerse yourself in Andalucia’s captivating towns and fascinating sights. Day 1 - UK to Malaga

half board in a 4-star hotel

Your holiday to southern Spain begins today! After flying to Malaga, we’ll drive you to your hotel close to the town of Antequera. We’ll meet for a welcome drink and then dinner this evening. (D)

15 MEALS

Day 2 - Antequera - Day at leisure

7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

• Sightseeing in the city of Cordoba

If you’re keen to get started on the sightseeing right away, why not join todays optional guided tour of Antequera. This medieval town is punctuated by the towers of Moorish fortresses and Gothic churches, and we’ll see its highlights along with a visit to the Dolmens, and marvel at the wonderful scenery of El Torcal National Park. (B,D)

• Explore Andalucia’s regional capital, Seville

Day 3 - Cordoba

• Granada tour and the Alhambra Palace

Sitting in a beautiful position on a bend of the Guadalquivir River is the fascinating city of Cordoba, and today you’ll discover it on this walking tour. A highlight of your visit is sure to be the dazzling Mezquita, or Great Mosque, filled with more than 850 granite, jasper and marble pillars. You’ll also wander the labyrinth of winding streets and flower-filled courtyards in the Jewish quarter before exploring Cordoba during some free time this afternoon. (B,D)

from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

7 NIGHTS

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

• Enjoy a light lunch at one of Seville’s fine Tapas bars

Optional experiences • Antequera, El Torcal National Park and the Dolmens • Visit the cliff-top town of Ronda • Tour of cosmopolitan Malaga

Granada. Your tour includes the grand halls, patios, fountains and Generalife Gardens. (B,D)

Day 7 - Antequera - Day at leisure It’s the last full day of your holiday and you can choose how to spend it - why not join our optional excursion to Malaga, famous as the birthplace of celebrated artist Pablo Picasso. You’ll have some free time to explore before we take in wonderful views from the two Moorish citadels, the Alcazaba and Gibralfaro. (B,D)

Day 8 - Malaga to UK Your holiday comes to an end after breakfast and we will drive back to the airport for our flight home. (B)

Your hotel HOTEL ANTEQUERA HILLS HHHH Historically dubbed ‘the crossroads of Andalucia’, due to being more or less the most central point to Seville, Cordoba, Granada and Malaga, Antequera is known as an architecturally beautiful city of which the 4-star Antequera Hotel sits only a short walk from. Outdoor pool typically open May-September.

Day 4 - Seville You’re heading to Seville today which we’ll get to know on a guided tour. This is Andalucia’s regional capital, and we’ll see highlights including the magnificent Plaza de España and the city’s Gothic cathedral.

2026 DATES FROM £1,249

Seville is credited with the invention of tapas so it’s the perfect location for us to enjoy a light lunch at one of the fine tapas bars. (B,L,D)

4 Mar

1 Apr

29 Apr

13 May

20 May

3 Jun

10 Jun

2 Sep

Day 5 - Antequera – Day at leisure

9 Sep

16 Sep

7 Oct

4 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £1,349

Time at leisure may be just what you need after two days of sightseeing, so why not relax at your hotel. However, if you’re keen to discover more, your Holiday Director will host an optional excursion to the clifftop town of Ronda. You’ll see the deep gorge, El Tajo, which divides the town in two and is spanned by an ancient stone bridge, the Puente Nuevo. (B,D)

Alhambra

Departure dates & prices

3 Mar

14 Apr

5 May

12 May

19 May

2 Jun

9 Jun

1 Sep

8 Sep

15 Sep

6 Oct

3 Nov

† Price of tour departing in Mar 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £495

FLIGHT CHOICES

Day 6 - Granada

Fly from London, Birmingham, Bristol, Edinburgh, East Midlands, Glasgow, Liverpool, Manchester & Newcastle

You can’t visit this region of Spain without a trip to stunning Alhambra, a palace & fortress complex standing high on a hill overlooking

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

French Riviera 8 days from

£1,799†

ITALY

FRANCE

La Pigna MONACO

St-Paul-de-Vence St Raphael

San Remo

Nice Antibes

7 Cannes

St Tropez

Start Finish

St. Tropez

Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips Transfers

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

7 NIGHTS

Soak up the glamour and charm of the South of France where sun-kissed beaches, exquisite cuisine, and opulent seaside towns create an unforgettable escape. Day 1 - UK to Cannes

7 breakfasts (B) and welcome drink

Today you will fly to Nice and be transfered to Cannes by coach. Your hotel is located just a short walk from La Croisette, the palm treelines boulevard which runs along the seafront.

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR

Day 2 - Cannes & Nice

in a 4-star hotel

7 MEALS

and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Discover the highlights of Cannes • Visit the chic city of Nice • Explore Monaco and Monte Carlo • Tours of St Raphael and St Tropez • Enjoy the sweet flavours of candied fruit and crystallised flowers at a Confiserie in Nice

Optional experiences • Visit St-Paul-de-Vence and Antibes • Head over the Italian border to San Remo

Cannes is known for its long sandy beaches, designer boutiques and glamorous yachts. Today’s included excursion will introduce you to Cannes’ highlights before continuing to the chic city of Nice, where we’ll drive up Mont Boron for fantastic sweeping views. We’ll also spend some time in the Cimiez district. Queen Victoria was once a regular at the Regina Palace Hotel here, and her statue still stands at the entrance to the district. Other attractions include an ancient Roman theatre. During our time in Nice, we’ll also visit a sweet shop where candied fruit and crystallised flowers are made, maybe even tasting a few samples, and perhaps purchasing some to take home. (B)

Day 6 - Cannes – Day at leisure Spend today at leisure, or join your Holiday Director on a full-day optional excursion to St-Paul-de-Vence, a charming hilltop fortified village to discover art galleries, boutiques and inviting cafes as you stroll through its winding streets and admire breathtaking views. We’ll continue on to the popular seaside town of Antibes, perhaps the most exclusive resort on the Côte d’Azur. (B)

Day 7 - St Raphael & St Tropez Today we include a tour of the delightful resorts of St Raphael and St Tropez. Discover St Raphael’s old quarter, then in St Tropez, why not enjoy an ice cream or a drink as you admire the yachts in the marina, or head to its atmospheric Old Town. (B)

Day 8 - Cannes to UK Today we’ll transfer you to the airport for your journey back to the UK. (B)

Your hotel HOTEL EDEN, CANNES HHHH Hotel Eden is located in the heart of Cannes, in the main shopping street and only 150 yards from the famous La Croisette beaches. Facilities include a spa with indoor pool, and a restaurant.

Day 3 - Cannes – Day at leisure Today has been left free for you to do just as you please. You might want to stroll along the famous La Croissette promenade, take a walk along the beach or enjoy some of the city’s chic cafes. There’s also the charming old town of Cannes and the marina area, where you can enjoy some of the best views across the bay of Cannes. (B)

Day 4 - Monaco & Monte Carlo Monte Carlo

Today we’ll visit the tiny sovereign state of Monaco. Ruled by the Grimaldi family for more than seven centuries, it boasts luxurious hotels, exclusive restaurants and the highest number of millionaires per square metre than any other country in the world! Discover the district of Monte Carlo, which is the sophisticated playground of the rich and famous. (B)

Day 5 - Cannes – Day at leisure If you’d like to venture further afield, why not join today’s optional excursion over the Italian border to San Remo. Known as the ‘Town of Flowers’, this lovely resort boasts exquisite gardens and parks, and you’ll visit its Old Town, La Pigna and Hanbury Gardens. (B)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £1,799 29 May

4 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £695

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from London, Leeds Bradford &Manchester Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Savouring Bordeaux & the Dordogne

NEW

for 2026

8 days from

£2,399 † Start Finish

FRANCE

Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips Transfers

Saint-Emilion

3 Bordeaux

Arcachon

4 Perigueux

Lascaux Caves Bergerac

Marqueyssac Gardens

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 NIGHTS in 4-star hotels

11 MEALS 7 breakfasts (B), 2 lunches (L) 2 dinners (D)

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR

Included highlights • City tour of Bordeaux • La Cité du Vin tour • Explore the coastal town of Arcachon and the Dunes di Pilat • Discover the enchanting St. Emilion and Perigueux • Journey along the Route des Vins de Bergerac et Duras • See the Lascaux Caves • Sample regional wines

Optional experiences • Hanging Gardens of Marquayssac & sightseeing cruise

Saint-Émilion

Savour the flavours of southwestern France, sampling local wines while enjoying the stunning scenery of manicured vineyards, rolling hills and châteaux.

From the Vineyards Saint-Émilion, located on Bordeaux’s Right Bank, is one of France’s most prestigious wine regions, renowned for rich, velvety red wines. Predominantly Merlot-based and blended with Cabernet Franc, these wines offer flavours of plum, black cherry, and chocolate.

Day 1 UK to Bordeaux Today, you’ll fly to Bordeaux, the capital of French wine country. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to your hotel to settle in and refresh after your journey. There’s the opportunity to get to know your fellow travellers this evening over a welcome dinner – why not make a toast to the experiences that await. (D)

Day 2 Bordeaux After breakfast, we’ll be joined by a local guide for a tour of the historic port city of Bordeaux. Almost half of this city is protected as a UNESCO World Heritage Site, and you’ll discover why with its graceful 18th Century architecture, world-renowned wine heritage and vibrant art scene. We’ll visit the famous La Cité du Vin, an architectural marvel designed to evoke an image of wine swirling in a glass. Inside you’ll experience interactive exhibitions that celebrate wine heritage through the ages and across countless cultures. You’ll finish your visit with a glass of wine on the top floor which offers sweeping views across Bordeaux and the surrounding countryside. This afternoon is yours to explore at leisure. Wander the cobbled streets of historic Bordeaux, discover hidden galleries or simply enjoy a glass of wine in a charming square. (B)

Day 3 Arcachon Today we’ll travel to the coastal gem of Arcachon, beloved for its Belle Epoque architecture, relaxed atmosphere and oysters. You’ll have time to wander the charming streets and along the seafront. Later, we’ll visit the remarkable Dunes du Pilat, Europe’s tallest sand dunes. At over 100 metres high, these golden dunes create a dramatic desert-like landscape along the coast. (B)

Day 4 St Emilion & Perigueux Your day begins with a visit to the enchanting UNESCO World Heritage village of Saint-Émilion. For centuries, travellers journeyed through the medieval streets on their way to the Camino de Santiago in Spain, Today, you’ll wander the same cobbled lanes discovering the remarkable Monolithic Church carved directly into the limestone cliff face. The town is surrounded by some of the world’s most prestigious vineyards and you’ll visit one of these local vineyards to enjoy lunch paired with a glass of wine. This afternoon we’ll arrive in Perigueux, one of the Dordogne’s most picturesque towns, known for its striking Moorish-influences architecture and renaissance elegance. Spend your free time here wandering the Medieval Quarter with its ancient stones and narrow passageways or discovering the refined Renaissance District where you’ll find grand mansions and peaceful courtyards. (B,L) Bordeaux

Day 5 The Dordogne - day at leisure Today is free to explore on your own discovering hidden villages, local markets or taking the time to simply relax. Alternatively, you’re welcome to join an optional excursion to the breath-taking Hanging Gardens of Marqueyssac. These romantic gardens cascade around a 19th century château, featuring an extraordinary maze of 150,000 hand-pruned boxwoods, some resembling flocks of sheep. You’ll have free time for lunch before a scenic boat trip aboard a traditional Gabare - a flat-bottomed river vessel, this afternoon. You’ll enjoy views of the stunning landscape dotted with medieval fortresses and golden-stone chateaux. (B)

Day 6 Bergerac Today you’ll journey along the Route des Vins de Bergerac et Duras, a scenic wine road lined with family-owned chateaux that have been passed down through generations. These estates are the custodians of winemaking traditions that date back centuries. We’ll stop along the way at a local winery where you’ll taste the region’s distinctive sweet white wines – complex, elegant expressions for the local environment, before we enjoy lunch in a local restaurant. This afternoon we’ll visit another winery to taste some of the region’s celebrated red wines. By the end of the day, you’ll have gained a deeper appreciation for the craftmanship and passion that define Bergerac’s wine heritage. (B,L)

Day 7 Lascaux Caves The Lascaux Caves are a UNESCO World heritage site nestled in the Vézère Valley near the village of Montignac. These remarkable caves were discovered in 1940 and believed to have been hidden for over 17,000 years. Their walls and ceilings are adorned with more than 600 paintings of galloping horses, charging bulls and mysterious handprints. While the original caves are closed for preservation, you’ll be able to see the meticulously crafted replicas. This evening, you’ll gather for a farewell dinner in a local restaurant, sharing memories of your week of discovery. (B,D)

Day 8 Bordeaux to UK After a wonderful week following in the footsteps of pilgrims, artists and winemakers who have shaped this region, we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

From the Vineyards The Route des Vins de Bergerac et Duras is a scenic wine route where family-run wineries, medieval towns and rolling vineyards connect two distinct wine areas east of Bordeaux. The region produces diverse wines including Bordeaux-style reds, crisp whites, and the famous Monbazillac dessert wine made from botrytized grapes.

Lascaux Cave paintings

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £2,399 6 Jun

1 Sep

6 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Apr 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £600

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

A Toast to France – Champagne & Burgundy

NEW

for 2026

8 days from

£2,399 † Start Finish

To & from St Pancras

Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips

Reims 3

Transfers Rail

Hautvilliers

Paris FRANCE

Sens 1

Epernay

3 Dijon

Enjoy the stunning Champagne & Burgundy regions with medieval towns, rolling hills covered in vineyards and sample some local wines.

Beaune

Day 1 - UK to Reims

Troyes

Chablis

Nuits Saint Georges

Your holiday includes RETURN RAIL + TRANSPORTATION from St Pancras International, overseas transfers and other transportation

7 NIGHTS in 4-star hotels

10 MEALS 7 breakfasts (B), 3 dinners (D)

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Guided tour of the Cathédrale Notre-Dame de Reims • Champagne tasting in Épernay • Visit the medieval town Troyes • Explore Dijon • Tour the Château de Châteauneuf • Mustard tasting in Beaune • Visit Château du Clos de Vougeot and tasting • Discover Chablis with wine tasting

Optional experiences • Hautvilliers and Champagne tasting • Nuits Saint Georges

Today you’ll travel through the Kentish countryside before crossing the Channel via Eurostar, a scenic journey in itself. On arrival in Paris, we’ll transfer you to Reims, the historic capital of the Champagne region, where you’ll settle into your hotel.

Synonymous with celebration and luxury, champagne is one of the world’s most celebrated beverages. Made from Chardonnay, Pinot Noir, and Pinot Meunier grapes in northeastern France, it uses the traditional “méthode champenoise,” where wine undergoes a second fermentation inside the bottle to create its signature bubbles.

This evening, we’ll gather for a welcome dinner - the perfect opportunity to get to know your fellow travellers. (D)

Day 2 - Reims After breakfast, we’ll visit the magnificent Cathédrale Notre Dame de Reims. Adorned with over 2,300 intricate statures on its façade, it was the traditional site for the coronation of the kings of France, here our guided tour will bring centuries of stories to life. This afternoon, we’ll travel to the town of Épernay and visit a Champagne house. You’ll descend into the chalk cellars and learn how Champagne is crafted using traditional methods perfected over centuries before a tasting—a perfect introduction to understanding what makes each producer unique. (B)

Day 3 - Day at leisure Today is yours to explore. Perhaps wander through Reims’ charming streets, visit local shops, or relax at a café with a glass of something special. Alternatively, you are invited to join an optional excursion to Hautvilliers. Visit the beautiful village where Dom Pérignon, the pioneering Benedictine monk, perfected the art of Champagne making. We’ll visit his final resting place in the historic church, then enjoy the panoramic views stretching across the chalk slopes and vineyards. You’ll complete the experience with a guided tasting at a local cellar. (B)

Day 4 - Troyes & Dijon After breakfast, we’ll travel south to the enchanting medieval town of Troyes, one of Champagne’s best-kept secrets. With beautifully preserved, colourful half-timbered houses lining cobbled streets, stepping into Troyes feels like stepping back in time. Our guided walking tour highlights the charming Goldsmith’s House with its distinctive turret, the atmospheric (Cats’ Alley), so-called because the roofs are so close together that cats could 52

From the Vineyards

leap across the narrow gap, and we’ll admire the ornate stained-glass windows that adorn many buildings. Later, we’ll travel to Dijon, the capital of Burgundy. You’ll have free time to explore the historic centre, a designated UNESCO World Heritage Site. This evening we’ll enjoy dinner at a local restaurant. (B,D)

Day 5 - Burgundy This morning, we’ll take a guided tour of the beautifully restored Château de Châteauneuf, set in the heart of Burgundy’s wine country. Dating back to 1175, this historic estate offers insights into centuries of winemaking tradition. Next, we’ll visit a traditional Moutarderie (Mustard Mill) in the medieval town of Beaune. Here you’ll discover the secrets behind Dijon’s world-famous mustard and a tasting will reveal why this condiment has been treasured for generations. This afternoon, we’ll visit Château du Clos de Vougeot, nestled in the heart of the Climats du Vignoble de Bourgogne. These “Climats” are individually named parcels of land, each producing distinctive wines. The château itself is surrounded by vines producing some of Burgundy’s finest Pinot Noirs and Chardonnays. Your visit concludes with a tasting of local wine, allowing you to experience first hand the quality that has made this region legendary. (B)

Day 6 - Day at leisure The day is yours to explore Dijon at your own pace-perhaps visit the Palais des Ducs, wander

Champagne region

the medieval squares, or enjoy lunch at a local café. Alternatively, you could join an optional excursion to Nuits Saint Georges, a picturesque wine village approximately 30 mins from Dijon. You’ll have free time here to explore. Renowned for its elegant Pinot Noirs, this charming destination invites you to stroll the cobbled streets of the Old Town, visit intimate wine bars (caves) where you can taste local producers’ wines, and perhaps enjoy lunch at a traditional bistro serving authentic Burgundian specialities. (B)

Château du Clos de Vougeot In the very heart of Burgundy’s vineyards stands the Château du Clos de Vougeot. It was originally a wine farm, built in the 12th century by monks from the nearby Abbey of Cîteaux and in the 16th century, a Renaissance style château was added to the existing buildings. Even though the Chateau du Clos de Vougeot does not produce wine anymore, it stays the symbol of a millenary of Burgundy’s History.

Cats’ Alley, Troyes

Day 7 - Chablis & Sens As we head north towards our final destination of Sens, we’ll stop in Chablis, the northernmost region of Burgundy and home to crisp, mineraldriven Chardonnays. We’ll enjoy a guided wine tasting and tour at a local producer, where you’ll gain insight into what makes Chablis unique. The rolling hillsides dotted with Chardonnay vines create a picturesque backdrop to your visit. You’ll have free time to explore the town. Don’t miss the Grand Rue with its charming halftimbered shops, or the remarkable industrial covered market, featuring an impressive brick façade that’s a testament to the town’s proud heritage. This evening, we’ll gather for a farewell dinner in Sens with your fellow travellers, It’s the perfect opportunity to share memories and reflect on an unforgettable week (B,D)

Day 8 - Sens - UK After breakfast we’ll transfer you to Paris for your journey back to the UK. (B)

Château de Châteauneuf

Beaune

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £2,399 15 Jun

7 Sep

12 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Sep 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £850

TRAIN CHOICES

Train upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Trains and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Imperial Capitals -Budapest, Vienna & Prague 8 days from

£2,099† Start

2 Prague

Finish Nights in hotel

CZECHIA

Transfers

Cesky Krumlov SLOVAKIA

Vienna 2

Bratislava 3 Budapest

AUSTRIA

Your holiday includes

Discover a trio of historic destinations in Hungary, Austria and Czechia, on this tour of impressive Imperial Cities.

RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION

Day 1 - UK to Budapest

from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Today, you’ll start your tour with your flight to Budapest. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to your hotel where you will get to know your fellow travellers over a welcome drink this evening.

HUNGARY

7 NIGHTS in 4-star hotels

10 MEALS 7 breakfasts (B), 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Guided tour of Budapest • Visit the Slovakian capital, Bratislava • Enjoy an evening dinner cruise on the Danube River • Guided tour of Cesky Krumlov • Discover the famous sights of Vienna, including Schönbrunn Palace • Explore Prague and its Old Town on a walking tour

Day 2 - Budapest After breakfast, we’ll begin our explorations with a tour of Hungary’s capital, Budapest. The city is split in two by the Danube River, with the historic quarters of Buda on one side and the modern buildings and busy streets of Pest on the other, all linked by eight bridges spanning the river. On our guided tour, we’ll stop at Heroes’ Square, where the statues of national heroes are located in two colonnades that draw your eye to the Ezeréves emlékmu (Millenary Monument). This 36-meter-high pillar is topped with a statue of the Archangel Gabriel holding the Hungarian Crown and a cross. Next, we’ll venture to the Castle District, where you’ll discover the stunning Gothic architecture of St. Matthias Church and the Fisherman’s Bastion. The Bastion, a viewing

terrace, offers unrivalled panoramas along the Danube and across to the parliamentary buildings on the Pest side of the river. We’ve kept the afternoon free for you to discover more of the city at your own pace, before ending the day with an evening cruise along the Danube river including dinner. (B,D)

Day 3 - Budapest - Day at leisure Today has been left free for you to explore more of Budapest at leisure. Perhaps you’d like to visit St Stephen’s Basilica. Its dome is one of the tallest structures in the city, and for a small entry fee you can step inside to admire the beautifully decorated frescoes, marbles and mosaics. Stroll along the Danube towards the Parliament Building, inspired by the British Houses of Parliament, take a moment at the ‘Shoes on the Danube Bank’ a poignant memorial often decorated with flowers, candles, and tributes. The Danube Promenade is also brimming with cafes and bars where you can sit back and watch the world go by. This evening, why not join our optional visit to a typical folklore restaurant where you’ll enjoy the delicious flavours of the local cuisine, drinks and folklore entertainment where you’ll see dancers in traditional costumes perform energetic routines as musicians play on authentic Hungarian instruments – it’s the perfect way to round off your stay in Budapest. (B)

• Enjoy a traditional “heurigen” style dinner in Vienna’s wine region

Optional experiences • Budapest Folklore show and dinner • Mozart & Strauss Concert in Vienna

Vienna

Old Fishermen Bastion, Budapest

Day 4 - Budapest to Vienna We leave Budapest this morning and journey to Bratislava and a guided tour in Slovakia’s capital. The city is a hive of fine buildings and you’ll find that its baroque and rococo palaces are as elegant as any in you’ll discover in Europe. Later this afternoon we’ll arrive in the beautiful city of Vienna. Austria’s stylish capital and arguably one of Europe’s most intensely ornate and beautiful cities. It is renowned throughout the world for its fascinating architecture and above all, its historic association with music. After checking in at the hotel, we’ll venture out to Vienna’s wine region and enjoy a traditional “heurigen” style dinner. (B,D)

Day 5 - Vienna After breakfast we’ll take a morning tour to discover the many famous sights of Vienna. From the imposing Gothic spire of St Stephen’s Cathedral to the grandeur of the Hofburg Palace and the Rococo style of the magnificent Schönbrunn Palace. The afternoon is free for you to make your own discoveries. Why not visit Prater Park where you’ll find the Giant Ferris Wheel with its vintage cabins that offer riders a wonderful view, the city also has a variety of interesting museums and galleries. This evening you have the option to join a Mozart and Strauss concert including dinner. Here you’ll enjoy a performance of some of the most famous pieces of classical music from these two composers. (B)

Charles Bridge, Prague

Your hotels NH BUDAPEST CITY HHHH The NH Budapest City is located in the city centre, a 10-minute walk from the Hungarian Parliament Building, the Danube river and Margaret Island. It offers free wi-fi, a sauna and a fitness centre. Each elegantly furnished bedroom features tea and coffee-making facilities, flat-screen TV, safe and a hairdryer.

ARCOTEL WIMBERGER HHHH The Arcotel Wimberger provides direct access to Vienna’s main sights, thanks to its location. Facilities include a restaurant, bar and Wellness Centre.

Day 6 - Vienna to Prague Today we say farewell to Vienna and move on to Prague. On the way, we’ll make a short stop in Cesky Krumlov, one of Czechia’s most beautiful cities, and take a tour of its highlights such as the Castle, Old Town Square and the Latran Houses. We’ll continue our journey to Prague, the ‘Golden City’. Few visitors could fail to be impressed by the immense architecture, deep sense of history and fascinating traditions that abound here. Tonight, we enjoy a folklore dinner at a local restaurant in Prague, accompanied by music. (B,D)

CLARION HOTEL PRAGUE CITY HHHH Clarion Hotel Prague City occupies a historic building in Prague’s city centre, only a 5-minute walk from Wenceslas Square and 100 metres from I.P.Pavlova Metro Station. The modern bedrooms are air-conditioned and include a coffee/tea maker, a flat-screen TV, a minibar, and private facilities.

Day 7 - Prague The compact centre of Prague’s old town is easily explored on foot, and on our walking tour we’ll see all the main sights including Wenceslas Square, the main square with its famous Astronomical Clock, and the 14th century Charles Bridge, where local artists display their creations and musicians serenade onlookers. There is free time for you to enjoy lunch, and maybe a Trdelník (chimney cake) from one of the street vendors, before we continue our explorations. We’ll spend the afternoon in the Castle District – home of Prague Castle and St Vitus’ Cathedral. Enjoy your final night at leisure. Why not enjoy dinner in a local restaurant, head to the main square for a drink overlooking the medieval

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £2,099 7 May

15 Jun

14 Sep

12 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £2,249 Budapest

townhouses with your fellow travellers – the choice is yours. (B)

10 May

14 Jun

13 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £550

FLIGHT CHOICES

Day 8 - Prague to UK

Flight upgrade available

After breakfast this morning, your holiday comes to an end as we transfer you and your fellow travellers to the airport for our flight back to the UK. (B)

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Highlights of Austria

Lake Achensee

– Mountains, Lakes & Spectacular Salzburg 8 days from

£2,049† Start Finish

Munich

Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips Transfers

GERMANY

Salzburg Oberammergau & Ettal Lake Achensee

7 Niederau

Rattenburg

Innsbruck AUSTRIA

Enjoy picturesque villages and spectacular scenery on this enchanting itinerary in the Austrian Tyrol. Day 1 - UK to Munich

ITALY

Merano

Your holiday includes

Start your Austrian escape as you fly from the UK to Munich. Upon arrival, we’ll transfer to our hotel. Get to know your fellow travellers over a welcome drink and dinner this evening. (D)

Day 2 - Innsbruck

7 breakfasts (B), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

After breakfast we’ll travel to Innsbruck for a guided tour. Stroll through the enchanting old town and marvel at the “Golden Roof”, the city’s iconic landmark. Innsbruck offers a blend of historical and modern attractions. Ride the Hungerburg cable car before taking the gondola to Seegrube, sitting at an altitude of 1,911 meters and offering extraordinary panoramic views of the valley and Alps. (B,D)

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR

Day 3 - Lake Achensee & Rattenberg

RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

7 NIGHTS in a 4-star hotel

14 MEALS

and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Guided city tour of Innsbruck, the capital of Tyrol • Scenic cruise on Lake Achensee • Visit to the Kisslinger glassblowing workshop in Rattenberg

Today we’ll drive to Lake Achensee in the Karwendel mountains. Enjoy a serene boat cruise on its strikingly clear, turquoise-blue waters surrounded by mountains. Afterwards, we’ll visit Rattenberg. On an included visit to the historic house of the Kisslinger glassblowing workshop, you’ll be offered an insight into the world of glassblowing. (B,D)

• Sightseeing tour of Salzburg including guided tour of Hellbrunn Palace

Day 4 - Niederau - Day at leisure

Optional experiences

We have left today free for you to relax and explore at your own pace, or you may like to join our optional excursion to the South Tyrol.

• Guided tour of Ettal Abbey and visit Oberammergau • Cross the border into Italy to enjoy a day in the South Tyrol

Mirabell Garden and Palace

This full day excursion promises stunning scenery and delightful experiences. Upon arriving in the charming town of Merano, you will enjoy a guided visit, uncovering the rich history and unique culture of this beautiful location. After the tour, take some time to explore Merano at your own leisure. We’ll take you back to the hotel in time for dinner. (B,D)

Day 5 - Niederau - Day at leisure Today, savour a leisurely breakfast and enjoy the facilities at the hotel or take the opportunity to explore a little more on our optional excursion to Oberammergau and Ettal. Nestled in the Bavarian Alps, Ettal is perhaps most famous for its magnificent Ettal Abbey. On a guided tour, we’ll discover more about the Benedictine monastery. Just a short drive away, we’ll arrive in Oberammergau. Every ten years, this small village captivates visitors with its worldfamous Passion Play. We’ll have time in the Oberammergau museum. (B,D)

Day 6 - Salzburg A full day visit to Salzburg and Hellbrunn Palace is on the cards today. In Salzburg, wander through the historic Old Town which sits in the shadow of Hohensalzbug Fortress. Stroll down the Getreidegasse, the famous shopping street. Cross over the river to the picturesque Mirabell Garden and Palace to take in the beautifully manicured gardens, ornate statues, and the elegant palace. The excursion continues with a visit to the magnificent Hellbrunn Palace. Enjoy a guided tour of the palace and its grounds. (B,D)

Day 7 - Niederau - Day at leisure A final day at leisure offers you the opportunity to explore the local area. This evening, we’ll come together for a final dinner at the hotel to round off a spectacular week. (B,D)

Day 8 - Munich to UK Your Austrian escape comes to an end as we transfer to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Your hotel HOTEL SONNSCHEIN HHHH Located in the Wildschönau Valley the hotel is surrounded by mountains and forests. Facilities include a restaurant, bar, sun terrace, swimming pool, spa, sauna and gardens.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £2,049 22 Jun

7 Sep

2027 DATES FROM £2,049 10 May

6 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Sep 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £150

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from London, Birmingham & Manchester Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Scenic Slovenia & Lake Bled 8 days from

£1,849† Vintgar Gorge

7 Lake Bled

Julian Alps

SLOVENIA

Start

Ljubljana

Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

Postojna Caves

Lake Bled

Optional trips Transfers

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Undoubtedly the gem of Slovenia, breathtaking Bled is our base for exploring all that this beautiful country has to offer.

7 NIGHTS

Day 1 - UK to Ljubljana

in a 4-star hotel 7 breakfasts (B), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

14 MEALS

Today you will fly to Ljubljana. On arrival, we will transfer to your hotel in the lakeside town of Bled. This evening, you will meet your fellow travellers over a welcome drink and dinner. (D)

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR

Day 2 - Bled

and Specialist Local Guide

Located in the foothills of the Julian Mountains, Bled is a picturesque town that attracts visitors with its extraordinary beauty. Today, we’ll explore the town and its castle as part of a sightseeing tour. During the tour, you’ll also enjoy a traditional pletna boat ride across to Bled Island, home to the Pilgrimage Church of the Assumption of Mary, which is shrouded by the legend of the Wishing Bell. (B,D)

Included highlights • Sightseeing tour of Bled and its castle • Pletna boat ride to Bled Island • Guided tour of Slovenia’s cosmopolitan capital Ljubljana • Farewell dinner with folklore dancing

Optional experiences • Postojna Caves & Predjama Castle • Vintgar Gorge

which we will discover on a guided tour today. Watched over by a medieval castle, the Old Town blends Baroque, Art Nouveau and Renaissance buildings – as a pedestrian friendly city, it’s easy to explore the narrow cobbled streets or take a stroll along the Ljubljanica River. (B,D)

Day 7 - Bled - Day at leisure Enjoy time at leisure, alternatively, join us on a morning excursion to the Vintgar Gorge. Discovered in the late 19th century, the Vintgar Gorge is home to some of Slovenia’s most serene landscapes and natural beauty. Wooden boardwalks blend into the rock face as they criss-cross along the crystal-clear Radovna River. This evening, we will gather for our farewell dinner at a local restaurant which includes a folklore performance by local dancers. (B,D)

Day 8 - Ljubljana to UK After breakfast, we will transfer to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Your hotel

Day 3 - Bled - Day at leisure

HOTEL KOMPAS HHHH

Today is free for you to explore at your own pace, or you may wish to join your Holiday Director on an optional excursion to the Postojna Caves and Predjama Castle.

The Hotel Kompas is located in the centre of Bled, within the immediate vicinity of Lake Bled. Its location offers beautiful panoramic views of the lake and the mountainous surroundings. With its traditionally designed furnishings, Hotel Kompas has a coffee shop, restaurant, swimming pool and fitness facilities all on-site. Bedrooms are well equipped with a flat screen TV, safe and wi-fi.

An underground electric train will take you deep into the Postojna Caves. From here, you’ll enjoy a guided walk through the most beautiful caves, featuring a magnificent display of stalagmites and stalactites. Next, you’ll visit one of the most extraordinary Gothic castles in Slovenia. Embedded into the rock, Predjama Castle is a stunning example of how man-made structures can intertwine with natural beauty. (B,D)

Day 4 - Julian Alps Ljubljana

Enjoy a full day in the Julian Alps today. The journey takes us through the Upper Sava Valley to Kranjska Gora and over the Vršič mountain pass. We’ll stop at the top to admire the splendid panorama of the mountain range. Later we’ll descend into the Trenta Valley, driving alongside the Soca river. We’ll make several short stops before arriving in the pretty town of Bovec for some free time for lunch. (B,D)

Day 5 - Bled - Day at leisure We have left today free for you to relax and explore at leisure. Why not enjoy a slow breakfast and perhaps make your own discoveries in the town. (B,D)

Day 6 - Ljubljana Slovenia’s capital Ljubljana is one of the smallest capitals in Europe but offers a blend of old-world charm and an exciting mix of culture

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £1,849 11 May

8 Jun

13 Jul

21 Sep

2027 DATES FROM £1,949 10 May

7 Jun

12 Jul

20 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £650

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

The Best of Switzerland 8 days from

£3,199† Start Finish

GERMANY

Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips

Zurich

Transfers Rail

SWITZERLAND

Lake Thun

Interlaken 3

Lausanne 2 Geneva

Brig

Glacier 3000

Jungfraujoch

Davos Platz

Schilthorn ITALY

Tirano

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

7 NIGHTS in a 4-star hotel

14 MEALS 7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 5 dinners (D) and welcome drink

SCENIC TRAIN Step onboard the Glacier Express and enjoy the views

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR

Included highlights • Travel on the Bernina Express to Tirano • Enjoy a journey on the Glacier Express • Visit Trümmelbach Falls and Mürren • Visit Schilthorn, the ‘007 Mountain’ • Lake Thun cruise and Spiez Castle • Lausanne free public transport card

Optional experiences • Jungfraujoch - The Top of Europe

Travel through Switzerland’s spectacular scenery on worldfamous railways to discover elegant towns, romantic castles, and mouth-watering local cuisine. Day 1 - UK to Zurich Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Zurich and then we’ll transfer you to your hotel in Davos. (D)

Day 2 - Bernina Express Your day begins with a short journey from Davos to Filisur, where you will board the Bernina Express for an inspiring journey on the famous Bernina Line – a UNESCO-listed railway that’s more than 100 years old. It is a thrilling route that passes through no fewer than 55 tunnels and crosses 196 bridges, as well as the famous circular viaduct of Brusio. The train will make its way across the border to Tirano in Italy, where there will be some free time before your return journey. Dinner will be served at the hotel this evening. (B,D)

Day 3 - Glacier Express Today you will take a panoramic journey on the world’s slowest express train, the Glacier Express. Lunch will be served as you wind your way through the spectacular, ever-changing scenery to Brig. You will then journey to your next base, the traditional resort of Interlaken. (B,L)

• Glacier 3000 experience

Trümmelbach Falls

Day 4 - Interlaken – Day at leisure You can get to know Interlaken better today. Or perhaps you’ll come on an exciting optional trip. This takes you to Jungfraujoch – the ‘Top of Europe’ – for views of the Eiger, Mönch and Jungfrau summits. You’ll take the Jungfrau Railway, which travels through a mountain tunnel and takes the steep climb to Jungfraujoch. Located at 3,454 metres above sea level, this is the highest railway station in Europe. What you’ll see during two stops and from viewing platforms is an incredible world of rock, ice and snow on all sides. (B)

Day 5 - Trümmelbach Falls & Schilthorn Your day is filled with exciting journeys, and the first takes you to explore the Trümmelbach Falls. You will then take the cable car to Birg to admire stunning vistas. Then it’s on to Schilthorn, known as the ‘007 Mountain’. On its 2,970-metre summit sits a revolving restaurant, Piz Gloria, which featured in the 1969 James Bond film ‘On Her Majesty’s Secret Service’. Why not enjoy a martini here, shaken not stirred, of course, while you take in 360-degree views of the Eiger, Mönch and Jungfrau mountains. Your next cable car ride takes you to Mürren, a picturesque cliff-top village offering amazing views of the Lauterbrunnen Valley. Its wellprepared footpaths and the fact that it is carfree make it a delight to explore on foot, we will then head back to the hotel for dinner. (B,D)

Day 6 - Lake Thun to Lausanne

Spiez Castle

The day starts with a cruise on Lake Thun to Spiez where we’ll visit the romantic Spiez Castle, perched on a rocky outcrop on the lake’s shores. Next you’ll board the iconic Golden Pass

Bernina Express

Your hotels

Interlaken

GRISCHA DAS HOTEL DAVOS HHHH Grischa DAS Hotel Davos is located in the centre of Davos Platz. Hotel amenities include five restaurants and a sun terrace. Guest rooms feature private facilities, TV, wi-fi, safe and hairdryer.

HOTEL CARLTON EUROPE HHHH Carlton Europe Hotel enjoys a central location on the Höheweg promenade. Bedrooms are equipped with private facilities, a flat screen TV, a telephone, a safe, and wi-fi access. Traditional Swiss dishes, including fondue and raclette can be enjoyed at the on-site restaurant.

In the words of travellers

“A fantastic way to travel through Switzerland on trains. Loved going to the top of Europe and walking along the bridge at Glacier 3000. What an experience!” Dawn Jones

BEST WESTERN PLUS HOTEL MIRABEAU HHHH The Mirabeau Hotel can be found only a 5-minute walk from the city centre of Lausanne. Free Wi-Fi and wired internet access is available in all rooms. All rooms feature a cable TV, a minibar, and a bathroom with hairdryer.

Jungfraujoch

Train. You’ll travel in complete comfort as you take in some of Switzerland’s most beautiful scenery from your carriage. The elegant town of Lausanne is your final destination. (B,D)

Day 7 - Lausanne – Day at leisure

Departure dates & prices

Today you are free to explore at your leisure. Your holiday includes a Lausanne Transport Card, giving you free access to public transport as well as discounted entry to a number of attractions.

2026 DATES FROM £3,199

Alternatively, you may wish to join your Holiday Director for an optional excursion to Glacier 3000. Where there are breath-taking views of 24 summits, including the Matterhorn and Mont-Blanc. Visit the unique Peak Walk by Tissot, the only suspension bridge between two peaks in the world. At the hotel this evening, enjoy a farewell drink and dinner. (B,D)

Day 8 - Geneva to UK Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

18 May

8 Jun

6 Jul

7 Sep

21 Sep

2027 DATES FROM £3,399 17 May

7 Jun

5 Jul

6 Sep

20 Sep † Price of tour departing in May 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £795

Memories to bring home Experience an unforgettable journey onboard the Golden Pass panoramic train. Travel through Switzerland’s stunning landscape passing shimmering lakes, lush meadows, imposing mountains and postcard-perfect Swiss villages.

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from London & Birmingham Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Norwegian Wonders

Flåm railway

- Cities, Fjords & Mountains 8 days from

£2,449† Fjord cruise and glacier visit Balestrand 2

2 Bergen

Flåm Myrdal 1 Ulvik

Start Finish Nights in hotel

2 Oslo NORWAY

Experience the unique cities, spectacular railway journeys and incredible fjord landscapes of Norway.

Included trips Optional trips Transfers Rail Cruise

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers and other transportation

7 NIGHTS in 3 & 4-star hotels

Day 1 - UK to Oslo Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Oslo. On arrival in Norway’s capital, we’ll transfer you to your hotel in the centre of the city. The rest of the day is free to relax or start exploring. Oslo, offers a captivating blend of architectural wonders, museums brimming with history, and countless attractions.

Day 2 - Oslo

10 MEALS

Included highlights

Launch straight into action today on our city tour in the company of an expert local guide. Enjoy panoramic views of the Opera house, Karl Johans gate, the imposing Akershus Castle and Fortress, and the spectacular Royal Palace. We’ll then take a picturesque ride through some of Oslo’s prettiest neighbourhoods to Vigeland Park. This afternoon is free for you to make your own discoveries. (B)

• City tour of Oslo with a local expert guide

Day 3 - Oslo to Balestrand

• Journey on the scenic Bergen railway to the mountain town of Myrdal

After breakfast we’ll make our way to Oslo station for a journey along the Bergen Railway. As you leave the city behind and venture to the mountain station of Myrdal, you’ll watch as the landscape transforms into a stunning tapestry of lush greenery, meandering rivers, and cascading waterfalls. Myrdal station, connects with the spectacular Flåm Railway, our next journey. The famous Flåm Railway is one of the most beautiful and steepest standard-gauge railway lines in the world. Our journey continues as we board a ship to sail through steep mountains flanking the beautiful Aurlandsfjord and Sognefjord to Balestrand. This historic village sits on the northern shore of Sognefjord, Norway’s longest and deepest fjord. The Nærøyfjord has World Heritage status. We’ll check in to our hotel and gather for dinner this evening. (B,D)

7 breakfasts, 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

TRAVELSPHERE CARES Visit Syse Gard, a family-run farm

• Ride the stunning Flam railway • Enjoy a breathtaking fjord sailing • Scenic drive through the Hardanger valley • Taste locally brewed cider from the Hardanger Valley • Bergen city tour with local expert guide

Optional experience • Fjord cruise and glacier visit from Balestrand

Nærøyfjord

Day 4 - Balestrand - Day at leisure Today you are free to explore the captivating village of Balestrand at leisure or relax at your hotel which overlooks the fjord. If you’re feeling active, there are a number of popular, wellmarked hiking trails from Balestrand suitable for experienced hikers and novices alike. This afternoon why not take the opportunity to join our optional excursion to witness even more of the magnificent Norwegian landscapes. We’ll take a cruise on the Fjaerlandsfjord that lead to the edge of the majestic Jostedalen Glacier, the largest in continental Europe. You’ll visit the Norwegian Glacier Museum before continuing 60

up to the Bøyabreen glacier – a branch of Jostedalsbreen glacier. (B,D)

Day 5 - Balestrand to Ulvik Today we will leave Balestrand and travel into the lush valley of Hardanger before arriving in Ulvik, a cosy village on the shores of Hardanger Fjord. In this region you will find many fruit orchards and farms that produce their own cider. This afternoon, as part of our Travelsphere Cares initiative, we will visit Syse Gard a family run farm that preserves the production of cider using traditional methods. Here, we’ll enjoy a tasting of cider and local produce. (B,D)

Travelsphere cares On this tour you will visit Syse Gard. This family run farm was established 6 generations ago and cultivates apples from around 8000 trees to produce cider in the traditional way. Enjoy a tour of the site and a tasting board of cider and cured meats.

Day 6 - Ulvik to Bergen After breakfast we enjoy a scenic drive to Bergen. Cradled between mountains and North Sea, Bergen captivates with its old-world charm and is known as the gateway to the fjords. The Bryggen area is one of its finest attractions – take a stroll here and be transported back in time with its characteristic wooden buildings. (B)

Day 7 - Bergen This morning we will take in the rich history, vibrant culture, and breathtaking natural surroundings of Bergen on a sightseeing tour with an expert local guide. There will be free time in the afternoon for you to explore further. (B)

Day 8 - Bergen to UK Today, we’ll transfer to the airport for the return flight to the UK (B)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £2,449 15 May

12 Jun

10 Jul

28 Aug

11 Sep

2027 DATES FROM £2,599 14 May

11 Jun

9 Jul

27 Aug

17 Sep † Price of tour departing in Sep 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £346 Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Croatian Island Hopping

Hvar

8 days from

£2,499 † Seget Donji

Start

Split

Finish

CROATIA

Brac Hvar

Nights in hotel Included trips

Transfers Cruise

Korcula Adriatic Sea

Mljet

Dubrovnik

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

7 NIGHT EXCLUSIVE CRUISE

Explore the historic cities of Dubrovnik and Split and admire the beauty of four picturesque islands as you cruise aboard an exclusively chartered ship. Day 1 - UK to Seget Donji

and Specialist Local Guide

Your holiday starts today with a flight to Split. When you arrive, we’ll drive you to the Marina Baotic in Seget Donji to join your deluxe category ship, the MV Adriatic Pearl and its crew, are waiting to greet you. Gather with your fellow passengers to enjoy a welcome cocktail, followed by a delicious evening meal on board. The ship will be docked at Marina Baotic overnight. (D)

TRAVELSPHERE CARES

Day 2 - Seget Donji to Korcula

Visit Stella Croatica

As we cruise to Korcula we’ll learn all about local wines that Croatia is becoming famous for. You will enjoy a tasting onboard before reaching Korcula Island. We’ll arrive after lunch when you’ll have time to make your own discoveries, or join an optional walking tour. This evening, join our optional guided tour to Zrnovo, one of the oldest villages on the island, includes a home-cooked dinner (B,L)

on board the deluxe MV Adriatic Pearl exclusively chartered for Travelsphere

15 MEALS 7 breakfasts (B), 5 lunches (L), 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR

Included highlights • Explore Dubrovnik Old Town • Enjoy a Captain’s Dinner on board • Tour of Mljet National Park • Discover UNESCO-listed Split • Enjoy a farewell dinner on board • Taste home-made olive oil on board your ship

Day 3 - Korcula to Dubrovnik Today we sail to Dubrovnik and on the way you will learn about the process of making olive oil, followed by a tasting. We’ll arrive after lunch and you will have plenty of time to explore this amazing city and learn about its colourful history. Take a stroll through the beautiful Old Town, where the narrow streets are lined with cafés, shops and restaurants. You could choose to walk around the magnificent city walls and take in stunning views of the Old Town and Adriatic Sea. (B,L)

Optional experience • Traditional dinner with a local family in Zrnovo village

Day 4 - Dubrovnik to Mljet Dubrovnik

This morning we take a gentle journey north. After lunch on board, we’ll arrive at Mljet. In the company of an expert Local Guide we will discover this impressive national park, which is a beautiful combination of saltwater lakes and dense forest. (B,L)

Day 5 - Mljet to Hvar This morning we’ll cruise to Hvar, and you’ll want to be on deck as the ship approaches the island – the views are absolutely stunning. Step ashore in the main town and enjoy a short walking tour and some free time in Hvar town before we travel to the much quieter and more refined Stari Grad where the ship will dock overnight. (B,L)

Day 6 - Hvar to Milna Today we’ll sail to the Island of Brac. We first visit the town of Bol where you could choose to walk to ‘Zlatni Rat’ beach which juts out into the sea. As we sail around the coast to Milna, there will be plenty of swim stops. This evening you will enjoy a captains dinner, with excellent food and traditional Croatian dancing and singing. (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Milna to Seget Donji Today we head back to Marina Baotic. We will travel to Stella Croatica to explore the botanical gardens and Olive Museum, followed by lunch in the on-site restaurant which uses the very best local produce. After Lunch we’ll explore the fascinating city of Split on a guided walking tour befire there is free time to explore at your own pace. Back on the ship, there’s a lovely farewell evening planned. (B,D)

Day 8 - Seget Donji to UK After breakfast we’ll transfer to the airport for the return flight to the UK. (B)

Travelsphere cares Travelsphere Cares On this holiday you will visit Stella Croatica, a complex run by a local family which provides employment to staff in an area where there is a general lack of opportunities for women and young people.

Your ship MV ADRIATIC PEARL DELUXE See page 63 or go online for a closer look. Cabin upgrade Call to speak to one of our Holiday Advisors about a cabin upgrade.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £2,499 13 Jun

19 Sep

26 Sep

2027 DATES FROM £2,699 12 Jun

18 Sep

25 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Jun 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,954

FLIGHT CHOICES

Croatia Uncovered 11 days from

£3,299† 2

Start

Zadar

Finish

CROATIA

Nights in hotel

Krka National Park

Nights on cruise Included trips

Šibenik Trogir 1

Transfers Cruise

Split Brac Hvar Korcula

Adriatic Sea

Korcula

BOSNIA AND HERZEGOVINA

Dubrovnik Mljet

Discover Croatia’s enchanting blend of captivating islands and medieval cities by land and sea. Day 1 - UK to Trogir

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers and other transportation

10 NIGHTS 3 nights in 4-star hotels and 7-night cruise on board the deluxe MV Adriatic Pearl

21 MEALS

10 breakfasts (B), 6 lunches (L), 5 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Guided tour of Trogir • Visit to the Krka National Park waterfalls • Explore the marble streets of Zadar • Guided tour of Dubrovnik’s Old Town • Enjoy a Captain’s Dinner on board • Tour of Mljet National Park • Discover UNESCO-listed Split • Enjoy a Croatian lunch with a local family

Optional experience • Traditional dinner with a local family in Zrnovo village

Your holiday begins with a flight to Split. On arrival you’ll be transfered to your hotel in Trogir. (D)

Day 2 - Trogir to Krka National Park then Zadar After breakfast, enjoy a fascinating walking tour around the historic highlights of Trogir. Afterwards we’ll head off and explore the stunning waterfalls of Krka National Park, then transfer to the medieval walled city of Zadar. (B,D)

Day 3 - Zadar This morning we’ll embark on a guided walking tour of the beautiful city of Zadar. After the tour, we’ll visit the rural Konoba family home, where we’ll feast on the popular Croatian delicacy ‘peka’. This evening is free to explore Zadar. (B,L)

Day 4 - Zadar to Seget Donji After breakfast we’ll head towards Šibenik. We’ll have time here to meander through the town’s winding streets and past historic stone buildings. This afternoon we’ll transfer to Marina Baotic, where we’ll board our chartered cruise ship. (B,D)

As we cruise to Korcula we’ll learn all about local wines of Croatia. You will enjoy a tasting onboard before reaching Korcula Island. This afternoon is yours to spend as you wish. There’s a chance to further immerse yourself in the local culture with an optional dinner at the village of Zrnovo with a local family. (B,L)

Today we sail to Dubrovnik and on the way you will learn about the process of making olive oil, followed by a tasting. We’ll arrive after lunch and you will have plenty of time to explore this amazing city and learn about its history. (B,L)

Today we’ll sail to the Island of Brac. We first visit the town of Bol where you could choose to walk to ‘Zlatni Rat’ beach. As we sail around the coast to Milna, there will be plenty of swim stops. This evening you will enjoy a captains dinner, with excellent food, traditional Croatian dancing and singing. (B,L,D)

Day 10 - Milna to Donji Seget Today we head back to Marina Baotic. We will travel to Stella Croatica, to explore the botanical gardens and Olive Museum, followed by lunch in the on-site restaurant which uses the very best local produce. After Lunch we’ll explore the fascinating city of Split on a guided walking tour befire there is free time to explore at your own pace. Back on the ship, there’s a lovely farewell evening planned. (B,D)

Day 11 - Seget Donji to UK After breakfast we’ll transfer to the airport for the return flight to the UK. (B)

Your ship MV ADRIATIC PEARL DELUXE See page 63 or go online for a closer look. Cabin upgrade Call to speak to one of our Holiday Advisors about a cabin upgrade.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £3,299 10 Jun

16 Sep

23 Sep

Day 7 - Dubrovnik to Mljet

2027 DATES FROM £3,499

9 Jun

Day 8 - Mljet to Hvar This morning we’ll cruise to Hvar. Step ashore in the main town and enjoy a walking tour and 62

Day 9 - Hvar to Milna

Day 5 - Seget Donji to Korcula

Day 6 - Korcula to Dubrovnik Mljet National Park

some free time in Hvar town before we travel to Stari Grad where the ship will dock overnight. (B,L)

15 Sep

22 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Jun 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £2,554

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

CRUISING

Croatia’s Coast

Discover Croatia’s idyllic islands on the deluxe MV Adriatic Pearl Exclusively chartered by Travelsphere

Life on board There is something truly relaxing about cruising, and with our exclusively chartered ship you’ll only share your experience with fellow Travelsphere guests. You’ll be in the expert hands of your captain and crew who will take care of your every need as you enjoy the facilities on board and the comforts of your well-appointed cabin.

Days of Exploration Each day, you’ll enjoy beautiful views as the crew navigate their way through Croatia’s idyllic islands. They’ll drop anchor in secluded bays for you to relax on board or take a dip in the sea. As your ship sails on through turquoise waters towards a picturesque harbour, why not plan your day of exploration over a coffee on the sun deck. On shore, you’ll have a chance to experience the natural wonders, historic sights, and hidden treasures of the day’s port of call.

Experience the Deluxe MV Adriatic Pearl for yourself on one of OUR amazing tours: Croatian Island Hopping - 8 days from £2,499 page 61 Croatia Uncovered - 11 days from £3,299 page 62

What to expect on board Chartered exclusively by Travelsphere, the Deluxe MV Adriatic Pearl is staffed by nine crew members (including the captain). On board, you will enjoy.

• Fully equipped en suite cabin with LCD TV,

safety deposit box, hairdryer and wardrobe cabinet

• Air-conditioned cabins, restaurant and bar area • Swimming platform with direct access to the sea • Lounging sun deck with deck-beds • Use of a hot tub • F resh bed linen, towels and beach towel plus daily house-keeping

• Free wireless internet access • Welcome cocktail • Four-course meals prepared by the on board chef • Captain’s Dinner • Buffet breakfasts • Daily fresh fruit and snacks • Tea and coffee at breakfast and mid-afternoon • Olive oil and wine-tasting

Balkan Highlights 13 days from

£3,099† Zagreb 1

CROATIA

Plitvice Lakes 1 Zadar

Novi Sad BOSNIA & HERZEGOVINA

2 Belgrade

Višegrad SERBIA Sarajevo 2 2 3 Zlatibor Split 1 Mostar MONTENEGRO

KOSOVO

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

ALBANIA

NORTH MACEDONIA

Transfers

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

12 NIGHTS in 4-star hotels

17 MEALS 12 breakfasts (B), 3 lunches (L), 2 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Walking tour of Split’s Old Town • Guided tour of Zadar • Glass-blowing demonstration • Explore the Plitvice Lakes National Park • Zagreb walking tour • Visit the fortress city of Novi Sad • Walking tour of Belgrade • Discover the Royal Complex of the Karađorđević family • Enjoy a ride on the Sargan Eight narrow gauge railway

Discover the Balkans on this epic journey through three very different countries. Take in splendid architecture, coastal towns and breathtaking scenery. Day 1 - UK to Split Fly from the UK to Split where your Balkan adventure will begin with a night in this picturesque coastal city. You’ll be introduced to the main sights on a walking tour of the Old Town before getting to know your fellow travellers over a welcome dinner this evening. (D)

Day 2 - Split to Plitvice Lakes After breakfast, drive north to Zadar, a city that boasts a stunning blend of history and art. You’ll enjoy a guided tour here and make a stop at a glass-blowing workshop for a demonstration of the traditional techniques used in this craft. You’ll have time at leisure to grab a bite to eat or find a quiet square and soak up the atmosphere. Later, you’ll drive inland to the Plitvice Lakes area where you’ll enjoy a stay close to the lakes, giving you the chance to rest before a day of exploring this magnificent landscape in more detail tomorrow. (B)

Day 3 - Plitvice Lakes to Zagreb Today, you’ll visit one of the most beautiful sights in Croatia, Plitvice Lakes National Park.

Walk along wooden boardwalks that almost touch the water and weave around turquoise pools fed by waterfalls creating rainbows in their mist. You’ll take a short ferry ride across one of the lakes, before a trail takes you for views of Veliki Slap, the tallest falls in the park. You’ll then continue your journey to the capital of Croatia, Zagreb, for an overnight stay. (B,L)

Day 4 - Zagreb to Belgrade This morning, you’ll start the day with a short walking tour of Zagreb where sights include a funicular ride to the ‘Upper Town’, St Mark’s Church and Tkalčićeva Street. It’s then time to leave the city and follow the Central European Plain down towards Serbia. En route, you’ll stop to enjoy a tasting of local wines and lunch. Later, you’ll visit the famous fortress city of Novi Sad for a walking tour where you’ll take in the Petrovaradin Fortress, located on the right bank of the Danube, and the equally impressive Freedom Square, which overlooks the city. Your journey continues to Belgrade where you can enjoy some free time this evening. (B,L)

Day 5 - Belgrade You’ll see the highlights of Belgrade on a short walking tour this morning. The former capital of Yugoslavia has plenty of sights to offer, starting with the quaint cobbled lanes of the Bohemian Quarter, often compared to Montmartre in Paris. This afternoon is at leisure for you to explore further – perhaps visit the Residence of Princess Ljubica, which is now a museum, or the imposing Captain Miša’s Mansion. Alternatively, enjoy the facilities at the hotel. (B)

• Visit the small, but historic, town of Višegrad • Guided walking tour of Sarajevo • Explore Mostar on a walking tour • Lunch in Mostar Old Town - try local Bosnian speciality, Cevapcici • Visit the village of Medugorje a famous pilgrimage site

Optional experience • Explore the historic city of Trogir

Sarajevo

Mostar, Bosnia

Day 6 - Belgrade to Zlatibor You’ll travel into the mountains to the old resort town of Zlatibor, once a popular destination for the rich and famous escaping the heat of Belgrade in the summer. On the way, you will stop at the royal complex of the Karađorđević family where you will visit the church and mausoleum. You will have free time this afternoon where you can explore more of Zlatibor at leisure. (B)

Day 7 - Sargan Eight Railway You have an amazing experience in store today. A hidden gem of Serbia is its Sargan Eight narrow gauge railway, and you will travel on the most picturesque section of this line. The terrain in this area means the railway traverses valleys and mountain passes, and is shaped like an ‘8’ in one section as the line weaves around the valley and through tunnels. This afternoon, head back to Zlatibor for an evening at leisure. (B)

Plitvice Lakes

Day 8 - Zlatibor to Sarajevo You will travel from Zlatibor in Serbia across into the third country of the trip, Bosnia. Today’s journey is all about spectacular landscapes as you travel into Bosnia and stop at the small town of Višegrad. You will have free time to explore and have lunch, then travel on this afternoon to Sarajevo, one of the most cosmopolitan cities in Europe. (B)

Sargan Eight railway

Day 9 - Sarajevo Enjoy a full-day guided walking tour of Sarajevo where you will visit the historic sites, including the Latin Bridge, Gazi Husrev-beg Mosque, Olympic Museum and then a visit outside the city centre to the Sarajevo Tunnel Museum. Enjoy an evening at leisure – perhaps you’ll visit the Baščaršija area for some traditional Bosnian cuisine. (B)

Day 10 - Sarajevo to Mostar Today you’ll embark on another journey of spectacular scenery following the famous Neretva River. On arrival in Mostar, you’ll start a guided walking tour where you will cross the iconic Stari Most (Old Bridge) where the Neretva River flows underneath. You may even see people gathering to watch the divers who launch themselves off the bridge into the cold water below. Following this, you will visit the Old Bazaar, Koski MehmedPasha Mosque and ‘Turkish house’. Enjoy dinner at leisure this evening. (B,L)

Day 11 - Mostar to Split After breakfast, our journey continues to Spilt. Along the way. you’ll enjoy a stop in the small village of Medugorje, a centre for Catholic pilgrimage. Here you’ll visit Saint James Church and Apparition Hill. After checking into your

hotel in Split, you’ll enjoy an afternoon at leisure – perhaps take the opportunity to pick up a lastminute souvenir. (B)

Day 12 - Split - Day at leisure Today has been left free for you to explore Split. Perhaps you’ll return to visit some of the sights you discovered earlier in the tour or relax and reflect on your adventure. If you’d like to explore further, join the optional excursion to the small island of Trogir. Connected to the mainland by a bridge, the historical centre is easily explored on foot. Wander through the narrow winding streets and along the waterfront promenade and enjoy the notable sights including Kamerlengo Fortress and St Lawrence Cathedral. This evening, enjoy a farewell dinner with your fellow travellers. (B,D)

Day 13 - Split to UK Your Balkan adventure comes to an end and it’s time to say farewell to your fellow travellers as you travel back to the UK. (B)

Belgrade, Serbia

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £3,099 14 Jun

13 Sep

4 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £3,299 13 Jun

12 Sep

3 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £800

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from London & Bristol Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Albania Discovered

- Tirana & Beyond

Sarandë

NEW

for 2026

8 days from

£1,399† Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Transfers

ALBANIA

Kruje Durrës

3 Tirana

Apollonia

1 Berat

Vlore Porto Palermo Borsch

Lukova

1 Gjirokaster 2 Sarande Butrint

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

From Tirana to the Albanian Riviera, this tour will delve into the history and vibrancy of this amazing corner of Europe. Day 1 - UK to Tirana

in 4-star hotels

Today your Albanian adventure begins as you fly to Tirana and transfer to your hotel on arrival. This evening, get to know your fellow travellers over dinner. (D)

11 MEALS

Day 2 - Tirana to Gjirokastra

7 breakfasts, 4 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Today we begin with a visit to Apollonia. Explore the vast remains, including the wellpreserved Amphitheatre, the Monument of Agonotheteve, and the elegant Odeon. Don’t miss the Mosaics House, and the tranquil courtyard of the Monastery. There is also time here for a visit to the archaeological museum. Later, we’ll travel to the stunning “Museum City” of Gjirokastra renowned for its distinctive stone houses, resembling medieval towers. (B)

7 NIGHTS

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Tirana House of Leaves • Berat Onufri Museum • Gjirokastra Castle, weapon museum, ethnographic museum • Butrint archeological site • Porto Palermo Castle • Apollonia Archeological site • Durres Amphitheatre and Venetian Tower • Savour delicious local flavours and hospitality with a traditional Albanian dinner

Day 3 - Gjirokastra to Sarandë We’ll start today with a visit to Argjiro castle, a 12th-century fortress steeped in local legend. The castle’s National Museum of Weapons houses an impressive collection spanning from Illyrian bronze swords to World War II artillery, telling the story of Albania’s martial history. Our journey continues with a short visit at the Blue Eye Spring (Syri i Kaltër). Our final destination is Sarandë, this afternoon there is free time for you to relax at the hotel or unwind at the nearby beaches, enjoying the coastal charm of this vibrant city. (B)

Day 6 - Berat to Tirana This morning we’ll explore Berat, known as the “City of a Thousand Windows” for its distinctive Ottoman houses cascading down the hillside. The 13th-century castle, one of the largest inhabited fortresses in the Balkans, houses Byzantine churches, the Red Mosque and the Onufri Museum. Later, we travel up the Adriatic Coast to visit Durres. Looking out towards Italy, this port city has a well preserved Roman Amphitheatre. Afterwards, we travel to Tirana for the evening. (B)

Day 7 - Kruje Head to Kruja, a medieval settlement with a rich history. Visit Kruja Castle, home to the National Hero Museum, dedicated to Skanderbeg, who led resistance against the Ottoman and visit the Ethnographic Museum which provides a deeper understanding of local traditions. Following this, stroll through Kruja’s historic bazaar. This afternoon, we’ll take a walking tour to explore central Tirana. Enjoy a walk along the main boulevard where Tirana Main University, Presidential Palace, Pyramid building are situated. Later, we’ll gather together for a farewell dinner to end this unforgettable journey. (B,D)

Day 8 - Tirana to UK After breakfast, we’ll transfer to the airport for your journey home. (B)

Day 4 - Sarandë to Butrint Gjirokastra

This morning, we will travel down the coast to Butrint a UNESCO site where you’ll explore the ruins of the Old Amphitheatre, Temple of Aesculapius, the colourful mosaics in the Baptistery and the ancient city walls. There’s time to visit the small museum. We’ll head back to Sarandë for a tour of its charming centre before gathering for a traditional Albanian dinner, where you’ll savour delicious local flavours and hospitality. (B,D)

Day 5 - Butrint to Berat Journey along the Albanian Riviera, where the Ceraunian Mountains plunge dramatically into the Ionian Sea. Pass through historic villages like Lukova, Borsh and Qeparo. We travel the Riviera as far as the town of Vlora, where we visit Independence Square. Continue to Berat where we’ll enjoy dinner at a local vineyard this evening. (B,D)

Apollonia

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £1,399 25 Mar

29 Apr

20 May

16 Sep

14 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £1,499 31 Mar

19 May

15 Sep

13 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Mar 2026 from London Single Room supplement from 300

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Wildflowers of Crete

Chania Harbour

8 days from

£1,799†

Start

Chania Agia Marina

Finish Nights in hotel

Apokoronas

Included trips

Optional trips

Akrotiri Peninsula Aptera

The White Mountains

Transfers

Spili Knossos Heraklion CRETE

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 NIGHTS in a 4-star hotel

14 MEALS 7 breakfasts (B), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR

Included highlights • Wildflower meadows and the White Mountains tour • Explore the Akrotiri Peninsula • Chania and its Venetian harbour • Sample Cretan coffee at a traditional cafenion • Discover Spili and the Minoan Cemetery • Visit the ancient city of Aptera

Optional experiences • Knossos Palace and Heraklion • Wildflowers of Apokoronas and visit to a women’s co-operative to discover how lace and silk are produced

Wildflowers, nature walks and an awe-inspiring history are at the heart of this holiday on the idyllic Greek island of Crete. Day 1 - UK to Crete Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Crete. On arrival we’ll transfer you to the lovely seaside resort of Agia Marina, on the island’s north-west coast. (D)

Day 2 - The White Mountains You should see plenty of wildflowers on today’s tour, which takes you into the Omalos Upland Plain, Crete’s orange-growing region. As you ascend into the spectacular scenery of the White Mountains, past traditional farms and fragrant citrus groves, your Holiday Director is a specialist local guide and they will share their knowledge with you. They’ll tell you about the various types of flora you might see. You’ll also learn about the many types of endemic flowers that only grow in this part of the island. Your next stop is the viewpoint at the entrance of the Samaria Gorge, which is believed to be the largest in Europe. It’s said that at least 450 types of plant grow here, so you’re sure to notch up more wildflower spots. Keep a lookout too for Crete’s most famous inhabitants, wild goats. (B,D)

Day 3 - Agia Marina – Day at leisure How you spend today is entirely up to you. You could choose a day of relaxation alternatively, if you’d like to delve into Crete’s fascinating history, join an optional excursion to the north coast and the magnificent Minoan Palace ruins of Knossos. The Minoans were Europe’s first advanced civilisation, and as you explore this incredible site in the company of a Local Guide, you’ll learn all about them. You’ll then head to Crete’s capital Heraklion. (B,D)

Day 6 - Aptera A morning of exploration takes you to the hilltop city state of Aptera. Here you’ll discover the remains of an ancient city whose impressive walls date back to the 5th century BC. Temples, Roman cisterns and a Byzantine monastery stand in a beautiful landscape strewn with wildflowers. Back at the hotel, a lazy afternoon beckons. (B,D)

Day 7 - Agia Marina – Day at leisure If relaxation is high on your list, you may want to head to the beach today. If you would like to discover more, join today’s optional excursion to Apokoronas, an area located at the foot of the White Mountains and renowned for its wildflowers. Also included is a visit to the Folklore Museum of Gavalochori. Run by a women’s cooperative, here you’ll learn about the peasant lifestyle and see how silk and lace are produced. Your tour ends in the lovely beach resort of Almyrida. (B,D)

Day 8 - Crete to UK Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotel SANTA MARINA PLAZA HHHH You will stay in the Santa Marina Plaza in Agia Marina, which lies just steps away from an idyllic Blue Flag beach. Room upgrade Call to speak to one of our Holiday Advisors about a room upgrade.

Day 4 - Akrotiri Peninsula & Chania Samaria Gorge

Spend time with your Holiday Director today as they host a botanical ramble around the Akrotiri Peninsula on the north-west coast of the island. You’ll also visit the Byzantine monastery of Agia Triada. We’re going to end our day in Chania, one of Crete’s most beautiful cities. (B,D)

Day 5 - Spili We drive east today towards Rethymno, and visit the Minoan cemetery of Armenoi, which in spring displays a mass of wildflowers. We then continue our journey to Spili, hunting for orchids and other flowers along the way. This charming mountain village is well known for the spring water fountain in its main square, which features a row of sculptured lion heads. (B,D)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £1,799 11 Apr

18 Apr

† Price of tour departing in Apr 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £450

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Classic Greece & Iconic Aegean Islands Cruise

Athens

9 days from

£2,499† Start Finish Nights in hotel Nights on cruise GREECE

Included trips Transfers Cruise TURKEY

2 Athens 3 Nafplio

Kusadasi

Mykonos Patmos 3

Santorini

Heraklion

Your holiday includes

Experience the contrasts of Greece as you discover the ancient city of Athens, island hop in style through the Aegean and then relax on the Peloponnese peninsula. Day 1 - UK to Athens

from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Your holiday begins with a flight to Athens. When you arrive, we’ll drive you to your hotel and the rest of the day is yours to relax and unwind. Enjoy a welcome dinner with the group this evening. (D)

5 NIGHTS

Day 2 - Athens

in 3 & 4-star hotels

Take in the sights on a tour of Athens. We’ll see the Panathenaic Stadium, and pass by the Parliament building and the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier. You’ll see Hadrian’s Arch before reaching the iconic Acropolis. You will also visit the spectacular, Acropolis Museum.

RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION

AEGEAN ISLAND CRUISE 3 night full-board cruise sailing on Celestyal Discovery

15 MEALS 8 breakfasts (B), 3 lunches (L), 4 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

TRAVELSPHERE CARES Visit the Shedia Home

Included highlights • Sightseeing tour of Athens • Cruise to the sun-kissed island of Mykonos • Sail to the Turkish port of Kusadasi and visit the Greek island of Patmos • Dock in the city of Heraklion in Crete • Visit the picture-perfect village of Oia, on the Aegean Island of Santorini

At the end of our tour, we’ll visit Shedia Home, a social enterprise café, supported by Travelsphere Cares and Planeterra. You have free time to make your own discoveries this afternoon. (B)

Travelsphere cares Visit the Shedia Home, a café which provides opportunities for those experiencing homelessness. Listen to one of the guides who will share insight into what life is like for those experiencing homelessness or social exclusion and how Shedia’s programs are combatting the crisis. In partnership with

• Cross the Corinth Canal • Discover the ancient city of Epidaurus • Visit an olive farm and enjoy a tasting of olive oil • Relax in the coastal town of Nafplio

Optional experience • The palace complex of Mycenae, plus wine-tasting Pre-bookable excursions: A full programme of shore excursions will be available on your cruise.

Day 3 - Mykonos This morning we will travel to the port and board Celestyal Discovery, an elegant cruise ship and our home for the next three nights.

Day 5 - Heraklion and Santorini Our next port of call is the city of Heraklion. Spend a tranquil morning by the waterfront or join an optional shore excursion. This afternoon, we’ll sail to Santorini. An included shore excursion takes us to the picture-perfect village of Oia, where we’ll see traditional whitewashed houses and stunning, blue-domed churches. (B,L,D)

Day 6 - Nafplio We’ll take to the road and travel to the Peloponnese peninsula today. After crossing the Corinth Canal, we’ll stop at the UNESCO-listed site of Epidaurus. We’ll see ruins of the city’s buildings and temples and a wonderfully preserved theatre. Next, we’ll head to an olive farm to uncover the secrets of Greek olive oil production and enjoy a tasting. Finally, we’ll arrive in the pretty coastal town of Nafplio. (B)

Day 7 - Nafplio Today has been left free for you to explore the town of Nafplio at leisure. (B)

Day 8 - Nafplio Enjoy your final day in Nafplio by doing as much or as little as you please. Alternative, join our optional trip to the ancient City of Mycenae. (B)

Day 9 - UK It’s time to say goodbye as we take you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Your ship CELESTYAL DISCOVERY Enjoy a 3 night, full-board cruise on board the Celestyal Discovery. See page 69 for more details. Cabin upgrade Call to speak to one of our Holiday Advisors about a cabin upgrade.

Departure dates & prices

After setting sail, we’ll make our way to sunkissed Mykonos. This magical island is dotted with 16th-century white windmills, traditional villages and whitewashed houses. (B,L,D)

2026 DATES FROM £2,499

Day 4 - Kusadasi and Patmos

† Price of tour departing in May 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £600

This morning, the charming port of Kusadasi awaits. Enjoy some time at leisure or, through the cruise company, you can book an optional guided tour of Ephesus or a visit to the Cave of the Apocalypse. (B,L,D)

13 May

9 Sep

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

CRUISING THE

Greek Islands

Discover iconic Aegean islands on Celestyal Discovery

Life on board There is something magical about cruising, and with Celestyal you get a genuine Greek cruising experience with passionate Hellenic hospitality, specialist local knowledge and a life-affirming spirit of adventure. You’ll be in the expert hands of your captain and crew who will taken care of your every need as you enjoy the facilities on board and the comfort of your well-appointed cabin.

Days of Exploration Each day, you’ll enjoy beautiful views as the crew navigate their way through the iconic Aegean islands. As your ship sails through azure waters you’ll stop at charming ports including the Mykonos, Kusadasi, Heraklion and Santorini and you’ll have the chance to experience historic sites, traditional island life and picture-perfect villages. Alternatively you can relax on board and enjoy tranquil days taking in the view.

What to expect on board The highly-trained team of staff at Celestyal are on hand to ensure you have everything you need during your cruise from the moment you board. On board you will enjoy:

• Fully equipped en-suite cabin with TV, safety deposit box and hairdryer

• Air-conditioned cabins • 7 lively bars • 4 restaurants, including self-service buffet and gourmet menus • Coffee, tea, water and juice stations available throughout the day

• Swimming pool • Sozo Spa and Wellness • On-board activities including shows, quizzes, casino and more

Istanbul to Athens

NEW NEW

Turkish Delights & Greek Treasures

for 2026 for 2026

16 days from

£3,649† Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

Bosphorus cruise

Optional trips Flight Transfers

Topkapi 3 Palace Istanbul

GREECE

Ferry

Meteora 1 Kalambaka

Galipoli Troy 2 Çanakkale Ayvalik

Delphi Napfaktos 2

Athens Kalavryta 3 & Odontotos Epidaurus Railway Mycenae Napflio

TURKIYE

Pergamon & Bergama Ephesus

2 2 Kusadasi Samos

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

15 NIGHTS in 3 & 4-star hotels

23 MEALS 15 breakfasts (B), 8 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

TRAVELSPHERE CARES Visit Planeterra’s Cöp(m)adam social project

Included highlights • Istanbul tour including the Blue Mosque • Explore the Egyptian Bazaar and Grand Bazaar • Kumkapi Fisherman’s Village • Gallipoli Battlefields visit • Step back in time at Troy and its museum • Explore Ayvalik and gözleme tasting • Wander through the city of Pergamon • Discover the highlights of Ephesus & Sirince • Samos tour including the Eupalinos Tunnel

Discover where East meets West on this captivating journey through Türkiye and Greece. Day 1 - UK to Istanbul Your adventure begins with your flight to Istanbul. After settling into the hotel, we’ll gather this evening for a welcome dinner at a carefully selected local restaurant. (D)

• Explore the archaeological site of Delphi • Explore Mycenae, the legendary kingdom of Agamemnon

This evening, we’ll gather for dinner in the atmospheric Kumkapi Fisherman’s Village. (B,D)

Day 2 - Istanbul

Day 4 - Istanbul to Canakkale

Today we’ll set off to explore the treasures of Istanbul’s Old City. Your day begins at the magnificent Sultanahmet Square. Here you’ll see the Hippodrome and the Obelisk of Theodosius. We’ll step inside the Blue Mosque and understand immediately how it earned its name - over 20,000 shimmering blue tiles create an ethereal atmosphere. Just a short walk away is the Hagia Sophia, an architectural marvel that has served as cathedral, mosque and museum across its 1,500-year history. Its soaring dome and glittering mosaics tell the story of empires rising and falling beneath its centuries-old walls. This afternoon, you have the choice to visit the opulent Topkapi Palace. Wander through treasury rooms and serene courtyards that offer stunning Bosphorus views. The evening is yours to dine and explore at leisure. You may also choose to join our Istanbul by Night excursion. (B)

After breakfast, we’ll depart Istanbul and travel along the scenic Marmara Sea coast. This afternoon, we’ll discover the poignant Gallipoli

Day 3 - Istanbul This morning we’ll immerse ourselves in the sensory delights of the Egyptian Bazaar, before exploring the labyrinthine Grand Bazaar—one

• Athens tour including the Acropolis and museum • Visit the Meteora Monasteries

of the world’s oldest covered markets. You’ll have time to browse for ceramics, textiles, or perhaps some authentic Turkish tea to take home. This afternoon you can explore at your own pace, or perhaps you’d like to join our optional Bosphorus cruise where you’ll glide past waterfront palaces, historic fortresses, and charming wooden mansions

From the archives ‘Mosque of Velide’, Istanbul. Photographer: Boufil, 1880

battlefields, where one of World War I’s most significant campaigns unfolded in 1915. We’ll then cross the Dardanelles Strait either by ferry or via the impressive new Canakkale Bridge (one of the world’s longest suspension bridges). We’ll enjoy dinner at the hotel this evening. (B,D)

Day 5 - Troy The day begins as we walk in the footsteps of Homer’s heroes at Troy. Explore its nine archaeological layers spanning over 3,000 years of continuous history. We’ll continue our tour at the Troy Museum which brings the site’s stories vividly to life through interactive exhibits and historical artefacts on display from both Troy and other historic sites. Afterwards, we’ll return to central Canakkale, where you’ll have free time to stroll along the waterfront promenade, enjoy lunch and perhaps enjoy a Turkish coffee. Dinner this evening is at our hotel. (B,D)

Travelsphere cares On this tour we visit Cöp(m)adam, a social project that seeks to address the issues of women’s unemployment and highlights the importance of recycling and reusing materials. In partnership with

• Visit Nafplio and Epidaurus

Optional experiences • Explore Istanbul by Night • Topkapi Palace • Bosphorus cruise • Kalavryta visit and Odontotos Rack Railway

Day 6 - Ayvalik to Kusadasi Today’s scenic drive takes us south along the stunning Aegean coast to the charming town of Ayvalik. We’ll visit Planeterra Project Cöp(m) adam, a social enterprise supporting women in rural communities. You’ll meet the artisans, learn about their crafts and have the opportunity to support their work. Once a major centre for Greek commerce, we’ll explore Ayvalik and visit its centre before our drive continues to Bergama to enjoy a ‘gözleme’ tasting. Gözleme is a delicious traditional Turkish flatbread with various fillings and often cooked on a slightly curved griddle. While here, we’ll also witness the art of Turkish carpet weaving, where artisans

Ephesus, Venice Türkiye

demonstrate techniques passed down through generations.This afternoon, we’ll wander through the city of Pergamon, with its Acropolis perched dramatically on a hilltop. Later, we’ll continue to the lively resort town of Kusadasi, our base for the next two nights. Tonight, dinner will be at the hotel. (B,D)

Day 7 - Ephesus Today we’ll step back in time in Ephesus, arguably the most magnificent classical site you’ll encounter on this journey. The city once served as the capital of Roman Asia Minor and as you walk along marble streets worn smooth by centuries of footsteps, you’ll see sites such as the Library of Celsus, the Great Theatre, elaborate bath houses and the remains of the Temple of Artemis, one of the Seven Wonders of the Ancient World. This afternoon, we’ll head to the delightful hilltop village of Sirince, known for its quaint stone houses, charming shops and locally produced fruit wines. After spending some time exploring, we’ll return to Kusadasi for the evening. (B,D)

Day 8 - Kusadasi to Samos, Greece After breakfast, we’ll transfer to the harbour for our ferry crossing to the beautiful island of Samos. Upon arrival we will check in to the hotel and you have the afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 9 - Samos Today it is time to explore the island with a tour that includes the remarkable Eupalinos Tunnel. This is a 6th-century BC engineering marvel—a 1,036-metre aqueduct tunnel that was carved through solid rock from both ends simultaneously and met in the middle with remarkable precision. It is now a UNESCO World Heritage site and a fascinating glimpse into classical ingenuity. During the tour we will visit local winery and try some local wine made on the Island. (B)

Day 10 - Samos to Athens Today, a short flight will take us from the tranquil island of Samos to the bustling city of Athens. After checking into the hotel, we’ll take an orientation walk through the local area. (B)

Day 11 - Athens Today, we’ll explore more of the city where you’ll come face-to-face with one of Greece’s most iconic sites—the Acropolis. This citadel, crowned by the magnificent Parthenon, has watched over Athens for 2,500 years. Climb the path to the summit and you’ll be rewarded with views across the city, and on a clear day see the Aegean Sea shimmering in the distance. The Acropolis Museum houses treasures unearthed on the sacred hill. A glass floor reveals ruins beneath your feet, whilst the galleries display sculptures, friezes and artifacts that offer an insight into the artistic and cultural achievements of Greece. (B)

Day 12 - Athens to Kalambaka After breakfast, we bid farewell to Athens and journey north through the Greek countryside to Kalambaka – gateway to the UNESCO wonders of the Meteora monasteries. The Meteora monasteries are extraordinary - perched atop towering rock pillars that rise dramatically from the landscape. We’ll visit two of these Eastern Orthodox monasteries, accessed by stone steps carved into the rock faces. Inside we’ll uncover Byzantine frescoes, ancient manuscripts and peaceful courtyards where monks have sought spiritual contemplation for more than 600 years. (B,D)

Day 13 - Kalambaka to Nafpaktos Today’s journey takes us to Delphi, perched dramatically on the slopes of Mount Parnassus. We’ll explore the extensive archaeological site, walking the Sacred Way as pilgrims once did, to the Temple of Apollo, and visit the well-preserved theatre with its panoramic mountain views. The on-site museum houses some of Greece’s finest treasures, including the timeless Charioteer of Delphi, a life-size bronze sculpture from around 470 BC. From Delphi, we’ll continue our journey to Nafpaktos, a charming coastal town on the Gulf of Corinth. (B)

Epidaurus, home to the well-preserved theatre and the Sanctuary of Asclepius. Today, it is a major archaeological site and a UNESCO World Heritage site in the Argolid region of the Peloponnese peninsula in Greece. We’ll leave Epidaurus to return to Athens, crossing the Corinth Canal. This evening, we’ll gather for our farewell dinner in Athens—a chance to reminisce about the incredible journey we’ve shared. (B,D)

Day 16 - Farewell After breakfast, we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight home, carrying with you memories of Turkish delights and Greek treasures. (B) Please note: We want you to get the most from your holiday with us so please be advised that this tour requires a good degree of physical fitness and is not suitable for anyone with limited mobility.

From the archives ‘The lift up to the monastery of Meteora’, from a collection of lantern slides of Greece made from photographs taken by F. Boissonnas, 1904-1908

Day 14 - Nafpaktos Today offers a well-deserved chance to relax in Nafpaktos. This atmospheric town, with its Venetian castle and pleasant waterside tavernas is perfect for a leisurely day. For those seeking more adventure, join our optional excursion to be immersed in the rich history of Kalavryta. You’ll have the opportunity to experience a ride on the historic Odontotos Rack Railway, one of Greece’s most scenic rail journeys and an engineering marvel from the 1890s that winds through the Vouraikos Gorge. This narrow-gauge railway climbs 700 metres over 22 kilometres passing through tunnels, crossing bridges and hugging cliff-faces. (B)

Day 15 - Nafpaktos to Athens After breakfast, we begin our return journey to Athens, and there’s much to uncover along the way. Our first stop is Mycenae, the legendary kingdom of Agamemnon. Walk through the imposing Lion Gate and explore royal tombs where golden treasures were discovered, including the golden Mask of Agamemnon. This is also the site that offered some of the first examples of written Greek language— Linear B script. Next, we’ll venture to Nafplio, Greece’s first capital and arguably its most beautiful town. The elegant Venetian houses, neoclassical mansions, waterfront promenade, and fortress-crowned headland all characterise this wonderful city. Later, we’ll continue to

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £3,649 20 Sep

2027 DATES FROM £3,799 11 Apr

16 May

12 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Sep 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,000

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Treasures of Turkey 12 days from

£1,999†

Start Finish

Istanbul 3

Gallipoli

2 Canakkale Troy

Pergamon

Nights in hotel Included trips Transfers

Biertan TÜRKIYE

Sirince Ephesus 1 2 Pamukkale Kusadasi

Cappadocia 2

Your holiday includes

Delve into the rich culture and history of Turkiye on an intoxicating journey across this incredible land.

RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION

Day 1 - UK to Istanbul

from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation and porterage

Today you will fly to Istanbul, from where we’ll transfer you to your hotel. Enjoy your first dinner in Turkiye, relax and get set for your exciting journey. (D)

1 Konya

11 NIGHTS in 4-star hotels

24 MEALS 11 breakfasts (B), 3 lunches (L), 10 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Tour of Istanbul • Visit the Gallipoli War Memorial • Troy tour and visit to Pergamon • Visit the Temple of Artemis, in Ephesus • Visit Sirince Village • Picnic lunch in Aphrodisias • Pamukkale hot springs • Visit Konya, capital of the Seldjuk Empire • Cappadocia and the Goreme Valley • Coffee and Baklava tasting in a traditional coffee shop

Optional experiences • Istanbul by night tour including Turkish folklore show

Day 2 - Istanbul Launch straight into action today on our Byzantine and Ottoman Relics tour where we explore Istanbul, the once capital of the Roman and Ottoman Empires. From Sultanahmet Square we’ll explore the Hippodrome’s stunning obelisks and intriguing history of chariot races. Prepare yourself for breathtaking sights as we visit the Hagia Sophia and the Blue Mosque. After savouring local flavours at a Turkish restaurant, sharpen your bargaining skills at the Grand Bazaar, the trading hub of the city where you can find everything from pots and carpets to fruit and spices. Taste baklava, a sweet pastry made of layers of filo filled with chopped nuts and honey. This evening, dance to your own tune in the city tonight or join our optional excursion to watch a traditional Turkish show. (B,L)

Day 3 - Istanbul A day at leisure to explore this amazing City straddling two Continents, or you could choose to marvel over the priceless collections at the Topkapi Palace Museum on an optional excursion. Constructed as the Sultans residence, this is one of the largest buildings

• Morning cruise along the Bosporus • Whirling Dervishes performance in Cappadocia • Visit Topkapi Palace Museum

Istanbul

in the city. This afternoon we have another optional excursion available with the chance to cruise on the Bosporus. A good time will be spent on board, and we’ll see both sides of the Bosphorus strait - glimpse life in both Europe and Asia at the same time. This evening we will gather for a ‘farewell to Istanbul’ at a restaurant in the Kumkapi fisherman’s area of the city. (B,D)

Day 4 - Istanbul - Canakkale Our leisurely drive to Canakkale takes us via the lovely Marmara Sea for sweeping coastal views. On the way, we’ll stop at the famous World War I battlefields of Gallipoli, the large and poignant resting site of Australian, New Zealand, British and Turkish soldiers killed in the war. A ferry trip across the Dardanelles channel brings us to Canakkale for dinner at the hotel. (B,D)

Day 5 - Canakkale The first visit of today will be the legendary city of Troy. With over five thousand years of history, your guide will describe the civilisations settled in this unique geographical zone where Anatolia, Aegean and Balkans meet. We will also visit the Troy Museum, exhibiting the historical artefacts from Troy and some other ancient cities in the area, and on nearby islands. At the end of the excursion, we’ll drive back to Canakkale

Cappadocia

where we will have free time for lunch and the remainder of the afternoon at leisure. (B,D)

Mausoleum of Mevlana

Day 6 - Canakkale - Kusadasi Today will start with a drive along the Aegean coastline to the small town of Ayvalik. Here we will have a chance to visit a social enterprise called Cöp(m)adam. We will also visit Ayvalik centre, once a major crossroads for Greek commercial, literary and intellectual life in Ottoman times, with a population that consisted almost exclusively of Greek Orthodox Christians. Following this visit, we will drive to Bergama and visit the ancient city of Pergamon with its Acropolis. After the visits, we will drive via Izmir to Kusadasi. (B,D)

Day 7 - Ephesus & Sirince Today’s adventure begins at the UNESCO World Heritage Site of Ephesus. One of the best-preserved ancient cities in the world, the excavation of Ephesus continues to this day, following a century of unearthing agoras, temples and churches. Get your camera ready for a shot of you and the Temple of Artemis, one of the Seven Wonders of the Ancient World. In the afternoon we’ll visit a charming village, Sirince which sits at the top of a hill boasting vineyard and countryside views, with Greek heritage and plenty of gourmet food to feast on. (B,D)

Pergamon

Day 8 - Kusadasi - Pamukkale We’ll travel to Aphrodisias today to discover the beautifully preserved Greco-Roman settlement and museum. Dedicated to the goddess of love, Aphrodite, the temple here dates from the 3rd century BC. You’ll enjoy a delicious picnic lunch before we travel to Pamukkale, celebrated for its startling white cliffs and mineral-rich thermal waters. (B,L,D)

Pamukkale

Departure dates & prices

Day 9 - Pamukkale - Konya Next, we’ll take an exciting tour of Hierapolis. The ruins of this ancient spa city include a Roman theatre, the agora and a huge Necropolis. You may choose to swim in the hot spring pool at the hotel before we drive to Konya, which was once the capital of the Seljuk Empire. On the way, we’ll pass the glistening lakes of Eğirdir and Beyşehir, surrounded by lush landscapes. (B,D)

Day 10 - Konya - Cappadocia Konya is home to the Mausoleum of Mevlana, who was the founder of the sect of Whirling Dervishes, and it’s our first stop after breakfast at the hotel today. We’ll also admire the spectacular blue-tiled dome of Karatay Medrese, and visit the 13th century Caravanserai Sultanhani, once a popular stop for merchants along the ancient Silk Road trade route. Here, you can choose to join our optional excursion

to watch a Whirling Dervishes performance - a unique spiritual ceremony. (B,D)

2026 DATES FROM £1,999 9 Apr

7 May

14 May

4 Jun

Day 11 - Cappadocia

3 Sep

17 Sep

24 Sep

8 Oct

Awake amidst Cappadocia’s other-worldly scenery for a full day of exploration ahead. Join us for a tour of Göreme Valley with its fairytale rock formations and network of man-made caves that house churches, storehouses and living quarters. The incredible Ozkonak Underground City was used by the earliest Christian settlers in the area. This spectacular underground city is set across different levels and feature a maze of tunnels and rooms. At sunset, relish a glass of local wine with stunning views over Love Valley. (B,L,D)

Day 12 - Cappadocia - UK Enjoy breakfast at the hotel this morning before your airport transfer and flight home to the UK. (B)

5 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £2,099 8 Apr

6 May

20 May

3 Jun

2 Sep

16 Sep

23 Sep

7 Oct

4 Nov † Price of tour departing in Apr 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £440

FLIGHT CHOICES

Grand Baltic Explorer 10 days from

£2,399† Start

FINLAND

Finish

1 Helsinki

Nights in hotel Included trips

2 Tallinn

Transfers

ESTONIA

Cruise

Sigulda Riga 2

LATVIA

Rundale Palace Siauliai

LITHUANIA

2 Vilnius

Druskininkai POLAND

BELARUS

2 Warsaw

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

9 NIGHTS in 4-star hotels

13 MEALS 9 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Visit Helsinki and discover its historical centre • Explore Tallinn • Turaida Castle and the town of Sigulda • Latvia’s capital Riga • Discover Rundale Palace and the Hill of Crosses • Tour of Vilnius, Lithuania’s historical capital • Grutas Park’s sculptures • Guided tour of Polish capital Warsaw • Lunch experience at Riga Central Market

Optional experiences • Tour of Kadriorg Palace • The Open-air Museum in Riga • Trakai Castle

On an incredible adventure, travel from Finland to Poland and explore the Baltic states of Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania. Day 1 - UK to Helsinki Make your way to the airport for your flight to Helsinki. Upon arrival you’ll have some free time to explore at your leisure and find a spot for dinner to sample the local cuisine.

Day 2 - Helsinki to Tallinn Discover Helsinki today with a full day of exploration. After you’ve enjoyed breakfast, join your Holiday Director on a stroll around the city’s historical centre. Dedicated to the famed composer, the Sibelius Monument is our next highlight, followed by the Temppeliaukio Church, carved into solid rock and crowned with a copper dome. In the afternoon we’ll take the ferry to Tallinn. (B,D)

Day 3 - Tallinn Enjoy a walking tour of Tallinn this morning, which will introduce you to districts dating back to the Middle Ages. Together we’ll walk along narrow streets lined by Gothic-style merchants’ houses. In the afternoon, there is an optional tour of the grand Kadriorg Palace, a gift from Peter the Great to his wife Catherine I. (B)

Day 4 - Turaida Castle to Sigulda then Riga The next leg of your journey takes you into Latvia. Our drive here gives us the chance to

enjoy further sightseeing, firstly with a stop at the reconstructed medieval Turaida Castle. Later, we can stretch our legs in the pretty town of Sigulda. (B)

Day 5 - Riga Explore Riga today on a walking tour with a Local Guide. Your sightseeing will include the Dome Cathedral, Riga Castle and St Peter’s Cathedral. The tour ends at the famous Riga Central Market where we’ll stop to enjoy a buffet of local specialities. Latvia has a strong fishing tradition and fish dishes feature prominently in Latvian cuisine. If you feel brave you could even do as the locals do and try sprats on bread with a shot of vodka. There’s an optional afternoon visit to the Latvian Ethnographic Open-air Museum on the banks of Lake Jugla. Its ancient buildings have been brought from all over the country and give a fascinating insight into Latvia’s culture and traditions. (B,L)

Day 6 - Rundale Palace to Siauliai then Vilnius We take to the road for a drive to Vilnius, where you stay for two nights. En route to Lithuania’s capital we’ll call at the pilgrimage site of the Hill of Crosses in Siauliai, as well as Rundale Palace. This masterpiece of Baroque architecture was created by Italian architect FB Rastrelli, who was responsible for many of St Petersburg’s finest buildings, including the Winter Palace. This evening, enjoy the atmosphere of a traditional restaurant and be entertained by a folk show performed by local musicians. In this restaurant, traditional dishes are prepared from the oldest recipes and corn bread is baked daily, a staple of Lithuanian cuisine that is not to be missed.(B,D) Tallinn

Riga

Rundale Palace

Soviet Sculpture, Grutas Park

Temppeliaukio Church, Helsinki

Day 7 - Vilnius

Warsaw

After breakfast discover Vilnius with a guided tour of its UNESCO-listed Old Town, one of the largest surviving medieval towns in Europe. Following the guided tour, the afternoon is yours to enjoy as you please or join an optional excursion to explore the 14th century Trakai Castle, located on an island and home to a museum. (B)

Day 8 - Druskininkai to Grutas Park then Warsaw Today’s journey by road takes us to Warsaw. On the way we’ll stop off to explore the spa town of Druskininkai, which boasts many mineral springs and mud baths. Close by, we’ll also visit Grutas Park, an extraordinary collection of Soviet-era sculptures that escaped destruction when Lithuania gained its independence.

Turaida Castle

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £2,399

This evening enjoy a traditional dinner at a restaurant. (B,D)

12 May

Day 9 - Warsaw Discover the best of Warsaw as your Local Guide points out all the highlights on today’s tour. There’s Castle Square, which fronts the Royal Castle, Sigismund’s Column and St John’s Cathedral. Together we’ll stroll through the Market Square and stop to admire the Monument of Warsaw’s Uprising. (B)

Day 10 - Warsaw to UK Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

2 Jun

4 Aug

8 Sep

6 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £2,549

In the words of travellers

“Great tour, really enjoyed the experience, so many change’s of culture all along the route.” Charles Copeland

11 May

8 Jun

3 Aug

7 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £750

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Arctic Explorer

NEW

Land of the Polar Bear

for 2026

11 days from

£7,599† The Pack Ice

NORWAY SVALBARD ARCHIPELAGO

1 Longyearbyen

ICE, WEATHER AND WILDLIFE CONDITIONS PERMITTING

Embark on an unforgettable Arctic journey that balances cultural discovery with wilderness explorations. Day 1 - UK to Oslo

SWEDEN NORWAY

Oslo 2

Start Finish Nights in hotel Nights on cruise Flight Cruise

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transportation

10 NIGHTS 3 nights in 4-star hotels and 7 nights onboard the G Adventures Expedition Ship

26 MEALS 10 breakfasts (B), 6 lunches (L), 10 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR plus Specialist Local Guide and Expedition Guides

Included highlights • Oslo city tour including Holmenkollen Ski Museum • Visit the Fram Museum of polar exploration • Overnight in Longyearbyen with visit to Svalbard Museum • Zodiac excursions led by expert Expedition guides • Opportunities to spot wildlife such as Arctic fox, reindeer, whales and polar bears • Lectures and educational programs

Today you’ll begin your Arctic adventure with a flight to Oslo, on arrival, we’ll transfer you to your hotel, your home for the next two nights. This evening, you’ll have the pleasure of meeting your fellow travellers over a welcome drink and dinner. (D)

Day 2 - Oslo In the company of a local guide we’ll explore Oslo, Norway’s captivating capital. During the city tour you’ll visit architectural gems such as the striking Opera House, where you can walk on the roof for views of the stunning Oslo Fjord, and see the floating ‘She Lies’ sculpture. You’ll also visit the historic Akershus Castle, and wander along the bustling Karl Johans gate that leads to the elegant Royal Palace. We’ll venture to Holmenkollen, housing some of the world’s oldest ski collections and admire artifacts from legendary polar expeditions – providing the perfect introduction to our upcoming Arctic journey. Our tour culminates with a visit to the Fram Museum, where you’ll step aboard the wooden ship that carried courageous Norwegian explorers to both North and South Poles. Walking on these historic decks, you’ll feel the spirit of polar exploration that has captivated adventurers for generations. We’ll end the day with a dinner together at a local restaurant. (B,D)

Day 3 - Oslo to Longyearbyen Today we’ll travel the pristine Arctic wilderness, flying north to Longyearbyen located on Spitsbergen Island in the Svalbard archipelago. During July, you’ll experience the extraordinary phenomenon of the midnight sun. The sun never sets during this time and daylight stretches endlessly across the Arctic landscape. We’ll be transferred to our hotel for the night where there is time to enjoy dinner and rest before tomorrow’s polar adventure begins. (B,D)

Day 4 - Longyearbyen After breakfast, we’ll explore Longyearbyen, in the company of our Holiday Director. This unique Arctic settlement tells its compelling story at the excellent Svalbard Museum, where we’ll discover the remarkable culture and history of life at 78 degrees north.

Later we’ll board Expedition Ship, your home for the next seven nights, and prepare for the extraordinary wilderness experiences that lie ahead on your Arctic exploration. (B,D)

Days 5-10 The Svalbard Archipelago Over the next six-days, our polar expedition will unfold across one of Earth’s most pristine and protected wilderness areas. We’ll navigate through ice-laden seas, penetrate deep fjords framed by dramatic mountain scenery, and see massive tidewater glaciers cascading dramatically into the ocean with thunderous roars that echo across the water. Our flexible itinerary, where each day is thoughtfully adapted to ice and weather conditions, explores Svalbard’s spectacular coastline. Wildlife encounters create unforgettable memories – look out for the elusive Arctic fox in its summer coat, hardy Svalbard reindeer grazing on sparse tundra vegetation, various marine mammals, and the region’s most soughtafter resident, the magnificent polar bear. We aim for two off-ship experiences daily whether landing ashore to explore historical sites and tundra landscapes or embarking on Zodiac excursions that reveal the Arctic up-close. Your onboard expedition team includes enthusiastic specialists in ornithology, marine biology, glaciology, and polar history. These dedicated experts lead every Zodiac adventure and engaging lectures, sharing their extensive knowledge through thoughtfully designed educational programs that deepen your understanding and appreciation of this extraordinary environment. (B,L,D)

Day 11 - Longyearbyen to UK After breakfast, your Arctic adventure comes to an end as you disembark your ship. Along with your luggage, you’ll carry treasured memories from one of the world’s last great wilderness frontiers and its incredible wildlife. We’ll transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK via Oslo. (B)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £7,599 10 Jul

17 Jul

† Price of tour departing in May 2026 from London

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

CRUISING

The Arctic

on your ship Expedition

Discover the Svalbard Archipelago on the G Adventures Expedition ship

Days of Exploration Our flexible itinerary explores Svalbard’s spectacular coastline. From the ship’s deck, you’ll marvel at the constantly evolving seascape of sea ice, fjords leading to thundering glaciers, and sculptural icebergs carved by wind and waves. Wildlife encounters create unforgettable memories – look out for the elusive Arctic fox in its summer coat, hardy Svalbard reindeer grazing on sparse tundra vegetation, various marine mammals, and the region’s most sought-after resident, the magnificent polar bear. We aim for two off-ship experiences daily - whether landing ashore to explore historical sites and tundra landscapes or embarking on Zodiac excursions that reveal the Arctic up close.

What to expect on board The Expedition has recently been upgraded with new engines, renovated cabin washrooms and refreshed public spaces. Its enhanced fuel efficiency supports the drive to reduce its environmental footprint. On board you will enjoy:

• Two jacuzzis • A gym • A Library • On-board boutique gift shop • Observation and sun decks • Sturdy Zodiac boats for close-up Arctic experiences • Breakfast, lunch and dinner each day on board • An Expedition Parka to keep once you board.

travel experiences travel worldwide Discover exotic lands, unbelievable sights, and diverse traditions – see incredible wildlife in Africa, uncover thousands of years of history in Asia, embrace the vibrant energy of South America, the serene landscapes of North America and head ‘Down Under’, where wow moments are simply the norm.

78 78

“A holiday of a lifetime. The memories from this tour will stay with us for ever. So glad we decided to do this adventure. Felt like we had been away for months.” Michelle Jenkinson

Jasper

Best of The West 14 days from

£3,699†

NEVADA

Yosemite National Park

2 San Francisco

Selma 1 CALIFORNIA

Santa Monica

UTAH

Las Vegas 2

Grand Canyon Los Angeles 2 Sedona 2 Flagstaff

Start Finish

2 San Diego

Nights in hotel

Prescott ARIZONA

Included trips Optional trips Transfers

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

12 NIGHTS in great quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

7 MEALS

Take in the glitz and glamour of Los Angeles and Las Vegas, and marvel at the awe-inspiring Grand Canyon and Yosemite National Park.

Day 6 - Sedona & Flagstaff

You’ll be the envy of all your friends today as you travel to the airport for your flight to Los Angeles. When you arrive in this bustling metropolis, we’ll take you straight to your hotel, where a two-night stay gives you plenty of time to explore.

We take to the road again today, driving into Northern Arizona. We’ll make a stop at the township of Sedona, known for its vibrant arts community. You can explore at leisure or you might choose to join an optional jeep ride into the surrounding rock formations, they really are stunning. Our final destination today is the former Wild West town of Flagstaff. Flagstaff is known as the world’s first International Dark Sky City and this evening you will have the chance to visit the Lowell Observatory, where Pluto was discovered. Enjoy stargazing using the six advanced telescopes on the open air observatory deck, and time to explore the campus. (B)

Day 2 - Los Angeles

Day 7 - Grand Canyon National Park

Day 1 - UK to Los Angeles

• The iconic Grand Canyon

You’re going to experience the excitement and glamour of LA this morning on your included tour. Highlights include Hollywood and Grauman’s Chinese Theatre, where you’ll see celebrity handprints, footprints and autographs etched into the concrete. There’s time to explore at your own pace this afternoon. However, if you’d like to discover more, you can take an optional drive on the famous Route 66 to Santa Monica, a trendy, vibrant, yet relaxing beach resort overlooking the Pacific Ocean. Stroll the famous wooden pier, lined with food stalls and fairground rides, and browse the boutiques along Third Street Promenade.

• Drive along a part of historic Route 66

Day 3 - Los Angeles to San Diego

• View the mighty Hoover Dam

You can discover LA your own way this morning as you explore at your own pace. If you have always dreamed of visiting Universal Studios, that’s where our optional excursion is headed. This thrilling theme park is packed with movie memorabilia, big rides and exciting attractions. This afternoon, we’re off to our next base, the seaport of San Diego.

Day 8 - Route 66 & Las Vegas

Day 4 - San Diego

Day 9 - Las Vegas

6 breakfasts (B), 1 dinner (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • LA tour including Hollywood • Tour of San Diego • Visit vibrant Sedona • Stargazing at the Lowell Observatory in Flagstaff

• Stay on the Las Vegas strip • Explore Yosemite National Park • Cross the Golden Gate Bridge and tour San Francisco • Enjoy clam chowder at dinner at Fisherman’s Wharf in San Francisco

Optional experiences

• A flight over the Grand Canyon

You can soak up the sights of this Spanish influenced city on an included morning tour. Then the rest of the day is all yours to see more as you wish. You might be tempted to join an optional cruise around San Diego Bay or spend time exploring the historic Gaslamp Quarter, with its tempting array of shops and restaurants. (B)

• Las Vegas by night tour

Day 5 - San Diego to Prescott

• San Francisco cruise around the bay

Today we’ll leave California on a drive that takes us through a spectacular desert landscape filled with the characteristic saguaro cactus. We’ll end the day in Prescott in the state of Arizona. Set at 5,200 feet this former Wild West town is surrounded by forests, giant boulders and lakes. Don’t miss an evening on Whiskey Row in downtown Prescott with its nightly live music and cowboy saloon bars, once frequented by Doc Holiday and Wyatt Earp. (B)

• The beachfront city of Santa Monica • Universal Studios • San Diego Bay cruise • Jeep tour through Red Rock canyons in Sedona

This is the day that you visit one of the world’s most iconic natural wonders, the Grand Canyon, which is a must-see on any traveller’s list. For a truly unforgettable experience, why not choose to view this spectacular 14-mile-wide gorge from the air on an optional flight. However you choose to view this vast panorama, you will not be disappointed. You’ll also want to explore the picturesque Grand Canyon Historic Village and learn how the arrival of the first steam train in 1901 transformed this remote area into a bustling tourist destination. Amidst well-preserved, historic buildings you can step back in time and imagine what life was like for the Grand Canyon’s very first visitors. (B) You’re going to travel on the legendary Route 66 today, westwards to Las Vegas. On the way we’re going to pass the mighty Hoover Dam, a feat of 20th century construction. If you want to be dazzled, join an optional Las Vegas by night tour to take in the lights and sights of this spectacular desert city. (B) Las Vegas is all yours to discover today, so off you go on a stroll down the famous Strip. As you dip into the themed hotels lining it, you’ll find a host of attractions. There are casinos, of course, shopping malls, aquariums, and you can even take a gondola ride on Vegas’ very own ‘Grand Canal’!

Day 10 - Mojave Desert to Selma On today’s journey back to the Golden State we’ll drive through the Mojave desert, the driest in North America. We’ll continue through California’s fertile Central Valley filled with orchards, vineyards and farms.

Day 11 - Yosemite National Park Travelling north, today you’re going to visit the vast Yosemite National Park. With its abundance of waterfalls, lakes and dramatic mountain peaks it’s a wonderful place to explore. We’ll stop for lunch in the park before travelling on to San Francisco. (B)

Yosemite National Park

Time for more

Grand Canyon National Park

SAN FRANCISCO 2 nights from £399 Extend your stay in the beautiful city of San Francisco and discover more of the sights at your own pace. Includes two nights room only in a great quality hotel.

Bellagio Fountains, Las Vegas

Memories to bring home At the Grand Canyon’s edge, the scale is simply humbling. Each layer tells millions of years of patient transformation, and standing there, you feel both insignificant and strangely connected to something vast and enduring.

San Francisco

Day 12 - San Francisco Your morning tour of San Francisco begins as you cross the iconic Golden Gate Bridge. You’ll then take in wonderful views from the city’s Twin Peaks and visit landmarks including Golden Gate Park and Chinatown. In the afternoon you can set your own pace. If you want to shop, there’s a branch of Macy’s that’s a whole block in size, and the famous cable cars are a great way to get around. You could explore Fisherman’s Wharf and see the hundreds of sea lions at PIER 39 or learn about the city’s history in one of its many museums. San Francisco Bay is at your feet too, so joining our

optional cruise is another great idea. You’ll enjoy superb views of the city’s skyline and magnificent bridges, then circle the infamous Alcatraz Island. San Francisco offers a sparkling and cosmopolitan nightlife, and this evening we come together to enjoy a three-course dinner at one of the restaurants located at Fisherman’s Wharf. (D)

Day 13 - San Francisco to UK Enjoy the final few hours of your holiday at leisure in San Francisco. Later we’ll drive to the airport and check in for our flight to the UK.

Day 14 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES £3,699 6 May

9 Sep

23 Sep

2027 DATES £3,899 5 May

9 Jun

15 Sep

22 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,240

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from London, Birmingham, Edinburgh, Glasgow, Manchester & Newcastle Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Epic Wonders of The National Parks 17 days from

£4,349†

MONTANA

West Yellowstone 2 Grand Teton National Park

IDAHO

Little Bighorn 1 Sheridan

Cody 1

Yellowstone National Park

WYOMING

NEVADA

The Black Hills

Deadwood Badlands National Park 2 Rapid City Mount Rushmore Fort Laramie

NEBRASKA USA

1 Salt Lake City

UTAH Bryce Canyon National Park

SOUTH DAKOTA

Day 5 - Little Bighorn Battlefield

1 Denver MEXICO

Arches National Park

Zion National Park Canyonlands 1 Moab National Park Mesa Verde National Park 2 Kanab 2 Cortez COLORADO Grand Canyon 1 Monument Valley Las Vegas Tusayan 1

CANADA

ARIZONA

NEW MEXICO

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

15 NIGHTS in great quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

17 MEALS 15 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 1 dinner (D) and welcome drink

Included highlights • Mount Rushmore National Memorial

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips

TEXAS

Transfers

Venture through seven states and be mesmerised by the breathtaking and diverse scenery on this Royal Geographical Society Collection tour to America’s National Parks. Day 1 - UK to Denver You holiday begins with a flight to Denver. On arrival we’ll transfer you to your overnight hotel.

Day 2 - Denver to Rapid City

• The world’s first national park, Yellowstone

Your adventure begins in earnest today with a journey to Rapid City. On the way we’re going to stop at the former military and trading outpost of Fort Laramie. This is where chief Red Cloud signed the treaty that gave the supposedly worthless Black Hills to the Sioux. Just six years later, Custer discovered gold in the Black Hills, prompting the Gold Rush and ultimately causing the Battle of Little Bighorn.

• Grand Teton National Park

(B,D)

• Canyonlands National Park

Day 3 - Mount Rushmore & Badlands

• Arches National Park

Your day begins with a visit to Mount Rushmore, with its famous granite sculptures of Presidents Roosevelt, Lincoln, Washington and Jefferson. You’re also going to see the Crazy Horse Memorial this morning. The highlights keep on coming today with an afternoon tour of Badlands National Park. Here you’ll discover an eerie world which has been carved over millions of years by the forces of nature. (B)

• The Crazy Horse Memorial • Badlands National Park • Wild West city of Deadwood • Views of Devils Tower • Battle of Little Bighorn site

• Mesa Verde National Park • Monument Valley • Navajo Tacos at Goulding’s Monument Valley • The iconic Grand Canyon National Park • Bryce Canyon National Park’s unique geology • Zion Canyon National Park • The neon-lit city of Las Vegas • Stay on the Las Vegas Strip

Optional experiences • Monument Valley Tour • Helicopter flight over the Grand Canyon • Las Vegas by night

Day 4 - Rapid City to Deadwood You’re heading into ‘Wild West’ territory with a drive through the Black Hills to Deadwood, a town created on the back of the Gold Rush. The city is a national historic landmark, and there’s time for you to explore a little before we head to Sheridan for the night. On the journey we take in views of Devils Tower - an astounding geologic feature in the Wyoming landscape. (B)

The highlight of your day is a visit to the historic battlefield site of the Battle of Little Bighorn. A guided tour gives you the chance to relive Custer’s Last Stand and get a fascinating insight into one of the most famous battles in western history. (B)

Day 6 - Cody to Yellowstone National Park You’ll set foot in the world’s first national park today. Yellowstone is a wonderland of spouting geysers, hot springs, boiling pools and bubbling mud pots. On your tour you’ll see the extraordinary Yellowstone Canyon with its waterfall twice the height of Niagara and, of course, ‘Old Faithful’, which erupts every 93 minutes. The park is also a wildlife sanctuary with bears, elk, moose and herds of buffalo all roaming freely, so keep your eyes peeled for sightings. (B)

Day 7 - Grand Teton National Park The next national park you’ll tick off your list is Grand Teton. Famed for its beautiful landscapes dominated by snow-capped peaks, lakes and glaciers, you can take in these exceptional sights today. (B)

From the archives ‘Old Faithful Geyser, Yellowstone National Park’. Photographer unknown, 1931.

Canyonlands National Park

Day 8 - Salt Lake City

Day 13 - Grand Canyon

We’ll head in to Utah today for an overnight stay in the state capital, Salt Lake City. Founded by the Mormons, the city is set on the shores of the Great Salt Lake and at the foot of spectacular mountains. There will be time this afternoon to explore the city. (B)

As highlights go, the Grand Canyon is hard to beat, and today is the day that you get to see this iconic natural wonder. It’s a breathtaking sight however viewed, but an optional flight gives you the thrilling chance to see it from the air, before continuing to Kanab. (B)

Day 9 - Canyonlands National Park

Day 14 - Bryce Canyon National Park

Today we visit Canyonlands National Park, an incredible rugged landscape of canyons carved by the Colorado River. The islands in the Sky District of the park offer views of the canyon wilderness below. Later we’ll arrive in Moab for an overnight stay. (B)

There are just two more national parks to go now, and today you’ll view the spires of rock and vast natural amphitheatres that form the unique geology of Bryce Canyon. (B)

Day 10 - Arches National Park Your next base is Cortez, which we reach via a visit to Arches National Park. When you view what is the world’s greatest concentration of red sandstone arches, you’ll understand just how it got its name! (B)

Day 11 - Mesa Verde National Park Mesa Verde National Park is also within reach from Cortez, and it’s where your tour takes you today. This archaeological masterpiece is famed for its cliff dwellings, with Cliff Palace having more than 200 rooms. (B)

From the archives William Henry Jackson became one of the first to photograph Yellowstone, the Grand Tetons and the Mesa Verde region, capturing the first photographs of the Ancestral Puebloan cliff dwellings.

Time for more LAS VEGAS 2 nights from £349 Extend your stay in the dazzling neon-lit city of Las Vegas. Enjoy extra time to explore more of the city at leisure - you may choose to step inside some of the extravagant hotels that line the famous Strip, or perhaps step into one of the many museums or institutions that share the history of the city and events that have shaped the United States. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Day 15 - Zion National Park A day of contrasts begins with a tour of Zion National Park, to see sheer cliffs and mesmerising rock formations. Equally enthralling is your destination tonight, the man-made wonder that is Las Vegas, where a night tour is one option. (B)

Day 16 - Las Vegas to UK Your epic journey visiting nine of America’s national parks comes to an end as we transfer you to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B) Mount Rushmore

Day 17 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today. Please note: This touring itinerary is planned with a focus on visiting nine national parks covering seven states over a vast area of western USA. You can expect some long driving days, early starts and evening finishes. Some overnights stops will be small towns with limited amenities that are conveniently located to visit the many natural highlights.

In the words of travellers

Mesa Verde cliff dwellings Photographer: U.S. Geological Survey of the Territories, 1872

“The scenery just got better every day. The scale of each National Park was unbelievable. It was certainly an epic experience and a holiday of a lifetime. If you love natural features and scenery to blow your mind, this is the holiday for you.” Ian

Day 12 - Monument Valley Next is Monument Valley, instantly recognisable as the setting for many spaghetti westerns with its wide-open spaces dotted with incredible sandstone monoliths. An optional tour is available if you’d like to find out more about this fascinating destination. We’ll also enjoy a local lunch of Navajo Tacos. (B,L)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £4,349 4 May

11 May

21 Sep

5 Oct

15 Jun

7 Sep

2027 DATES FROM £4,849 10 May

17 May

20 Sep

4 Oct

14 Jun

6 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,265

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

The Best of The Deep South 12 days from

£3,649†

Nashville 2 TENNESSEE

3 Memphis

ARKANSAS

Tupelo

Atlanta

Indianola MISSISSIPPI

GEORGIA

ALABAMA

Start

1 Natchez

Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

LOUISIANA

3 New Orleans

Optional trips Transfers

Experience an electrifying journey from Nashville’s musical wonders to the heart of jazz in New Orleans’ French Quarter. Day 1 - UK to Atlanta

Your holiday includes

Fly to Atlanta, Georgia for the start of your Deep South tour. On arrival we’ll transfer you to your hotel.

RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION

Day 2 - Atlanta to Nashville

from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

Atlanta has been through many incarnations since it was founded as a railroad terminus in 1837 and on your morning tour you’ll see its main highlights. Later we’ll drive to Nashville for a two night stay. On your free evening be sure to explore the city’s Broadway and Honky Tonk Highway, a strip of venues where there is live music 365 days a year. (B)

10 NIGHTS in great quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

8 MEALS 7 breakfasts (B), 1 brunch (Br) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

TRAVELSPHERE CARES Visit the Stax Museum of American Soul Music

Included highlights • Atlanta city tour • Nashville, the city that “calls music home” • Country Music Hall of Fame and Studio B • Tour of Sun Studios, “the birthplace of Rock ‘n’ Roll” • City tour of Memphis, home of the blues • Graceland and Elvis Experience Tour • BB King Museum in Indianola • Visit historic Natchez and tour an Antebellum mansion • New Orleans city tour • Live jazz brunch in New Orleans’ French Quarter • Walking tour of the French Quarter

Optional experiences • Grand Ole Opry evening • Visit Tupelo – Elvis’s birthplace • Louisiana Swamp & Bayou tour • Lunch cruise on a New Orleans paddle steamer

Day 3 - Nashville We’ve a fabulous music themed day in store for you today. It begins as you step inside the hallowed halls of Studio B, which became famous in the 1960s for its part in the Nashville Sound. Here, you’ll step inside the studio where Elvis recorded ‘Are You Lonesome Tonight’. As the lights are dimmed, just as they would have been for the King of Rock ‘n’ Roll, you’ll hear his incredible voice flowing from the speakers. To round off the day you’ll visit the Country Music Hall of Fame. This evening join our optional excursion - an evening of live music at the Grand Ole Opry. This is one of the most important venues for live country music in the world. (B)

Day 4 - Nashville to Memphis The next great musical city you’ll visit is Memphis, standing proudly on the bluffs of the Mississippi River. On arrival in the afternoon, we’re going to set off together to discover some of its many highlights. They include the Riverfront and Beale Street, the home of the blues. On this iconic street, music emanates from every open door, and street performers entertain the crowds. (B)

Day 5 - Memphis Memphis is synonymous with Elvis Presley, and today we’re going to find out about this connection. Our first visit is to Sun Studios, where the ‘King of Rock ‘n’ Roll’ made his first recordings back in 1954. This is followed by Graceland, where we’ll take a fascinating guided tour of the opulent mansion that was his home from 1957 until his death in 1977. Here you can fully immerse yourself in his life and career as you go back to his roots. You’ll see the living room, kitchen, TV room, pool room and the famous Jungle Room among other

highlights. We’ll also find time today to visit the Stax Museum of American Soul Music, located on the site of the Stax recording studio and record label of legends such as Otis Redding and Isaac Hayes. (B)

Travelsphere cares In Memphis, we will visit the Stax Museum of American Soul Music run by the Soulsville Foundation. This foundation is also a music academy set up to support young people in the area. Here you’ll visit the museum and enjoy a live performance by a couple of the graduates. You’ll also learn more about the foundation and it’s impact on the local community.

Day 6 - Memphis Today has been left free for you to explore more of Memphis at leisure. Maybe you’ll choose to visit one of the city’s fascinating museums, which include the National Civil Rights Museum and the Slave Haven Underground Railroad Museum. Alternatively, if you enjoyed your visit to Graceland yesterday, today’s optional excursion is sure to be tempting. Why not come with us to Tupelo, where you’ll see the house where Elvis was born. You’ll also get to visit a fantastic museum displaying one of the most remarkable collections of Elvis memorabilia in the world. (B)

Day 7 - Memphis to Natchez Leaving Memphis we’ll travel in to the Mississippi Delta stopping in Indianola to visit the BB King Museum. Here we’ll learn about this blues legend and the history, literature, music and race relations of this area that gave birth to the Delta Blues. (B)

Day 8 - Natchez to New Orleans Before we leave Natchez, a historic river town on the banks of the Mississippi we have some time to explore. This laid back destination is filled with grand mansions and we’ll visit one today to learn about southern life in the “antebellum” period, before the civil war. Our ultimate destination is the ‘Big Easy’, or New Orleans, home to another musical genre, jazz. Your hotel here is just steps from the famous French Quarter. This is the oldest district and the cultural hub of the city, so you’re well placed to make your own discoveries. We’ll explore New Orleans’ highlights on an included tour this afternoon. As we drive around the city we’ll see St Louis Cathedral and cemeteries full of above-the-ground tombs, known as Cities of the Dead. (B)

Day 9 - New Orleans Your day begins with a walking tour of the French Quarter, taking in Jackson Square, Pirate’s Alley and the world-famous Bourbon

Nashville

Special departure

Elvis’ Graceland mansion in Memphis

MARDI GRAS* 10 nights from £3,999 8 Feb 2026 & 31 Jan 2027 This special departure follows a similar itinerary to our The Best of the Deep South tour and includes a ticket to the fantastic Mardi Gras parade in New Orleans. See website for details.

Street. We’ll end our walk at a restaurant for a buffet brunch accompanied by live jazz music, which is served in a pretty outdoor courtyard in the French Quarter. The rest of the day is yours to explore the galleries and boutiques of the French Quarter, or join an optional Louisiana swamp and bayou tour. (Br)

Day 10 - New Orleans With so much to discover in New Orleans you can spend the day exploring at your own pace. However, if you’re still keen to discover more, your Holiday Director is hosting an afternoon optional trip on an authentic paddle steamer. Once the only way to travel along the waterways of the South, this trip will take you on a glorious journey back to the 19th century heyday of these iconic vessels.

In the words of travellers

French Quarter, New Orleans

“This was a holiday of a lifetime! Loved all the cities, my favourite was Nashville with a trip to RCA Studio B and the Country Music Hall of Fame. Memphis of course has the amazing Graceland which was very emotional, followed the next day by a trip to Tupelo birthplace of Elvis which was a wonderful, calming place. If you love music, this holiday is for you.” Joanna Chadwick

Day 11 - New Orleans to UK

Departure dates & prices

Today your tour encompassing America’s music heritage comes to and end and we transfer you to the airport for your return flight to the UK.

2026 DATES £3,649 8 Feb*

3 May

13 Sep

18 Oct

12 Sep

17 Oct

2027 DATES £3,899

Day 12 - UK

31 Jan*

You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

2 May

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London * Special Departure - Mardi Gras (12 days) Single Room supplement from £840

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from London, Edinburgh & Manchester Flight upgrade available

Courtesy of Nashville Convention & Visitors’ Corporation

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

America’s Historic East - from Washington DC to New York City

NEW

for 2026

11 days from

£3,599† LONG ISLAND

New York PENNSYLVANIA 2 Philadelphia

Lancaster County

NEW JERSEY

1 Gettysberg

MARYLAND

DELAWARE

Washington DC 2

Start Finish

Charlottesville 2 Monticello VIRGINIA

1 Richmond

Jamestown

Nights in hotel Included trips Transfers

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

9 NIGHTS in great quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

4 MEALS 2 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L) and 1 dinner (D)

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Capital of the United States, Washington DC • Richmond, state capital of Virginia on the shores of the James River • Visit to Jamestown Settlement, site of the first English colony • Visit Monticello, once home to Thomas Jefferson • Travel the Skyline Drive through Shenandoah National Park • Stop at Harpers Ferry National Historic Park • Visit Gettysburg National Military Park • Explore Pennsylvania Amish Country • The USA’s original capital Philadelphia • Tour of New York City

Explore iconic cities and discover some of the historic sights of eastern USA. Depart on your flight to Washington DC, and on arrival we will transfer you to your hotel for a two night stay

Later we’ll head south to the state of Virginia and the city of Richmond, capital of the Confederacy during the American Civil War. Today, Richmond is a buzzing city, located on the banks of the James River. Here, you will find the Virginia State Capitol, a building designed by Thomas Jefferson and if it’s fashionable shops and restaurants you crave, be sure to make a beeline for the historic district of Shockoe Slip. (B)

Day 2 - Washington DC

Day 4 - Jamestown

Washington DC radiates outwards from the ionic United States Capitol Building and on our morning tour we will see the highlights including the White House, the Washington Monument Lincoln Memorial, and its famous reflecting pool. Take time to make your own discoveries this afternoon - you could choose to visit one of the many Smithsonian museums located along the National Mall. They are all free to enter and there’s something for everyone, from the American Art Museum, the Air and Space Museum, the Natural History Museum and the National Museum of African American History and Culture.

Today you’re going to experience 17th Century Virgina, visiting Jamestown Settlement where America’s first permanent English colony was established in 1607. The site demonstrates what daily life was like for the early colonists, the Virginia Indians who lived on the land for centuries, and the first documented arrival of West Central Africans in 1619. Later we’ll move on to Charlottesville, Virginia for a two-night stay.

Day 1 - UK to Washington DC

This evening we’ll join together for a welcome dinner and make sure we take another drive around the city to see the national monuments spectacularly lit up at night. (B,D)

Day 3 - Washington DC to Richmond This morning we’ll cross the Potomac River from Washington DC to Arlington National Cemetery. Join a trolley tour to see this exceptional site, making a stop at the Kennedy grave site. Next, we’ll travel to Old Town Alexandria, beautifully preserved with 18th and 19th century architecture, brick sidewalks and a thriving food scene and arts culture. There are many cafes and restaurants on King Street that leads directly to the Old Towns attractive harbour.

Optional experience

Day 5 - Monticello Your highlight today is a visit to Monticello, the magnificent mountaintop plantation home of Thomas Jefferson, third President of the United States and author of the Declaration of Independence. Tour the house, find out more about Jefferson’s legacy, explore the magnificent gardens, and learn about Monticello’s enslaved community at this historical treasure. We’ll stop for a lunch of typical southern fare at a local tavern dating back to 1784. Your afternoon is free for you to explore Charlottesville at your own pace. The University of Virginia is a UNESCO site also designed by Jefferson and very walkable, as is the Historic Downtown Main Street filled with bars, restaurants and shops in restored and renovated buildings. (L)

Day 6 - Charlottesville to Gettysburg Today we head north to Pennsylvania, making some of the journey on the Skyline Drive that runs along the crest of the Blue Ridge Mountains of Virgina in Shenandoah National Park. There are many scenic overlooks to stop at that, on a clear day, offer amazing views over the landscape. We’ll stop en-route at Harpers Ferry National Historic Park, scenically located at the confluence of the Shenandoah and Potomac rivers and site of abolitionist John Browns raid against slavery during the Civil War. We’ll overnight close to the historic town of Gettysburg.

• See Hamilton on Broadway

Day 7 - Gettysburg to Philadelphia

Richmond, Virginia

The Battle of Gettysburg was a turning point in the Civil War, the site of it’s bloodiest battle and also the inspiration for President Abraham Lincoln’s immortal “Gettysburg Address”. We’ll spend some time here with a local expert guide

Washington DC

Time for more

Philadelphia

NEW YORK 2 nights from £799 Extend your stay in New York City. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Blue Ridge Mountains, Virginia

before travelling to Philadelphia. On the journey we’ll be sure to stop in Dutch Country to discover a little about America’s Amish community who live a centuries-old ‘Plain’ lifestyle just a few hours from the nations capital.

Chrysler Building, Chinatown and bustling Times Square. This evening, you’re free to make your own discoveries of this fantastic city but could choose to join an optional performance of Hamilton on Broadway.

Day 8 - Philadelphia

Day 10 - New York to UK

Today we’ll visit the USA’s original capital, Philadelphia, a liberal melting pot of people and cultures. It’s here that the Declaration of Independence was written, signed and introduced in 1776. Our morning walking tour will show you the highlights of the ‘most historic square mile in the United States’ including the Liberty Bell, Independence Hall, Congress Hall and Christ Church, where George Washington and Benjamin Franklin once worshipped. We’ll end with a short visit to the Museum of the American Revolution before some time for lunch at the historic Reading Terminal Market where you will find plenty of local produce to sample from Amish pretzels to a Philly cheese steak. There will be free time this afternoon if you wish to visit one of the many museums and galleries along the Benjamin Franklin Parkway, including the Philadelphia Museum of Art and it’s famous “Rocky steps”.

Enjoy a final morning exploring New York, perhaps heading to Central Park to soak up atmosphere from a horse-drawn carriage. Later, we transfer to the airport for our flight to the UK.

Day 9 - Philadelphia to New York Our final destination is New York City. Iconic sights are waiting around every corner in this exciting city, and your Local Guide will introduce them all on today’s included sightseeing tour. Hotspots include the Empire State Building, Wall Street and the theatres on Broadway. You’ll also view the One World Trade Center, the sparkling

Day 11 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today. Harpers Ferry

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £3,599 8 May

4 Sep

2027 DATES FROM £3,799 7 May

10 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,399

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from London, Birmingham, Edinburgh & Manchester Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Highlights of New England 10 days from

£3,499† Start Finish

MAINE

Nights in hotel Included trips Transfers Cruise

2 Lake Winnipesaukee

VERMONT

Kennebunkport Ogunquit

NEW HAMPSHIRE

Atlantic Ocean

MASSACHUSETTS

Provincetown

Boston

RHODE ISLAND NEW YORK

2 Falmouth CONNECTICUT

2 Newport

Martha’s Vineyard

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

8 NIGHTS in great quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

10 MEALS 8 breakfasts (B), 2 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Discover New England’s captivating treasures - historic Boston, charming Cape Cod and the allure of Martha’s Vineyard. Day 1 - UK to Boston Today, your tour of New England begins as you fly to Boston. On arrival we’ll transfer you to your hotel.

Day 2 - Boston to Falmouth You’ll get to know Boston this morning on a sightseeing tour with a local guide. We’ll stop at several highlights on the city’s Freedom Trail, famous sites and locations that tell the story of the American Revolution and beyond. There will be time for lunch in Cambridge and Harvard Square and later we’ll head to Falmouth on Cape Cod. (B)

elegant Edgartown and Oak Bluffs, with its colourful gingerbread cottages. We’ll then continue to Rhode Island for a two night stay. (B)

Day 5 - Newport On today’s visit to Newport, you’ll see why this scenic coastal town became the playground of the rich and famous, from the hugely wealthy families of the “Gilded Age” to more recently the Kennedy’s. You’ll stroll through the narrow streets of the Old Town and tour along Ocean Drive and “Millionaire’s Row” to see some of the summer homes built by America’s wealthiest families in the late 19th century including Rosecliff, where ‘The Great Gatsby’ and ‘High Society’ were filmed. If you wish to, you can join an optional visit to The Breakers, the most opulent mansion of them all. It was built by the Vanderbilt family and is a 70-room Italian Renaissance-style palazzo. Later you’ll have some free time to explore Brick Marketplace and the waterfront.

Day 3 - Cape Cod

(B)

Day 6 - Newport to New Hampshire

• Martha’s Vineyard visit

Today we will travel along the beautiful Cape Cod National Seashore, and stop at Chatham, one of the Cape’s most beautiful towns and home to the Chatham Light. Later, we’ll make our way to Provincetown, where you’ll find beautiful beaches, charming shops and an eclectic artisan community. Why not have lunch in one of the many tempting cafes here? (B)

• Visit Newport, Rhode Island

Day 4 - Falmouth to Newport

• New Bedford Whaling Museum

You’ll take a ferry to Martha’s Vineyard this morning. This delightful island is where celebrities and presidents, past and present, choose to take their holidays. We’ll take a tour of the island’s six small towns, which include

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Tour of Boston including the Freedom Trail • Cape Cod and Provincetown

• The White Mountains and Franconia Notch State Park • See iconic New England lighthouses • Visit the former ship-building town of Kennebunkport

Leaving Rhode Island today we’ll first head to the Atlantic Seaport of New Bedford. The town inspired Herman Melville to write Moby Dick and we’ll visit the New Bedford Whaling Museum to learn about this historic New England industry. Later our journey continues to Lake Winnipesaukee in New Hampshire. (B,D)

Day 7 - White Mountains You’ll see glorious New Hampshire countryside today. We’ll travel through the White Mountains, along the Kancamagus Scenic Byway, which winds through the heart of the National Forest and into Franconia Notch State Park. (B)

• Discover Ogunquit and the coast of Maine • Enjoy a traditional New England clambake • John F Kennedy Library and Museum

Optional experience • Tour of the opulent Breakers Mansion in Newport

Provincetown

New Hampshire

Memories to bring home Stand before Newport’s Gilded Age mansions opulent estates that ooze both aspiration and excess. Ornate facades framed by limestone columns and manicured grounds that sit behind wrought-iron gates all offer a glimpse into an era where fortunes echo through the architecture that still dominates the coastline today.

Portland Head lighthouse

Quincy Market, Boston

Day 8 - New Hampshire to Maine Before leaving New Hampshire today we’ll travel up to the Castle in the Clouds, an Arts and Crafts style mansion on a site with stunning views over the Lakes region and surrounding mountains. Later we’ll head east to coastal Maine. First settled in the 1600s, the seaport of Kennebunkport was known for its shipbuilding, and today you’ll see some of the town’s mansions, built by wealthy captains. Later we’ll head to Ogunquit, a charming beach town in southern Maine, where you’ll find quaint shops. At dinner this evening we’ll get a real flavour for the region with a traditional New England Clambake. (B,D)

Day 9 - Ogunquit to UK We leave Maine this morning, travelling south to Boston and the vibrant area around Quincy Market, where you’ll have time for a bite to eat at one of the fabulous food stalls. We’ll then visit the John F. Kennedy Library and Museum which traces the life and times of JFK through film and a series of interactive exhibits. Later we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Day 10 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

In the words of travellers

Lobster rolls

“On this tour, the distance covered and variety of destinations including charming towns like Falmouth, the impressive Martha’s Vineyard and the stunning foliage in the white mountains allowed for an unforgettable experience.” Judith Hayward

Departure dates & prices Oak Bluffs, Martha’s Vineyard

2026 DATES FROM £3,499 27 Sep

4 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £3,699 26 Sep

3 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Sep 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £845

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

New England, Canada & New York in The Fall 14 days from

£4,499† Start

CANADA

Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

QUEBEC

Transfers

Ottawa

MAINE

Montreal 2

ONTARIO

White Mountains National Forest NEW HAMPSHIRE VERMONT

Gilford 2

Boston 1 2 Plymouth Cape Cod

NEW YORK Toronto 2 Niagara Falls

1 Corning

MASSACHUSETTS

USA

2 New York

Witness New England’s dazzling fall foliage, iconic cities, and the majestic Niagara Falls. Day 1 - UK to Boston

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

12 NIGHTS in hotels of a good standard plus 1 night in flight

3 MEALS 2 breakfasts (B), 1 dinner (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Boston, including the Freedom Trail • Stay in Plymouth where the Mayflower pilgrims first landed • Cape Cod and Provincetown • Lake Winnipesaukee cruise • Drive along the Kancamagus Highway to see the splendid fall foliage • Explore the White Mountains of New Hampshire • Visit a Vermont Maple Farm • Sample sweet, sticky Maple Syrup from a local Vermont producer • Explore French-influenced Montreal • Ottawa, Canada’s elegant capital • Tour of Toronto, Canada’s premier city • Enjoy breathtaking views of Niagara Falls • Sightseeing tour of New York City • Stay at Times Square in the heart of Manhattan

Optional experience • Helicopter flight over Niagara Falls

There’s excitement in the air as you make your way to the airport and check-in for your flight to Boston in Massachusetts. When you arrive, we’ll transfer you to your hotel, which is located right in the heart of downtown Boston. After time to settle in and freshen up, we’ll meet for a welcome drink this evening.

Day 2 - Boston to Plymouth Join a Local Guide for a guided tour of Boston, the city known for the Boston Tea Party, a political protest over the Tea Act of 1773. This event rallied residents of the North American colonies to fight for independence from Great Britain, and you’ll learn more about this as we follow parts of the famous Freedom Trail this morning. The trail leads to a collection of historic sites including the Granary Burying Ground, where some of America’s most notable citizens have been laid to rest. You’ll also visit Beacon Hill, the city’s charming historic district and we’ll cross the water and head to Cambridge, home of the world-famous Harvard University. At lunchtime, we’ll make our way to the vibrant area around Quincy Market, where you’ll have time for a bite to eat at one of the fabulous food stalls. Later this afternoon we will make our way to Plymouth, our base for the next two nights.

Day 3 - Cape Cod A quintessential New England town, Plymouth is where America’s founding fathers first set foot in the New World in 1620. Our first stop on today’s trip is at the town’s Pilgrim Memorial State Park. We’ll see the Plymouth Rock, a boulder said to mark the spot where the pilgrims came ashore and a replica of the Mayflower ship. Next, we’ll Notre-Dame Basilica

visit Provincetown at the tip of Cape Cod. We’ll pass the National Seashore, a protected 40-mile stretch of pristine coastline on the way and when we arrive, you’ll have free time to explore. There’s an eclectic mix of art galleries, shops, restaurants and bars along Commercial Street; a perfect spot for lunch if you’re feeling hungry.

Day 4 - Plymouth to Lake Winnipesaukee We are going to head north to the Lakes Region in New Hampshire today and will take a cruise on shimmering Lake Winnipesaukee. Surrounded by hills, the lake’s forest-covered shoreline is dotted with small, picturesque towns and we’ll learn about the region’s history while enjoying amazing views of the fall colours.

Day 5 - White Mountains Today, we’ll venture into New Hampshire’s White Mountains. Our drive takes us along the scenic Kancamagus Highway, a beautiful stretch of road and one of the best places from which to see New England’s exceptional fall foliage. We’ll visit the beautiful town of North Conway before travelling deeper into the mountains to admire more sensational scenery. Gazing through the window, you’ll be amazed by the sheer scale of the spectacle as you take in views of towering mountains, hillsides and valleys swathed in a kaleidoscope of blazing colours. We’ll round off a fabulous day of sightseeing by enjoying dinner together this evening. (B,D)

Day 6 - Vermont to Montreal A journey by road gives you plenty more opportunity to soak up New England’s glorious scenery as we drive through the Green Mountains of Vermont. We’ll make a short visit to Montpelier to see the Vermont State House, the smallest state capital in the USA and stop at Morse Maple Farm to see how maple syrup is produced. We’ll then head to the lakefront city of Burlington, the perfect spot for lunch if you are feeling peckish, before continuing to the Canadian border and on to Montreal. This bilingual city occupies an island at the junction of the St Lawrence and Ottawa Rivers and has a real cosmopolitan feel. (B)

Day 7 - Montreal This morning, a sightseeing tour will introduce us to the cobbled streets and historic buildings of Old Montreal. We’ll also step inside the city’s most famous landmark, Notre-Dame Basilica, to admire its incredible decor of carved wood, sculptures and stained-glass windows. The rest of the day has been left free for you to explore Montreal at leisure. If you’re feeling energetic, you could climb the 250 or so steps to the summit of Mount Royal for stunning views of the city and beyond. A more sedate option 90

New Hampshire

is to admire the views from La Grande Roue de Montreal; Canada’s tallest observation wheel. The city also boasts an excellent selection of fine restaurants and open-air cafes, and an array of well-known stores and upmarket boutiques for those who fancy a spot of retail therapy. Your Holiday Director will be on hand to provide recommendations if you would like help planning your day.

Day 8 - Montreal to Toronto Our destination today is Toronto, but not before a stop in Canada’s capital city Ottawa. We’ll head to ByWard Market where you can grab a coffee and snack if you wish and then take a walk to see the highlights. Located on the Rideau Canal, Ottawa’s main attractions include the Parliament Buildings, The National War Memorial and the grand Fairmont Chateau Laurier hotel. We’ll continue to Toronto later where your hotel is perfectly located if you want to start exploring by yourselves this evening.

Day 9 - Toronto You’re going to discover the bustling metropolis of Toronto on a guided sightseeing tour that will finish at the base of the iconic, 553-metre-high CNTower. If you wish, you can take a high-speed lift to the tower’s main observation level where, on a clear day, the views of the city and surrounding area are incredible. Now you have your bearings, you’ll be keen to head off and explore more of the city independently, so this afternoon has been left free for you to do just that. You could perhaps browse the one-of-a-kind boutiques and eclectic array of galleries and restaurants in the Distillery District or take a harbour cruise for magnificent views of the city’s skyline.

Day 10 - Niagara Falls Today, we’re going to head to one of the greatest sights in the New World, the incredible Niagara Falls. Comprised of three separate waterfalls, Horseshoe Falls, American Falls and Bridal Veil Falls, you’ll have plenty of free time to explore and can choose how you want to view these thundering waters. At the Table Rock Centre, you can enjoy incredible close-up views and experience the spray of the falls from dry land. If you’re happy to get wet, a thrilling boat ride will take you right into the mist to experience the power of the falls from the river below. However, for the ultimate thrill, the chance to fly over Niagara Falls on an optional helicopter ride is an experience that’s hard to beat. Later we’ll cross the border back into the USA for an overnight stay in Corning, New York State.

Niagara Falls

Day 11 - Corning to New York We’re back on the road, heading to The Big Apple today. Our drive takes us through upstate New York and gives you another opportunity to admire the beautiful fall foliage. When we arrive in New York City, a Local Guide will accompany us on a tour of the iconic sights, including Times Square, Wall Street and Broadway.

Time for more NEW YORK 2 nights from £799 Extend your stay in New York City. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Your hotel is in the heart of Manhattan, ideal if you want to dine out this evening.

Day 12 - New York - Day at leisure You’re free to explore New York City at your leisure. With so many incredible things to do, it’s a good idea to check in with your Holiday Director for hints and tips on how to make the most of your day. You could start by admiring aerial views from one of the city’s tallest buildings; our favourites are the Empire State Building, Top of the Rock, and OneWorld Observatory. The 9/11 Memorial & Museum is an unmissable attraction telling the story of that tragic day in 2001 and honouring the lives of those who were lost. A ride on the Staten Island ferry is a great way to snap pictures of the Statue of Liberty and of course, a stroll around Central Park is a must. This evening, you could head to Chinatown or cosmopolitan Chelsea for dinner, or maybe take in a Broadway show.

Day 13 - New York to UK Enjoy a final morning exploring New York, before we drive to the airport for our overnight flight back to the UK.

Day 14 - UK You’ll arrive home today.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £4,499 1 Oct

4 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £4,749 16 Sep

3 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,650

FLIGHT CHOICES

Rockies, Rail & Alaskan Cruise 15 days from

£5,749† Glacier Bay

Start

Skagway

Finish

Juneau

Nights in hotel

ALASKA

Nights on cruise

BRITISH COLUMBIA

USA

Included trips

Inside Passage Ketchikan

Optional trips Transfers Rail

Cruise

CANADA

ALBERTA

Lake Louise Vancouver 2

1 Kamloops

2 1 Banff Calgary

Victoria USA

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers and other transportation

6 NIGHTS in great quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

7-NIGHT CRUISE 7 nights full board on Holland America Line’s Zaandam

25 MEALS 9 breakfasts (B), 9 lunches (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

SCENIC TRAIN 2-day rail journey on board Rocky Mountaineer in SilverLeaf Service.

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR (pre-cruise only)

Unleash the wonders of the west, featuring a ride on the thrilling Rocky Mountaineer and an unforgettable Alaskan cruise. Day 1 - UK to Calgary Your exciting holiday begins with a flight to Calgary. When we arrive, we’ll drive to our hotel, and then the rest of the day is yours to explore Calgary and relax after the journey.

Day 2 - Calgary to Banff This morning we will make our way to the town of Banff. On the way, we’ll pass through the spectacular scenery of the Rocky Mountains and tour Banff National Park, where staggering views appear at every turn. Snow-capped mountains, crystal-clear lakes, sparkling streams and swathes of forest are just some of the attractions in this stunning destination. The wildlife is equally as impressive, so look out for black and grizzly bears, wolves, elk and deer on land, then keep your eyes peeled for eagles, hawks and ospreys in the sky. When we arrive in Banff, you’ll have some free time to explore and have lunch if you wish. If you prefer organised sightseeing, we offer an optional cable car ride to the top of Sulphur Mountain.

Included highlights

Day 3 - Lake Louise

• Sightseeing tour of Banff National Park

Our first stop today is at Johnston Canyon, where we’ll take a short walk to see the waterfalls. Then, it’s on to the breathtaking Lake Louise, a glacial, jade-green lake set high in the mountains. Surrounded by dramatic, soaring peaks, it is described as one of Canada’s most beautiful locations, so be sure to have your camera ready. We’ll have plenty of time here and there are easy walking trails

• Discover the beauty of Lake Louise • Two-day journey on board Rocky Mountaineer in SilverLeaf Service • Enjoy fine Canadian cuisine on board Rocky Mountaineer • Cruise Alaska’s Inside Passage • Dock in the Alaskan capital of Juneau

to explore. Then, if you wish, you can end your time in Banff with one more unforgettable adventure. Why not take an optional helicopter flight over the Rockies for even more spectacular views!

Day 4 - Rocky Mountaineer The journey of a lifetime begins this morning as you step aboard the iconic Rocky Mountaineer train. Sit back, relax and take in the stunning views as you travel through the Canadian Rockies to Kamloops. You’ll enjoy SilverLeaf service, which includes seating in a single-level domed coach with oversized windows, giving you great viewing opportunities. Meals, snacks and drinks are all served at your seat, so all you have to do is enjoy. If you wish, you can upgrade to GoldLeaf service and have access to an exclusive outdoor viewing platform and a private dining room. After travelling over high mountain passes, through tunnels and along rocky lakeshores, you’ll disembark the train in Kamloops and stay in a hotel overnight. Don’t worry, your journey is not over and you will join the Rocky Mountaineer once again tomorrow. (B,L)

Day 5 - Rocky Mountaineer Another exciting day begins as you board the Rocky Mountaineer this morning. Take your seat and enjoy the views as you follow the course of the Thompson River and then the dramatic Canyons of the Fraser River. Keep a lookout for grizzly bears too as you enjoy a fascinating commentary from your onboard hosts. Your spectacular rail journey comes to an end in the beautiful city of Vancouver. (B,L)

Day 6 - Vancouver - Day at leisure Set amongst stunning natural scenery, the cosmopolitan city of Vancouver is surrounded by coastal waters, lush green forests and majestic snow-capped mountains. Enjoy a free day to relax and make your own discoveries.

• Visit the gold rush town of Skagway • Cruise Glacier Bay • Discover Ketchikan • Vancouver city tour

Optional experiences • Banff Gondola ride to the top of Sulphur Mountain • Helicopter ride over the Rockies • Victoria and the Butchart Gardens Pre-bookable excursions: A full programme of shore excursions will be available on your cruise.

Lake Louise

Glacier Bay

If you want to explore further afield, why not join our optional tour to Victoria, on Vancouver Island. You’ll travel by ferry to the capital of British Columbia, where you’ll visit the famous Butchart Gardens, considered to be one of the most spectacular floral show gardens in the world. You’ll then have free time to explore Victoria.

Your train

Your ship

ROCKY MOUNTAINEER

ZAANDAM

See page 94 for more information on your journey and for upgrade options on the iconic Rocky Mountaineer train.

Facilities include a selection of restaurants and bars, a show lounge, pools, spa and salon. See page 95 for more information. Cabin upgrade Your holiday price is based on an inside stateroom. If you would like to upgrade your stateroom please speak to a Holiday Advisor.

Day 7- Vancouver Your tour takes a new twist today, as we take you to Vancouver Harbour to join your cruise ship. Once you’ve unpacked and settled into your comfortable stateroom, the rest of the day is yours to enjoy the facilities on board. (L,D)

Day 8 - The Inside Passage Ahead lie days of luxurious relaxation and exploration as your ship traces the outline of one of North America’s most scenic coastal landscapes. Today will be spent cruising Alaska’s Inside Passage, a network of waterways set amid a stunning landscape of fjords and temperate rainforests. Make sure you spend plenty of time on deck keeping a watchful eye for wildlife. If you’re lucky you could see whales and seals in the water, eagles soaring overhead or brown bears on the shoreline. (B,L,D)

Day 9 - Juneau Early this afternoon we’ll dock in the Alaskan capital, Juneau, which stands on one of the largest wilderness areas of the United States. No roads lead into or out of the city, and it is surrounded by nature. Here, you can join an optional shore excursion for an adventure in the great outdoors. Perhaps you’ll choose a whale-watching tour in Auke Bay, a dog-sled adventure or a visit to the magnificent 13-milelong river of ice known as the Mendenhall Glacier (B,L,D)

Day 10 - Skagway This morning we arrive in Skagway, a lively relic of the Klondike Gold Rush. Thousands of stampeders set off from here when gold was discovered in 1896 and you can explore the frontier town at leisure today. As you wander along the wooden sidewalks, dipping in and out of preserved 19thcentury buildings, you’ll feel like you’ve stepped back in time. (B,L,D)

Day 11 - Glacier Bay Get ready for one of the scenic highlights of your cruise as we head to Glacier Bay, a pristine wilderness of mountains, forests, and glaciers. You’ll see enormous icebergs floating in the blue-green water, and if we’re lucky, we might catch sight of a glacier ‘calving’, sending tons of ice thundering into the bay. This area is a popular hangout for an incredible range of wildlife too, you might see humpback whales and sea otters in the water and brown bears on the remote, deserted shores. Remember to bring binoculars and don’t put your camera down for a minute! (B,L,D)

Day 12 - Ketchikan Today our journey takes us to Ketchikan, a quaint, town clinging to a mountainside. It’s a lovely place to explore and an important hub for the salmon industry. Perhaps you’ll join an optional excursion and try your luck at catching a salmon or simply sample some in a local restaurant. There’s also the option to admire beautifully carved totem poles at the Totem Heritage Centre and Totem Bight State Park. (B,L,D)

Day 13 - The Inside Passage It’s your final day on board, so take every opportunity to appreciate the amazing scenery as we cruise the Inside Passage back towards Vancouver. The deep fjords and islands shaped by nature offer views that will simply take your breath away. (B,L,D)

Day 14 - Vancouver to UK Your cruise comes to an end as you disembark the ship in Vancouver. You’ll then set off on a guided sightseeing tour of this beautiful city, taking in highlights including the historic Gastown district, bustling Chinatown and Stanley Park, one of the world’s biggest and best urban parks. After free time for lunch in Vancouver, we will take you to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Day 15 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Time for more VANCOUVER 2 nights from £400 Extend your stay in Vancouver and explore more of the city at your own pace. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Memories to bring home On a cruise in Glacier Bay, keep your eyes open, your binoculars close and your camera closer look out for whales breaching the surface and bears wandering the remote shoreline, listening out for a low rumble as glacial shards thunder into the blue-green water below.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £5,749 14 May

21 May

3 Sep

13 Sep

2027 DATES FROM £6,049 6 May

20 May

26 Aug

2 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,305

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Rocky

Experience the Rocky Mountaineer on Rockies, Rail & Alaskan Cruise, and Grand Tour of Canada & Rocky Mountaineer

Mountaineer

When it comes to iconic rail journeys, Rocky Mountaineer is right up there at the top of the list. Combining luxurious travel, the finest local cuisine and awesome scenery, it really is a trip of a lifetime! Glide past snow-capped peaks, mountain passes, rocky lake shores and the spectacular scenery of the Continental Divide. Twist your way through the remarkable Spiral Tunnels and pass by Craigellachie, the site of the ‘Last Spike’ of the Canadian Pacific Railway. Look out for incredible wildlife too, from elk to grizzly bears, seen at all angles from the glassdomed carriages. Rocky Mountaineer Hosts make the journey on board unforgettable. They will tell you stories about historic sites, flora and fauna, and point them out as you pass by, so make sure you’ve got your camera ready.

What to expect on board SilverLeaf as standard • A single-level dome coach with panoramic views through oversized windows. • Spacious seats recline and offer ample space for socialisation among guests • Up to three hosts • Regionally inspired menu, served at your seat • Complimentary beverages (alcoholic and non-alcoholic)

Upgrade to GoldLeaf • Bi-level, glass-domed coach offer panoramic views of passing scenery • Heated, spacious seats recline and can turn 180 degrees for more socialisation • Up to four hosts and three culinary team members • Outdoor viewing platform offering fantastic photo opportunities • Delicious meals served in your exclusive dining area on the lower level • Complimentary beverages (alcoholic and non-alcoholic) and gourmet snacks Speak to one of our Holiday Advisors to upgrade to GoldLeaf Service

94 94

An Alaskan

Experience an Alaskan Cruise on our Rockies, Rail & Alaskan Cruise tour.

Adventure

Holland America Line have been exploring Alaska longer than any other cruise line, before it even became a state, so there’s no better way to discover all this incredible part of the world has to offer. Each day you’ll awake surrounded by stunning landscapes, fantastic wildlife and quaint towns, explore it all with an exclusive itinerary and superior onboard service. You’ll have the opportunity to make the most of your luxurious ship’s facilities - taste delicious cuisine in one of the three dining venues or make use of the 24 hour room service, pick up a gift in one of the shops or treat yourself to a spa treatment. Learn about the sights you’ve seen and places you’ve visited at the EXC Talk lecture series, and listen to captivating stories told by local experts. In the evenings, take your seat at the World Stage for a sensational show.

What to expect on board Designed to carry fewer guests while offering greater space, Zaandam is elegant and comfortable. Her décor is inspired by music and features musical instruments including signed guitars from Queen, Iggy Pop, Eric Clapton and the Rolling Stones and a Baroque-style pipe organ.

Inside cabin as standard

Two lower beds convertible to one queen-size bed with plush Euro-Top mattresses, premium massage shower heads and a host of amenities are featured in these comfortable staterooms.

Upgrade to Ocean View

These expansive staterooms include two lower beds convertible to one queen-size bed with plush Euro-Top mattresses, premium massage shower heads, a host of amenities and an ocean view.

Upgrade to Vista Suite

With a veranda, floor-to-ceiling windows and comfortable sitting area, these comfortable suites are filled with light. They include two lower beds convertible to one queen-size bed with plush Euro-Top mattresses, plus a whirlpool bath and shower, mini-bar and refrigerator.

Upgrade to Neptune Suite

With floor-to-ceiling windows overlooking a private veranda, these spacious suites are flooded with light. They feature a large sitting area and two lower beds convertible to one king-size bed with plush Euro-Top mattresses. The bathroom comes with a dual-sink vanity, full-size whirlpool bath and shower, plus additional shower stall. Amenities include use of the exclusive Neptune Lounge, a private concierge and an array of complimentary services. Speak to one of our Holiday Advisors to upgrade your cabin

Grand Tour of Canada & The Rocky Mountaineer 17 days from

£6,799†

ALBERTA BRITISH COLUMBIA

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Flight

Kamloops Whistler 1 1

CANADA SASKATCHEWAN

Lake Louise 3 Banff

QUEBEC

Calgary

2 Vancouver

ONTARIO MANITOBA

Quebec City 1

2 Victoria

Ottawa 1

Vancouver Island

Transfers Rail

USA

Cruise

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

15 NIGHTS in great quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

5 MEALS 3 breakfasts (B), 2 lunches (L) and welcome drink

SCENIC TRAIN 2-day rail journey on board Rocky Mountaineer in SilverLeaf Service

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

TRAVELSPHERE CARES Learn about Canada’s First Nations at Squamish Lil’wat Cultural Centre

Included highlights • Quebec City, the only walled city in Canada • Explore Montreal with the iconic Notre-Dame Cathedral • City tour of Ottawa, the nation’s capital • Toronto, Canada’s premier city • 1000 Islands sightseeing cruise • Enjoy breathtaking views of Niagara Falls • Visit Niagara-on-the-Lake • Tour of Banff National Park • Lake Louise, one of Canada’s most beautiful sights • Step aboard the iconic Rocky Mountaineer for a two-day journey • Enjoy fine Canadian cuisine on board Rocky Mountaineer • Vancouver and Stanley Park with its famous totem poles • Victoria, the capital of British Columbia

1000 Islands Toronto 2 Niagara Falls

Part of the Royal Geographical Society Collection, this ultimate adventure across Canada includes a ride on the iconic Rocky Mountaineer. Day 1 - UK to Montreal Your epic Canadian adventure begins with a flight to Montreal. On arrival, we’ll drive you to your hotel where you can settle in and explore at leisure.

Day 2 - Montreal

This morning we will head to Ottawa and get our bearings on a tour when we arrive. Highlights include the impressive National War Memorial and the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier in Confederation Square, the beautiful grounds of Parliament Hill, the Rideau Canal and ByWard Market. After settling in at the hotel, you have a free evening in this great city.

Day 5 - Ottawa to Toronto This morning we will drive south to the St Lawrence River where it forms the border between Canada and the USA. Here we find the stunning 1000 Islands, a stretch of water that’s home to 1864 islands. We will explore the spectacular scenery of this unique archipelago on a sightseeing cruise before continuing our journey to Toronto.

Day 6 - Niagara Falls

Day 3 - Montreal to Quebec City

Day 7 - Toronto to Banff

This morning we’ll move on to Quebec City. We’ll see highlights including the iconic Château Frontenac, the Cathedral-Basilica of Notre-Dame and the star-shaped fortress, La Citadelle. Outside the city walls, we’ll head to the Plains of Abraham battle site, now a vast and spectacular park. To round off our tour, we’ll take in stunning views of the St Lawrence River from Dufferin Terrace, a wooden promenade that wraps around the Château Frontenac high above the river. The evening is spent at leisure in this magical city.

Today you’re heading west to the Rocky Mountains. We’ll fly to Calgary and then continue our journey by road. We’re heading to the vibrant town of Banff which nestles high in the mountains.

From the archives ‘Quebec from the Citadel’. Photographer: Vincent Clarence Scott O’Connor, c.1920s

Your day begins with a visit to Niagara-on-theLake. Often described as Ontario’s loveliest town, it is located in the heart of the wine-making region on the shores of Lake Ontario. Next we’re going to head to one of the greatest sights in the New World, the incredible Niagara Falls. You’ll have plenty of time to explore and can choose how you want to view these thundering waters.

Day 8 - Banff We’ll tour Banff National Park today, where snow mountains, crystal-clear lakes, sparkling streams and swathes of forest are just some of the highlights. There’s plenty to see and do during your free time in Banff, alternatively our optional excursions include a cable car ride to the top of Sulphur Mountain and an unforgettable helicopter flight over the Rockies.

Day 9 - Lake Louise Today we are going to the breathtaking Lake Louise, a glacial, jade-green lake set high in the mountains.

• Experience spectacular views of Vancouver Island from Malahat Skywalk

Day 10 - Rocky Mountaineer

Optional experiences • Victoria - Whale Watching in Victoria • Vancouver - North Shore • Banff Gondola

Day 4 - Quebec City to Ottawa

Today your sightseeing starts in earnest when you will discover the highlights of Montreal on a sightseeing tour. Located in the Frenchspeaking province of Quebec, Canada’s secondlargest city was named after Mount Royal, the triple-peaked hill at its heart. It boasts a wealth of 17th-century buildings, beautiful gardens, bustling street markets and open-air cafés, with its most iconic sight probably the magnificent Notre-Dame Cathedral. Why not explore at your own pace this afternoon.

• Vancouver Island’s beautiful Butchart Gardens

• 3 Sisters Peak Helicopter Flight

2 Montreal

Quebec from the Citadel

A once-in-a-lifetime journey begins this morning as you step aboard the iconic Rocky Mountaineer train. Sit back, relax, and take in the stunning views as you travel in style through the Canadian Rockies. You’ll enjoy SilverLeaf service, which includes seating in a single-level domed coach with oversized windows, giving you great viewing opportunities.

Sarandë

The Rocky Mountaineer

Toronto

Your train ROCKY MOUNTAINEER Your holiday includes a two-day journey on Rocky Mountaineer. On board, you will experience SilverLeaf Service. Upgrade to GoldLeaf Service You can upgrade to GoldLeaf Service and relax in even more comfort. Please see page 94 for more details.

You’ll disembark the train in Kamloops and stay in a hotel overnight. (B,L)

Day 11 - Rocky Mountaineer Another exciting day begins as you board the Rocky Mountaineer this morning and travel to the beautiful city of Vancouver. Keep a lookout for grizzly bears as you enjoy a fascinating commentary from your onboard hosts. (B,L)

From the archives ‘The scenery of the Rocky Mountains has a charm all its own’. J. Norman Collie 1912

Day 13 - Vancouver to Victoria We’re heading to Victoria on Vancouver Island, which we reach by ferry and an onward drive. When we arrive, we’ll visit the Butchart Gardens, considered to be one of the most spectacular floral show gardens in the world. We’ll see the highlights of Victoria on an included sightseeing tour this afternoon.

Day 14 - Victoria – Day at leisure You can soak up Victoria’s old-world charm at your own pace today as you explore at leisure. If you’re a wildlife enthusiast, you won’t want to miss today’s optional whale-watching excursion.

Day 15 - Victoria to Whistler As we leave Victoria behind, we’ll visit Vancouver Island’s Malahat Skywalk, a wooden treetop walkway leading to a spiral tower. Later, we’ll drive through stunning scenery on the Sea-toSky highway and make our way to the mountain resort of Whistler.

Day 16 - Vancouver to UK Sketch map of the Canadian Rocky Mountains by G.P. Baker and J. Norman Collie

This morning, you’ll learn about the cultural history of Whistler’s Indigenous people at the Squamish Lil’wat Cultural Centre, a museum, art gallery and café. Later we’ll drive back to the airport in Vancouver for our flight home. (B)

Day 12 - Vancouver

Day 17 - UK

Today, a sightseeing tour of Vancouver will introduce you to its many highlights including the Gastown district, Chinatown and Stanley Park. This afternoon is at leisure. Alternatively, you can join an optional excursion to Vancouver’s Northshore.

You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Time for more VANCOUVER 2 nights from £399 Extend your stay in Vancouver and explore more of the city at your own pace. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Travelsphere cares You’ll visit the Squamish Lil’wat Cultural Centre on day 16, which affords youth from reserves in the region transport for classes, and the chance to train in the hospitality industry through onsite museum and cultural tours. In partnership with

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £6,799 11 May

18 May

7 Sep

21 Sep

2027 DATES FROM £7,199 3 May

7 Jun

6 Sep

20 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,695

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Spectacular Rockies & Vancouver 12 days from

£3,799† BRITISH COLUMBIA

Yellow Head Pass

ALBERTA

Jasper Great Columbia Mount Robson 2 Icefield Blue River Lake Louise Kamloops 2 1 1 Banff Calgary Vancouver 2 CANADA

2 Victoria

Start Finish USA

Nights in hotel Included trips

Transfers Cruise

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers and other transportation

10 NIGHTS in great quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

3 MEALS 2 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR

Included highlights • Tour of Banff National Park • Discover the beauty of Lake Louise • Drive along the Icefields Parkway, stopping at the Columbia Icefield • Jasper, Maligne Lake and Maligne Canyon • Enjoy an authentic Canadian lunch in Jasper • Rockies river safari on the Blue River • Tour of Victoria, Vancouver Island • Visit Butchart Gardens • Vancouver city tour and Stanley Park

Optional experiences • Helicopter ride over the Rockies • Banff gondola ride to the top of Sulphur Mountain • Ice Explorer ride across the Athabasca Glacier • River rafting on the Athabasca River • Vancouver’s stunning North Shore • Vancouver Island whale watching trip

Explore the majestic Rocky Mountains and the vibrant city of Vancouver on a tour brimming with awe-inspiring scenery. Day 1 - Calgary Your exciting holiday begins with a flight to Calgary. When we arrive, we’ll drive to our hotel, where you’ll have time to relax after the journey and explore Calgary at leisure. We recommend you head up to the observation deck of the Calgary Tower, more than 150 metres above the city. On a bright day, you’ll enjoy incredible views as far as the Rocky Mountains, what a fantastic way to start your trip! Later, we’ll get together for a welcome drink at the hotel.

Day 2 - Calgary to Banff

Lake Louise, a glacial, jade-green lake set high in the mountains. Surrounded by dramatic, soaring peaks, it is described as one of Canada’s most beautiful locations, so be sure to have your camera ready. We’ll have plenty of time here and there are easy walking trails to explore if you want to appreciate the beauty of the lake from a different viewpoint. Then, if you wish, you can end your time in Banff with one more unforgettable adventure. Why not take an optional helicopter flight over the Rockies for even more spectacular views!

Day 4 - Banff to Jasper At times, the Banff - Jasper Highway climbs to more than 2,000 metres above sea level, and the mountain ranges flanking it soar to more than 3,000 metres. Today, we’re going to travel along this iconic route, known as the Icefields Parkway, pausing along the way to take in the views.

This morning we will make our way to the town of Banff. On the way, we’ll pass through the spectacular scenery of the Rocky Mountains and tour Banff National Park, where staggering views appear at every turn. Snow-capped mountains, crystal-clear lakes, sparkling streams and swathes of forest are just some of the attractions in this stunning destination. The wildlife is equally as impressive too, so look out for black and grizzly bears, wolves, elk and deer on land, then keep your eyes peeled for eagles, hawks and ospreys in the sky.

Before we arrive in Jasper, we’re going to stop at the Great Columbia Icefield. Covering 89 square miles and with ice as deep as 365 metres, you’ll have free time to admire this breathtaking sight at leisure. If you’re up for an adventure, an optional Ice Explorer ride to the Athabasca Glacier is highly recommended. Travelling in a purpose-built, all-terrain vehicle, you’ll learn about the history of this ever-changing wonder and have an opportunity to walk on the 10,000-year-old sheet of ice.

When we arrive in Banff, you’ll have some free time to explore and have lunch if you wish. There’s plenty to see and do here, you could perhaps take a scenic walk along the town’s trails or browse the shops for souvenirs. If you prefer organised sightseeing, we offer an optional ride by cable car to the top of Sulphur Mountain.

Day 5 - Jasper

Day 3 - Lake Louise Our first stop today is at Johnston Canyon, where we’ll take a short walk to see the waterfalls. Then, it’s on to the breathtaking

A former railroad town, Jasper is now known for its breathtakingly beautiful national park. You’re going to discover its incredible highlights today, including Maligne Lake, renowned for its spectacular azure waters and Maligne Canyon with its spectacular waterfalls and scenic bridges. During our time at Maligne Canyon, we’ll stop at the Wilderness Kitchen where a lunch of distinctly Canadian produce will be served. Back in the town of Jasper, this afternoon has been left free for you to relax – maybe by browsing the shops or sipping a locally brewed beer. Alternatively choose to join us on an optional excursions to take in the amazing scenery on an exhilarating Athabasca River rafting experience. (B,L)

Day 6 - Jasper to Kamloops Our journey to Kamloops in British Columbia takes us over Yellow Head Pass, past Mount Robson – the highest peak in the Canadian Rockies – and along the Trans-Canada Highway. The scenery may be spectacular but the highlight of your day is sure to be our stop at Blue River for an exciting Rockies river safari. This once-in-a-lifetime cruise will take you through Grizzly Bear Valley on the lookout for an array of 98

Maligne Lake, Jasper

wildlife including moose, eagles, ospreys and, of course, grizzly bears. Our overnight hotel in Kamloops has a convenient, downtown location, ideal if you want to head out for dinner this evening. (B)

Day 7 - Kamloops to Victoria The ferry terminal is where we’re heading this morning on a journey which takes us once again through the rugged scenery of the Rocky Mountains. Our ferry will take us to Vancouver Island and then we’ll travel by road to Victoria, the provincial capital of British Columbia. This fabulous city is often said to resemble an old English town, with its narrow streets and grand buildings. We’ll get our bearings and see its highlights on a sightseeing tour when we arrive.

Day 8 - Victoria – Day at leisure You can soak up Victoria’s old-world charm at your own pace today as you explore at leisure. Maybe you’ll head to the renowned Royal BC Museum or visit one of the city’s craft breweries for a tasting. If you’re a wildlife enthusiast, you won’t want to miss today’s optional whale-watching excursion. The waters around Vancouver Island offer the ideal opportunity to get closer to the delights of the natural world and there’s a chance you’ll see orca, or killer whales, in their natural environment.

Rocky Mountains

Time for more VANCOUVER 2 nights from £399 Extend your stay in Vancouver and explore more of the city at your own pace. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Day 9 - Victoria to Vancouver Your morning tour takes you to the famous Butchart Gardens, considered to be one of the most spectacular floral show gardens in the world. Established on the site of a former limestone quarry, the displays include an impressive collection of roses, and plants from as far afield as Japan and the Mediterranean. Later, we return to the mainland by ferry and travel by road to Vancouver. This city boasts an idyllic setting, where the ocean meets the mountains, and you’ll see its highlights this afternoon. Your sightseeing tour will take you to the city’s historic core, known as ‘Gastown’, and then on to bustling Chinatown and Stanley Park with its famous totem poles. Our centrally located hotel is just steps away from some fabulous restaurants, so why not head out and see what’s on offer for dinner. Your Holiday Director will be happy to point you in the right direction if you would like a recommendation.

Alternatively, if you’d like to join an optional excursion, come with us to Vancouver’s North Shore. Here you’ll see the spectacular Capilano Suspension Bridge and take a cable-car ride up Grouse Mountain. On a sunny day the views of the city, the snow-capped mountains of Washington State and Vancouver Island are simply breathtaking.

Day 11 - Vancouver to UK Enjoy a little more free time in Vancouver before we drive you to the airport for your flight home.

Day 10 - Vancouver – Day at leisure

Day 12 - UK

It’s the last full day of your holiday and you’re free to do as you please in Vancouver. You could explore what culinary treats are on offer at Granville Island’s Public Market, check out a museum or head to one of the large shopping malls for some retail therapy.

After an overnight flight, you’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £3,799 25 May

7 Sep

28 Sep

2027 DATES FROM £3,999 14 Jun

6 Sep

27 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Sep 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £965

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Rockies Winter Wonderland 9 days from

£2,699† Jasper 2

Start Finish Nights in hotel Transfers

CANADA

ALBERTA

2 Lake Louise

BRITISH COLUMBIA

3 Banff

Calgary

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 NIGHTS in great quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

5 MEALS 5 breakfasts (B) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR

Included highlights • Banff National Park tour • Banff Gondola ride • Horse-drawn sleigh ride • Relax in Banff ’s hot springs • Jasper National Park tour • Stay in the Fairmont Chateau Lake Louise • Lake Louise fire-pit drinks

Optional experiences • Snowshoeing on Lake Louise • Maligne Canyon Icewalk

100

Snow-capped peaks, frozen waterfalls, and magical sleigh rides create an unforgettable winter paradise in the Canadian Rockies.

Day 3 - Banff

Your winter escape starts with a flight to Calgary and on arrival we’ll transfer you to Banff. The rest of the day is free for you to spend at leisure.

There can be no better way to travel through a snowy landscape than on a horse-drawn sleigh, and that’s the plan today. You’ll be treated to magnificent views as you listen to the jingle of sleigh bells on this unforgettable journey. Later, you can warm up – and soak up some history – when you visit Banff’s natural hot springs. They’re located in an historic spa and bathhouse but with lovely modern amenities. As you relax in the soothing hot waters of a mountain spring, you can take in views of snow-covered peaks in every direction. (B)

Day 2 - Banff

Day 4 - Banff to Jasper

This morning, we’ll explore UNESCO-listed Banff National Park. Nestled in the heart of the Rockies, this incredible wilderness is home to snowy mountains, glistening glaciers and ice-covered lakes. You’ll see vast swathes of pine forest, where wolves, elk and deer roam free, so keep your eyes peeled. Other scenic highlights are the Hoodoos of Bow Valley, imposing spires of rock carved by wind and water, and the sensational views at Surprise Corner. You’ll then take a ride on the Banff Gondola. This cable car takes you to the top of Sulphur Mountain for unrivalled views of Banff and six scenic mountain ranges.

You can sit back and take in more stunning scenery today as we journey by road to Jasper, a former railroad town. At this time of year its national park is described as a Christmas card come to life, with its snow-dusted evergreens and frozen waterfalls. You’ll get to see it for yourself tomorrow. But for now, just relax and enjoy your hotel’s facilities, or head into town to one of its many cosy bars or restaurants. (B)

Day 1 - UK to Calgary

The rest of the day is yours to do as you please. Perhaps you’ll decide to take advantage of your hotel’s facilities or maybe take a stroll around Banff. There’s a great selection of bars and restaurants just a short walk away, where a warm welcome and possibly a roaring fire await. (B)

Day 5 - Jasper Jasper National Park has been deemed by the World Heritage Committee to be among the most significant sights on earth. Today’s the day that you get to explore for yourself and see what all the fuss is about! It is home to abundant wildlife, shimmering glaciers, crystal-clear lakes, thundering waterfalls and evergreen forests. And all this is surrounded by rugged snow-capped mountain peaks. We’ll take all these wonderful

Banff Town

Snowshoeing on Lake Louise

Sulphur mountain

Your feature hotel FAIRMONT CHATEAU LAKE LOUISE Steeped in history, this iconic hotel has sat on the shores of Lake Louise for over 100 years, surrounded by rugged mountains and the mighty Victoria Glacier. Originally a one-storey log cabin, the hotel has evolved over the years to become a luxurious mountain resort and your holiday includes a two night stay here. Hotel facilities include a choice of restaurants and bars, spa and health club featuring indoor heated pool, whirlpool, steam room and fitness centre. The well-appointed guest bedrooms feature en-suite facilities, coffee-maker, kettle, hairdryer and TV. Room upgrade Call to speak to one of our Holiday Advisors about a room upgrade.

sights in before you have the option to join a thrilling winter adventure on our optional excursion. In the company of a Local Guide you’ll head off on an icewalk in the Maligne Canyon. As we head to the bottom of this deep gorge, we’ll see frozen waterfalls, ice caves and incredible ice formations. You’ll also learn about the spectacular landscape of the Maligne Valley and hear tales about the mysterious ‘disappearing’ Medicine Lake. (B)

Day 6 - Jasper to Lake Louise Today we travel to picture-perfect Lake Louise, said by many to be one of the most beautiful places in Canada. This glacial, jade-green lake is situated high in the mountains surrounded by towering peaks on all sides. Our hotel for the next two nights, the stunning Fairmont Chateau, is situated in an enviable position right next to its shores. Built more than 100 years ago as a base for outdoor enthusiasts and alpinists, it has played a part in the colourful history of the Rockies. This evening is yours to enjoy everything this luxury resort has to offer. (B)

Day 7 - Lake Louise – Day at leisure How you spend today is entirely up to you. You might choose to stay exactly where you are and revel in your hotel’s excellent facilities and wonderful surroundings. Another way to spend some time is on an amazing optional excursion which takes you on a snowshoeing tour of Lake Louise. This ancient and efficient mode of transport simply involves wearing specially designed snowshoes which distribute your weight over a larger area. This allows you to walk on the

Bow Falls

Departure dates & prices snow with ease, without sinking into it. Tonight we’ve a real treat in store, as we settle down by an outdoor fire-pit to enjoy a drink together.

Day 8 - Calgary to UK After some free time this morning, we’ll transfer you to Calgary for your flight back to the UK.

Day 9 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today. Please note: We want you to get the most from your holiday with us so please be advised that this tour requires a good degree of physical fitness and is not suitable for anyone with limited mobility.

2026 DATES FROM £2,699 14 Jan

4 Feb

2027 DATES FROM £2,849 20 Jan

3 Feb

† Price of tour departing in Jan 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £670

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

101

The Best of Costa Rica 12 days from

£3,699†

Start Finish Nights in hotel

NICARAGUA

Included trips Optional trips

Ecotermales Hot Springs

Transfers

Muelle de San Carlos COSTA RICA

Forest Walk

2 Tortuguero Park

Monteverde

Penas Blancas San José

Monteverde Cloud Forest

2 Manuel Antonio

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

10 NIGHTS in lodges and 3 & 4-star hotels plus 1 night in flight

16 MEALS 10 breakfasts (B), 3 lunches (L), 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR TRAVELSPHERE CARES Visit the Mi Cafecito Coffee Tour

Included highlights • Tour of San José, Costa Rica’s vibrant capital • Try a Casado in San Jose - a Costa Rican staple • Tortuguero National Park, including boat trip • Visit the Hanging Bridges of Arenal • Explore Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve • Visit Carara National Park • Visit Manuel Antonio National Park

Optional experiences • Visit the Ecotermales Hot Springs with dinner • ‘Safari Float’ boat trip • Enjoy a night walk in the Monteverde Forest

From vibrant wildlife to majestic volcanoes, Costa Rica will enchant and delight nature-lovers This journey from the Caribbean to Pacific Coasts showcases Costa Rica in all its glory. Day 1 - UK to San José Make your own way to the airport for your flight to San José. We will transfer you to your hotel on arrival.

Day 2 - San José to Tortuguero Today you’re heading to Tortuguero National Park, home to an array of wildlife including monkeys, sloths, crocodiles and caymans. Our journey takes us through the Braulio Carrillo National Park and across the Continental Divide, where you’ll take in breathtaking views of primary forests. Towards the end of your journey, we will transfer you to your lodge by boat. This afternoon you’ll learn all about sea turtles when we visit the Tortuguero Village and the Caribbean Conservation Museum. (B,L,D)

Day 3 - Tortuguero National Park Today you will discover Tortuguero National Park, which sits in the heart of the jungle. It’s one of the best places in Central America to observe turtles nesting up close, and you will experience this remote rainforest on a boat trip through jungle-sheltered canals. (B,L,D)

Day 4 - Tortuguero National Park to Muelle de San Carlos After breakfast we leave Tortuguero by boat and then drive to the village of Muelle de San Carlos. We’ll stop at a restaurant for lunch on the way, and then visit ‘Mi Cafecito Coffee Tour’ in the afternoon. During our tour of this community coffee plantation, we will gain

an insight into the lives of Costa Rica’s coffee producers. There will also be an opportunity to sample the coffee and purchase some to take home as a souvenir. When we arrive in Muelle de San Carlos, the rest of the day will be free for you to relax and enjoy the facilities at the hotel. You could take a dip in the swimming pool or perhaps enjoy a drink with your travelling companions. (B,L)

Travelsphere cares When you book this holiday you are helping us to support the Mi Cafecito Coffee Tour. Mi Cafecito is a successful tourism and agriculture co-op. You’ll learn about the lives of Costa Rica’s coffee producers and sample the coffee. See website for more details. In partnership with

Day 5 - Muelle de San Carlos Enjoy a day relaxing or join our optional excursions. This morning, you can choose to join our optional excursion, Safari Float on the Caño Negro River. This is a leisurely paddle along the river spotting wildlife and plant life as we go. And, this afternoon there is the opportunity to join our excursion to the La Fortuna Hot Springs which has dinner included. The hot springs are naturally heated and set within a beautiful surrounding - perfect for relaxing! (B)

Day 6 -Muelle de San Carlos to Monteverde After breakfast we will begin our journey to Monteverde, on the way we will visit the Hanging Bridges of Arenal. Explore the rainforest on a walking trail which crosses 15 bridges, six of which are hanging in the rainforest canopy, offering a spectacular view of the scenery below. Keep your eyes peeled - more than 250 species of bird live in this rainforest reserve along with a vast array of reptiles, mammals and insects. American Quakers set up the Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve in the 1950s and now it’s home to many different species of birds and mammals, including the howler monkey and you may be lucky enough to spot abundant wildlife. This evening you could choose to join our optional guided forest walk excursion. (B)

Day 7 - Monteverde

Hanging Bridges of Arenal

102

Early this morning we will go on a guided tour through the Monteverde National Reserve. Only 1% of all remaining forests on the planet are classified as cloud forests, so our visit to one today is a real privilege. Within the reserve, over 30 species of orchid that were new to science at the time of their discovery have been found! (B)

Arenal volcono

In the words of travellers Day 8 - Monteverde to Manuel Antonio After breakfast at our hotel we will drive to Manuel Antonio. On the way we will stop at Carara National Park. Established in 1978 as a biological reserve, it is known as a haven for birds with scarlet macaws, motmots and several species of trogon all frequenting the national park. (B)

Day 9 - Manuel Antonio

Mi Cafecito

“We had a superb holiday and saw so much wildlife, especially birds. It is the perfect holiday for wildlife and photography enthusiasts!” Neil Smith

Blue Morpho

Although the smallest national park in Costa Rica, Manuel Antonio National Park is one of the most beautiful and diverse, today we will visit it. Be sure to keep your eyes peeled for the rare squirrel monkeys that call the park home! (B)

Day 10 - Manuel Antonio to San Jose Today we will travel to San José, the capital of Costa Rica. We’ll introduce you to sights such as the National Theatre and the Gold Museum. Then, when you have your bearings, the rest of the day is yours to do as you please. This evening, enjoy dinner at a local restaurant and sample typical Costa Rican cuisine. Why not try a casado, a popular dish of rice, black beans, salad, plantains and a tortilla. The name casado means “married man” in Spanish, and is thought to originate from restaurant customers who asked to be treated like ‘casados’, since married men ate such meals at home. (B,D)

Day 11 - San Jose to UK Today we’ll transfer you to the airport in San José for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Day 12 - UK It’s time to bid farewell to your fellow travellers as you arrive back in the UK today.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £3,699 7 Mar

21 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £3,899 6 Mar

20 Nov

† Price of tour departing in Mar 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £590

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

103

Galapagos Island Hopping 14 days from

£5,799†

Mitad Del Mundo GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

Mindo

Santa Cruz 2 2

Isabela Island

Otavalo 4 Quito

ECUADOR

2 San Cristobal

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Flight Transfers Cruise

Your holiday includes

The holiday of a lifetime for nature lovers. Explore Ecuador’s cloud forest and stay on three of the Galapagos Islands. Day 1 UK to Quito

from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Today, your wildlife adventure begins with your flight to Quito. On arrival in Quito we’ll transfer you to your hotel.

12 NIGHTS

Day 2 Quito - Day at leisure

in great quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

Located high in the Andes, 9,000 feet above sea level, you may need a little time to acclimatise, so today you’re free to relax and explore at your leisure. You could take a stroll through the UNESCO-listed Old Town or, for a fabulous panoramic view of the city, we recommend you head to El Panecillo.

RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION

26 MEALS 11 breakfasts (B), 10 lunches (L), 5 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Otavalo Market • Visit a working chocolate farm • Search for hummingbirds in Alambi Cloud Forest • Hike through the Mindo Cloud Forest • Mitad del Mundo, the Equator line • See giant tortoises at a private ranch • Tintoreras snorkelling and hike to see marine iguanas • Charles Darwin Research Station • San Cristóbal Interpretation Centre and Frigatebird Hill • Snorkelling at Kicker Rock • Try a typical Ecudorian coastal dish (Encocado de pescado) on Isabela island

Optional experience • Los Tuneles snorkelling

Day 3 Otavalo Today we travel to the market in Otavalo, considered to be one of the biggest and best in South America. It’s a few hours drive from Quito, so en-route we’ll stop at Mira Lago to admire stunning views of San Pablo Lake and the nearby volcanoes. Otavalo Market has lots of colourful textiles and handicrafts on offer, so you might want to have a go at bargaining for a few souvenirs. Next we’ll head to Cotacachi, a laid-back town famous for its leather. The main street is packed with shops selling jackets, shoes, wallets and more, so be warned, you might be tempted to treat yourself! (B,L,D)

Day 4 Quito to Mindo Today we’re heading to the Mindo Cloud Forest, an area of spectacular scenery and wildlife. Our first stop is a chance to catch a glimpse of the small, interesting bird that enjoys the cloud forest climate – the hummingbird. The Alambi Cloud Forest is home to dozens of species of hummingbirds and is probably the best place in Ecuador to see them, along with a wide variety Iguanas

of other interesting species. You’ll get so close to the hummingbirds that you’ll feel and hear their wings fluttering right beside you! Our adventure continues by visiting El Quetzal de Mindo, you’ll see cocoa trees and have a peek at a working chocolate farm. Learn about how Ecuadorian chocolate is made, and try some samples! You may want to try the locally made craft beer as well. This afternoon, take a hike through the cloud forest, a great way to enjoy more of the spectacular scenery and wildlife. With our afternoon hike in the jungle complete, we’ll head back to the hotel for a local dinner. (B,L,D)

Day 5 Mindo to Quito Our adventure continues this morning as we will be visiting a butterfly garden where there are more than 1,000 species including the owl eye, the blue morpho and the Mariposas butterfly. We’ll learn about the life cycle of a butterfly and may get an up-close look at some friendly butterflies that might land on an outstretched finger! After lunch, we’ll travel back to Quito, but not before visiting the ‘Middle of the World’ at Intiñan. This famous site straddles the Equator and has a very informative museum dedicated to the 0 degree line of Latitude. There’s time to relax before we get together for dinner and a briefing about tomorrow’s journey to the Galapagos Islands. You may be provided with a duffle bag for your belongings - all luggage is inspected on arrival at Galapagos and duffle bags make this process easier. (B,L)

Day 6 Quito to Santa Cruz Today we fly to the Galapagos Islands. A Local Guide will meet us when we arrive on Santa Cruz, and the sightseeing starts straight away. We’ll make our way to a private ranch in the Highlands, where giant tortoises are free to roam. Whilst enjoying lunch keep an eye out for the birds - many species can be spotted here, including the Galapagos mockingbird. Later we will transfer you to your hotel and there’s time to relax before dinner. (B,L)

Day 7 Santa Cruz Island to Isabela Island This morning we’ll transfer by boat to Isabela Island and make our way to the little town of Puerto Villamil. Once we’ve arrived and settled in we’ll have a practice snorkeling session to help us prepare and test our gear for the afternoon activity. This afternoon, after lunch we’ll board our panga for the Tintoreras tour. This small boat tour of Isabela’s bay includes a short cruise along the coast, a snorkel and a walk on Tintoreras Islet. It’s our best chance to see the Galapagos Penguin along with pelicans, and hopefully blue-footed boobies! The snorkeling is done in a sheltered area, where you may spot colourful tropical fish, sea lions, starfish, urchins, rays,

104

Galapagos Islands

turtles and perhaps even sharks. On Tintoreras Islet, we’ll hop off for a short walk on this lavaladen land, which is home to nesting marine iguanas and scurrying lava lizards. This evening you will head to a local restaurant for dinner where you can try the national dish of Ecuador, typical on the coast - Encocado de pescado fish in coconut sauce. (B,L,D)

(B,L)

Day 8 Isabela

Day 11 San Cristóbal

You’re free to enjoy a lazy morning if you wish. However, if you enjoy snorkelling our optional excursion to Los Tuneles is a must. You’ll head to one of the best snorkelling spots in the Galapagos for a chance to explore underwater lava tunnels teeming with marine life. Look out for reef sharks, sea turtles, sea horses and more.

You’re going to take a cruise along the coast and hopefully catch a glimpse of San Cristóbal’s fabulous marine life today. Keep a lookout for birds including the great frigate and blue-footed booby, before the captain drops anchor for your first snorkel of the day. Take to the water and perhaps you’ll spot damselfish, pufferfish, and maybe even sea lion pups. Then it’s on to Kicker Rock, where the remains of a volcanic tuff cone rises 143 metres from the ocean. Snorkelling a channel between the rocks, you might be lucky enough to see spotted eagle rays, chocolate chip starfish, sea turtles and Galapagos sharks.

This afternoon there will be a highlight of the whole trip as we will visit the Giant Tortoise Breeding Centre. This conservation centre houses almost 1,000 of these creatures in different stages of development and is helping to protect them from extinction. (B,L)

Day 9 Santa Cruz There’s an exciting morning ahead, as we set off on a hike up the Sierra Negra volcano. Sierra Negra is one of the most active volcanoes in Galapagos; its last eruption was in October 2005. Then we will make our way to the Volcano, and as we hike to the perimeter of the caldera, we’ll be on the lookout for bird species found only in the highlands like the bright red vermillion flycatcher and the elusive short-eared owl. Once we reach the rim, we’ll be met with a 9km view that stretches across one of the most active calderas in the world. We’ll make our way back to town early afternoon. Later, we’ll travel back to Santa Cruz by boat, and after dinner you might want to stroll down to the waterfront with your fellow travellers. At night the locals can often be found playing Ecua-volley, or Ecuadorian volleyball, which is always fun to watch. (B,L)

Day 10 San Cristóbal Your adventure continues with a visit to the Charles Darwin Research Station, where we’ll learn more about efforts to conserve several species of the giant tortoise. Lonesome George was perhaps the most famous Galapagos tortoise. His species, the Pinta Island tortoise, became extinct when he died in 2012 and he was preserved by expert taxidermists. You’ll see him on display at the centre. We’ll travel to another island, San Cristóbal, by boat this afternoon. After checking into our hotel, we’re going to walk to the Interpretation Centre. Here you’ll learn about the history of the archipelago, Charles Darwin’s famous visit in the 19th century and today’s work to protect the

amazing landscapes. Afterwards you can make your own discoveries. Hiking trails take you to Frigatebird Hill, and if you climb it you may be rewarded with close-up views of the birds - they have a distinctive w-shaped silhouette and are able to glide for hours without flapping their wings. This evening is yours to do as you please.

After a busy morning you’ll be ready for lunch on board. Then we’re going to stop at a beautiful beach accessible only by boat – a little slice of paradise and the perfect place to relax. (B,L,D)

Day 12 Quito It’s your final day in the Galapagos and you’re free to spend it at leisure. Perhaps head to the beach for one last swim, or shop for some lastminute souvenirs. Later, we’ll drive the short distance to the airport for our flight back to Quito. We’ll round off our holiday with a farewell dinner this evening. (B,L,D)

Day 13 Quito to UK You’re adventure comes to an end today as we transfer you to the airport ready for your return flight back to the UK. (B)

Day 14 UK You will arrive in the UK today. Please note: To experience the best of the islands and their wildlife, this holiday requires a significant amount of walking. During this tour you will travel to altitudes of over 9,000ft where altitude sickness can occur. If you suffer from heart or respiratory conditions, or have any other concerns, please consult your doctor. Island Taxes of approximately $230 including Galapagos National Park entrance fee are not included in the cost of your holiday and will be payable locally upon arrival in Galapagos. Hotels in the Galapagos Islands are generally more basic than those found on the mainland of Ecuador, and all properties used have been chosen due to location and optimised for the itinerary.

Blue footed booby

In the words of travellers

“Ecuador has many experiences to enjoy and the Galapagos Islands were on another level - Just awesome and a privilege to be there.” Robin Merritt

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £5,799 23 Apr

15 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £6,099 22 Apr

14Oct

† Price of tour departing in Apr 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £485

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

105

Wonders of Peru

NEW

Machu Picchu & Amazon Adventure

for 2026

14 days from

£4,299†

PERU

Lima 3 PACIFIC OCEAN

BRAZIL

Machu Picchu 2 Sacred Valley 3 Amazon Rainforest Cuzco 2

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

BOLIVIA

2 Puno

Lake Titicaca

Flight Transfers Rail

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

12 NIGHTS in 3 and 4-star hotels and lodges plus 1 night in flight

20 MEALS 12 breakfasts (B), 4 lunches (L), 4 dinners (D)

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

TRAVELSPHERE CARES Visit the Planeterra Ccaccaccollo Women’s Weaving Co-operative

Included highlights • Guided tour of Lima, ‘City of Kings’ • Stay in the Amazon Rainforest • Twilight jungle walk • Go in search of wildlife at Lake Sandoval • Enjoy the views from the Inkaterra Canopy Walkway • Explore the ‘Lost City’ of Machu Picchu • Cuzco walking tour • Discover the Sacsayhuaman ruins • Lake Titicaca with the Uros and Tequile islands

Follow in the footsteps of intrepid adventurers as you explore Peru’s captivating cities, Inca ruins and the dense rainforest.

to the city’s port to travel by boat to your riverside lodge – your home for the next three nights. Keep an eye out for river wildlife and an array of different bird species before you arrive at the lodge. You will have time to freshen up before this afternoon’s activity - a twilight walk through the jungle.

Day 1 - UK to Lima

This evening, enjoy dinner in this wonderful setting, listen as the sound of the jungle comes to life at dusk. (B,L,D)

Today you will start your Peruvian adventure as you travel from the UK to the ‘City of Kings’, Lima

Day 2 - Lima You will get to know Lima today on an included tour. The city is splendidly positioned overlooking the Pacific Ocean. Known as the ‘City of Kings’ it was founded in 1535 by the Spanish Conquistador, Francisco Pizarro, and eventually became the capital of the whole Spanish colony. One highlight of your tour is the main square, where you will find the Presidential Palace, the cathedral and the Metropolitan City Hall. A lot of the architecture you will see has changed little since the 17th century, while the influence of the Incas and native Indians is also in evidence. This afternoon has been left for your own exploration. Perhaps head to the shopping and dining area of Larcomar or wander the enticing Miraflores and Barranco districts. (B)

Day 3 – Lima to Amazon Jungle Today is the start of your jungle experience in Peru. You will travel from Lima to the frontier town of Puerto Maldonado, deep in the Amazon rainforest. Then you will be transferred

From the archives ‘Camping on the Amazons’. Illustration from ‘Central America, the West Indies and South America’ by Henry Walter Bates, 1878.

Day 4 - Amazon Jungle This morning you will walk along a sun-dappled rainforest trail to visit Lake Sandoval, a glassy, ox-bow lake, flanked by picture-perfect palms and located inside the protected Tambopata National Reserve. This serene lake is home to many species of birds, the endangered giant river otter, red howler monkeys, red-bellied macaws, anacondas, side-neck turtles and black caimans amongst others. Step aboard a dug-out wooden canoe to gently glide along the lake’s shoreline keeping your eyes peeled for the vast array of wildlife. You will return to the lodge in time for lunch. In the afternoon, take the opportunity to climb the 42 metre tower for the exhilarating Inkaterra Canopy Walkway, built using ecological materials, you will navigate a network of bridges, towers and platforms that allow you to observe the rainforest from the treetops - keep an eye out for toucans, woodpeckers, trogons, monkeys and the three-toed sloth. After descending, enjoy a 30-minute Anaconda Walk that follows a 200-metre raised wooden platform over a flooded aguajales swamp. In this lush ecosystem you may observe various species of amphibians, birds, mammals, abundant flora and interesting trees. (B,L,D)

Day 5 - Amazon Jungle A treat is in store today as you explore the main river and some of the smaller tributaries. You will visit an area set aside by local families to harvest fruit before venturing to a creek with abundant flora and fauna - keep your eyes peeled for piranhas, caimans and maybe an elusive jaguar! You will return to the lodge for lunch and a rest before you get the torches out for another night-time walk in the lodge’s own ecological reserve. Keep an eye out for owls, capybaras and caimans in the jungle and on the banks of the river. (B,L,D)

Day 6 - Puerto Maldonado to Sacred Valley This morning you will check out from your jungle lodge and transfer back to Puerto Maldonado by boat. On arrival at the dock, you will be transferred to the airport for the next stage of your tour. You will fly from Puerto Maldonado to the Incan city of Cuzco, and then transfer to 106

Machu Picchu

the Inca heartland - the famous Sacred Valley. During the transfer enjoy the captivating views of mountains, jungles and everyday Peruvian life. (B)

From the archives

Day 12 - Puno to Lima

‘Cuzco’.

Today we say goodbye to the highlands of Peru and travel back to Lima. The evening is free so as the sun sets, why not enjoy a relaxing meal in one of the restaurants overlooking the Pacific Ocean? (B)

Day 7 - Machu Picchu Today is the day you get to explore the incredible ‘Lost City’ of Machu Picchu. This Inca treasure was rediscovered in 1911 and lies perched above a steep valley swathed in jungle. Your journey to the ruined city is by narrow gauge railway with an onward journey by bus. On the mist-shrouded mountain top you will set off on a walk with a Local Guide, who will introduce its splendour. (B,L)

Day 13 - Lima Today you have a free morning in Lima, take the opportunity for one last look at the Pacific or pick up some last minute souvenirs before it is time to say farewell to Peru, and we transfer you to the airport for your return flight to the (B)

Day 14 - UK

Day 8 - Sacred Valley to Cuzco

You will arrive back in the UK today.

This morning we will transfer from Sacred Valley to Cuzco. En route, we will visit the Ccaccaccollo Women’s Weaving co-operative supported by Travelsphere Cares and Planeterra. Very few communities benefit from tourism and this centre helps villagers to educate and showcase traditional Peruvian weaving and dyeing techniques to travellers passing through the Sacred Valley. It provides visitors with the opportunity to purchase traditional garments and accessories which all supports the local communities.

Please note: During this tour you will travel to altitudes of over 3,700 metres, where altitude sickness can occur. This should not be a problem, although everyone should take it easy at first. Our tour has been designed to allow a more gradual increase in altitude, giving you more time to adjust to the lower oxygen levels. Other simple measures, such as eating light meals and drinking lots of fluids can also help to alleviate the symptoms. If you suffer from heart or respiratory conditions or have any other concerns please consult your doctor. This holiday includes walking in areas of rough ground, gradients and steps, often with no handrails to offer assistance.

Later, we will arrive in Cuzco for a two-night stay. As the rest of the day is at leisure, why not grab a drink in one of the bars and restaurants that surround the Plaza de Armas or step into one of the bustling markets. (B)

Travelsphere cares Visit the Planeterra Ccaccaccollo Women’s Weaving Co-operative, which enables local women to sell traditional textiles to travellers. See local weaving and dyeing techniques used to create garments and souvenirs, and learn how the co-operative has impacted the community. In partnership with

Photographer: Miss E. B. Gibbes, 1911

Day 9 - Cuzco Cuzco, the ‘Imperial City’, was once the capital of the Inca Empire and is now a fascinating combination of Inca and colonial architecture. Discover the city on a walking tour today and the surrounding Inca sites, including the mighty ruins of the stone Sacsayhuaman Fortress. (B)

Day 10 - Cuzco to Puno

The transfer on day 10 from Puno to the Sacred Valley will be a long day of travelling. Stops will be made regularly at sites and for lunch. Other regular toilet stops will also be made. Settle into the private transport and enjoy the amazing scenery on this day.

Early this morning we take to the road and head to Puno, on the shores of Lake Titicaca. We will travel along the Urubamba river valley and the famous Peruvian high Altiplano. Along the way we will visit sights in this unique region of South America including Andahuayluillas, where you will discover a beautiful 17th century church and the Inca ruins in Raqchi. This evening, we will enjoy an included dinner at the hotel. (B,D)

Lake Titicaca

Day 11 - Lake Titicaca Today you are going to enjoy superb close-up views of Lake Titicaca and the Uros and Taquile islands. The lake sits 12,500ft up in the Andes and covers a huge area of 3,500 miles. Our first stop is the man-made Uros islands, made from totora reeds and home to the indigenous Uro-Aymara families. Here you will learn about the traditional lifestyle and how the reeds play an important role – used not only to make the islands but also boats, houses, mattresses, crafts and used as medicine. We will then continue on to Taquile, a natural island, known for rich cultural traditions and quality textiles that reflect Andean customs. We will head back to dry land this afternoon where you can explore Puno at your own pace. (B)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £4,299 7 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £4,299 12 May

8 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £700

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

107

Latin Wonders of The World 18 days from

£5,599† PERU

Sacred Valley BRAZIL

1 Machu Picchu Lima 1 3 Cuzco BOLIVIA Puno 1 2 La Paz

Lake Titicaca CHILE

PARAGUAY

Start Finish

Rio De Janeiro 2 2 2 (add-on) Iguaçu

Nights in hotel Included trips Flight Transfers

ARGENTINA

3 Buenos Aires

URUGUAY

Rail

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

15 NIGHTS in 3 & 4-star hotels plus 2 nights in flight

20 MEALS 15 breakfasts (B), 3 lunches (L), 2 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR TRAVELSPHERE CARES Visit the Planeterra Ccaccaccollo Women’s Weaving Co-operative

Included highlights

On this Royal Geographical Collection tour, admire spectacular sights as you travel through four captivating Latin American countries. Day 1 - UK to Lima Start your South American adventure with a flight to Peru’s capital, Lima.

Day 2 - Lima On arrival in Lima today we’ll transfer you to your hotel in the heart of the Miraflores district for an overnight stay.

Day 3 - Lima to Cuzco You’ll get to know Lima this morning on an included tour. One highlight of your tour is the main square, where you’ll find the Presidential Palace, the cathedral and the Metropolitan City Hall. This afternoon we’ll transfer to the airport for our flight to Cuzco. (B)

Day 4 - Cuzco

• Visit the market at Pisac

Cuzco, the ‘Imperial City’, was once the capital of the Inca Empire. On your tour this morning highlights include the elegant Plaza de Armas and the impressive cathedral. You’re also going to visit the Inka’s Expression Workshop where you can watch artisans at work. (B)

• Catamaran cruise on Lake Titicaca

Day 5 - Cuzco to Machu Picchu

• Visit the Inti Wata Cultural Complex

Today is the day you get to explore the incredible ‘Lost City’ of Machu Picchu. Your journey to the ruined city is by narrow gauge railway with an onward journey by bus. You’ll set off on a walk with a Local Guide, then afterwards you’ll have time to explore this fascinating citadel by yourself. We’ll then head to the small town of Aguas Calientes. We’ll have lunch here before making our way to the Sacred Valley by train. (B,L)

• Explore ‘City of Kings’ Lima • Tour of Cuzco • Discover the ‘Lost City’ of Machu Picchu

• Tour of La Paz including Moon Valley • Tour of Buenos Aires • Authentic Argentinian gaucho BBQ dinner • Iguaçu Falls from the Brazilian side • Visit the statue of Christ the Redeemer

Optional experiences • Dinner and tango show in Buenos Aires • Colonia del Sacramento, Uruguay

From the archives

• Iguaçu Falls from the Argentinian side

‘The scenery in this part of the Andes is very beautiful … Wild nature reigns supreme. Except on the very highest peaks and on the steepest precipices, there is a coat of green everywhere’. The Geographical Journal, 1932

• Enjoy views of Rio from Sugarloaf Mountain

Day 6 - Sacred Valley to Cuzco You are going to visit the vibrant market in Pisac today – a great place to pick up a unique souvenir of your holiday and mingle with the locals. Later, we’ll return to Cuzco via Ccaccaccollo, a Planeterra project which shows traditional ways of weaving while supporting small local communities. (B)

Day 7 - Cuzco to Puno Early this morning we take to the road and head to Puno, on the shores of Lake Titicaca, stopping at La Raya pass en route. We will also stop at the Inca ruins in Raqchi, where there is a beautifully decorated 17th century church. (B,L)

From the archives

Map of Lake Titicaca 1900

Day 8 - Lake Titicaca to La Paz

Painting by Victor Coverley-Price, 1932

108

Your day begins with a cruise across Lake Titicaca to Sun Island. You’ll step ashore to visit the Inca Garden, steps and fountain before heading to the Inti Wata Cultural Complex. As we cruise back to the harbour we’ll enjoy a buffet lunch, and then our journey continues by road to the Bolivian city of La Paz. (B,L)

Iguaçú Falls

Day 9 - La Paz

Day 13 - Buenos Aires to Iguaçu

There’s lots to see in La Paz, an intriguing city which sits high above sea level and is beautifully framed by the three-peaked Illimani Mountain, so let’s go out and explore. Hidden treasures lurk around every corner, and on this full-day tour you’ll discover gems including the fascinating Witches Market. The stalls here sell all kinds of charms and potions that promise to ward off evil spirits. You’ll also visit Moon Valley, a lunar landscape of canyons and spires, and take a cable car ride from one end of La Paz to the other for fantastic views of the city and the mountains that surround it. (B,D)

We’ll transfer to the airport this morning for our flight to Iguaçú, home of the famous waterfalls, which span Argentina and Brazil. (B)

Day 10 - La Paz to Buenos Aires Today we’ll transfer to the airport for our flight to Buenos Aires, arriving this afternoon. Argentina’s thrilling capital is known as the ‘Paris of the Americas’. Why not head out to explore, or simply relax and enjoy the facilities at your hotel. (B)

Day 11 - Buenos Aires We’ll explore the sights of Buenos Aires on a tour that takes in all of the highlights including Plaza de Mayo, the Cathedral of Buenos Aires, where the tomb of General San Martin is located and the Recoleta cemetery the burial place of Eva Perón. This evening you have the option to enjoy a traditional dinner and tango show. (B)

Day 12 - Buenos Aires – Day at leisure Today is free for you to do just as you wish. Alternatively, you could join one of the optional excursions that will be available. This evening we will take you to a typical Argentine restaurant for a traditional asado dinner. In true Argentine style this is served late evening. (B,D)

From the archives ‘Modern Buenos Aires (1902), the Plaza Mayo and Government House’.

Day 14 - Iguaçu – Day at leisure Today is free for you to spend just as you please. You can explore the area at your own pace, or choose to join a full-day excursion into the Iguaçú National Park and the Argentinian side of the Iguaçú Falls. Situated at the meeting point of three countries – Brazil, Paraguay and Argentina – they are a truly awesome sight and considered one of the world’s largest natural wonders. Higher than Niagara, wider than Victoria, Iguaçú actually consists of 275 separate falls, and about three-quarters of the total length is on this side. From one of the many trails here you can actually walk into the heart of Devil’s Throat, the bestknown of the individual falls. In fact you’re quite likely to get wet on this side, as the walkways take you sometimes within arms length of the thundering waters for a really unique experience. (B)

Day 15 - Iguaçu to Rio de Janeiro We are going to see the Iguaçú Falls from the Brazilian side today. Although smaller than the Argentinian side, from here you can take in the full panorama of these immense falls as you stand on special walkways and feel the spray on your face. This afternoon we’ll fly to Rio de Janeiro. (B)

RIO DE JANEIRO 2 nights from £499 At the end of your tour, extend your holiday with an extra two nights in Rio. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Memories to bring home Visiting the Witches’ Market in La Paz is a surreal experience - the items on sale give a fascinating insight into Bolivia’s traditions.

Day 16 - Rio de Janeiro Rio de Janeiro is unique – simply bursting with energy, excitement and entertainment. You’ll head to Corcovado, home to the famous statue of Christ the Redeemer today. This afternoon you have the option to view Rio from another wonderful vantage point, Sugarloaf Mountain. (B)

Day 17 - Rio de Janeiro to UK You’ve a free day in Rio to explore at your own pace. If you want to relax and soak up the sun you are perfectly placed as your hotel boasts a wonderful spot right on the world-famous Copacabana Beach. Curving in a crescent over four kilometres, its white sand is lapped by azure waters and is sure to prove too tempting to resist. This evening we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Day 18 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Photographer: W.S. Barclay, 1908

Time for more

Please note: During this tour you will travel to altitudes of over 12,000ft where altitude sickness can occur. If you suffer from heart or respiratory conditions, or have any other concerns, please consult your doctor.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £5,599 24 Feb

5 May

13 Oct

3 Nov

24 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £5,899 23 Feb

4 May

12 Oct

23 Nov

† Price of tour departing in Feb 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,000

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

109

Chile, Argentina & Brazil 14 days from

£4,599†

BRAZIL

Rio De Janeiro

CHILE

Vina Del Mar

Iguaçu Falls 2 Tigre & the Parana Delta

2 2

(add on)

Valparaiso 2 2 Santiago Mendoza

3 Buenos Aires

ARGENTINA

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips Flight Transfers

Your holiday includes

Discover the incredible sights in three fascinating countries on this once-in-a-lifetime South American adventure. Day 1 - UK to Santiago Your holiday begins today with your flight to Chile’s capital Santiago.

Day 2 - Santiago

in 4 & 5-star hotels plus 2 nights in flight

You’ll arrive in Santiago today, where we’ll transfer you to your hotel for a two-night stay. You’ll see wonderful sights on an afternoon tour, with highlights including the Presidential Palace and the residential districts of Las Condes and Providencia.

11 MEALS

Day 3 - Santiago – Day at leisure

RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

11 NIGHTS

• Visit the cosmopolitan city of Buenos Aires

The choice is yours today – spend time exploring Santiago, or join your Holiday Director on an optional day of discovery which starts with a scenic drive. Your first stop will be the Casas del Bosque vineyard to taste awardwinning wines. Our explorations then take us to Viña del Mar, a beach resort also known as the ‘Garden City’, and the coastal city of Valparaiso. We’ll have lunch here, and sightseeing highlights include Fisherman’s Wharf, Plaza Sotomayor, the Naval Academy and La Sebastiana. (B)

• View the Iguaçú Falls from the Argentina side

Day 4 - Santiago to Mendoza

• View the famous statue of Christ the Redeemer at Corcovado

Today we take a great journey by road over the Andes and across the border into Argentina to your new base, Mendoza. Mount Aconcagua, which at 23,000ft is the highest peak in the Americas, is just one possible sightseeing highlight along the way. (B)

10 breakfasts (B), 1 dinner (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Chile’s capital, Santiago, which lies beneath the stunning Andes • Tour of Mendoza, Argentina’s wine capital

• Dine at a typical Brazilian Churrascaria

Optional experiences • Tour of Valparaiso and Viña del Mar, including a wine-tasting • Colonia del Sacramento, Uruguay • River tour on the magnificent Tigre and Parana Delta

Day 5- Mendoza – Day at leisure This morning you will embark on a sightseeing tour of the wonderful city of Mendoza. Located at the foot of the Andes, with a buzzing art and

• Enjoy a delicious dinner and a thrilling tango show in Buenos Aires • Enjoy superb views of Rio de Janeiro from Sugarloaf Mountain

Mendosa vineyard

110

social calendar, it is certainly one of the most friendly in South America. This afternoon has been left free for you to discover more of this city at your own pace. (B)

Day 6 - Mendoza to Buenos Aires Argentina’s capital Buenos Aires beckons today, and we’ll fly there this morning. With a threenight stay, there’s plenty of time to explore, and we’ll start with a tour this afternoon. Taking in the Plaza de Mayo and the cathedral, which houses the tomb of Argentina’s liberator General San Martin. We’ll also visit Recoleta Cemetery, the burial place of political icon Eva Perón, before returning to our hotel. (B)

Days 7-8 - Buenos Aires – Days at leisure Buenos Aires is yours to explore. Alternatively, if you’d like to cross the River Plate to experience the prosperous city of Colonia Del Sacramento in Uruguay on an optional excursion then you can. You will cross the river by ferry and have a walking tour of this popular town, followed by a typical Uruguayan lunch. Tigre and Parana Delta is a labyrinth of magnificent waterways fed by the Parana River. You can explore this maze of riverside villas, Victorian docks and English-style gardens from a traditional riverboat on an optional excursion. (B)

Day 9 - Buenos Aires to Iguaçu Falls We’ll fly to Iguaçú Falls today, where our base for two nights is on the Argentinian side of this natural wonder. You could spend a relaxed afternoon enjoying your hotel’s facilities. (B)

Day 10 - Iguaçu Falls Today we’re going to explore Iguaçú Falls on a full-day excursion to the Argentinian side of the National Park. The Falls are one of the world’s largest natural wonders and consist of an astounding 275 separate waterfalls, falling from an average height of 70 metres. This tour

Rio de Janeiro, Brazil

Santiago, Chile

Time for more RIO DE JANEIRO 2 nights from £499 At the end of your tour, extend your holiday with an extra two nights in Rio. Available on all dates. See website for details.

also includes walking along Upper and Lower trails that allow you to observe the waterfalls close-up. (B)

Day 11 - Iguaçu Falls to Rio de Janeiro You might take the chance to relax this morning before we fly to the thrilling city of Rio de Janeiro. (B)

Day 12 - Rio de Janeiro You’re going to wake up in one of the most unique and dazzling cities in the world today, welcome to Rio! To get you started, we’re going to visit Corcovado, which is home to the famous statue of Christ the Redeemer. To reach the statue we’ll travel on the small cog railway which winds up the mountain. You’ll be keen to get out in Rio this afternoon, whether that’s to see more sights or stretch out on Copacabana Beach, which is just across from your hotel. There’s also the option to take a cable-car ride to the top of Sugar Loaf Mountain. This evening we’ll gather as a group for a farewell dinner at a typical Brazilian Churrascaria. Experience the famous Brazilian barbecue and taste traditional Brazilian food. (B,D)

In the words of travellers

“From the snow-capped Andes towering over Santiago and the chilled Pacific coast, to vineyards in Mendoza, fabulous culture and history in Buenos Aires, the wonder of the Iguazu Falls and finally Rio in all its glory. Book this trip and you will book a holiday of a lifetime.” Neil Smith La Boca Iguaçú Falls, Argentina

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £4,599 9 Mar

21 Sep

12 Oct

23 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £4,849 8 Mar

20 Sep

22 Nov

2028 DATES FROM £5,099

Day 13 - Rio de Janeiro to UK

6 Mar

You’ve time to see a little more of Rio today before we transfer you to the airport for your flight to the UK. (B)

† Price of tour departing in Mar 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,000

Day 14 - UK

Flight upgrade available

It’s time to say goodbye to your fellow travellers as you arrive back in the UK.

18 Sep

13 Nov

FLIGHT CHOICES

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

111

Beyond the Golden Triangle 10 days from

£1,999†

PAKISTAN

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

Transfers Rail

Shimla (add-on) 4

CHINA

INDIA

Amber Fort Jaipur 2

Delhi 2 Agra Fatehpur Sikri

2 Ranthambore National Park

Delve into India’s captivating culture and rich history - explore the Taj Mahal and search for the elusive Bengal tiger.

Your holiday includes

Day 1 - UK to Delhi

RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Delhi.

from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Day 2 - Delhi

in 4 & 5-star and heritage hotels plus 1 night in flight

On arrival in Delhi, we’ll transfer you to your comfortable hotel, the rest of the day will be at the hotel for you to relax and enjoy the hotel’s facilities. (L,D)

19 MEALS

Day 3 - Delhi to Agra

8 NIGHTS

8 breakfasts (B), 3 lunches (L), 8 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR TRAVELSPHERE CARES Visit the Pink City Rickshaw Co. in Jaipur

Included highlights • Tour of New Delhi • Discover Old Delhi on a cycle rickshaw • Dawn visit to the Taj Mahal • Agra Fort and Itmad ud Daulah tomb • The deserted city of Fatehpur Sikri • Search for tigers on a morning Ranthambore safari • Afternoon safari in Ranthambore • Stay in a charming heritage hotel with cultural evening experience • Visit the ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur • Enjoy a Jaipur cultural dinner • Venture up to the hilltop Amber Fort

Optional experiences • Performance of ‘Mohabbet The Taj’ • Ranthambore Fort

We’ll start our sightseeing in the 17th century walled city of Old Delhi, we’ll admire the impressive marble domes of Jama Masjid Mosque. We’ll also visit Gandhi Smriti Museum, the location where Gandhi spent the last 144 days of his life and the place of his assassination. Enjoy a cycle rickshaw ride through the fabled street bazaar, Chandni Chowk, and the walled city of Old Delhi. As we go, we’ll delve into its maze of crowded streets and thronging markets, and see the spectacular exterior of the Red Fort. Next, we tour New Delhi, a spacious, imperial city created by the British in 1911. We’ll drive through elegant boulevards to see the iconic India Gate and imposing Parliament House, which are grand reminders of the city’s colonial past. We’ll also see Humayun’s Tomb, built in 1570 and said to have inspired the Taj Mahal and Bangla Saheb Gurudwara - a Sikh Temple. Our day concludes with a drive to Agra. (B,D)

Day 4 - Agra Get ready to experience one of the highlights of your holiday – a visit to the incredible Taj Mahal at sunrise. The next stop is the redsandstone Agra Fort, where Shah Jahan was imprisoned by his son, then we’ll see the Itmad ud Daulah tomb. This was the first monument

in India to be built entirely from marble and is known as the ‘Baby Taj’. If you would like to enjoy an evening out, there’s the option to watch a performance of Mohabbat the Taj, about Emperor Shah Jahan and his wife. (B,D)

Day 5 - Agra to Ranthambore Our first stop today is at the deserted, fortified city of Fatehpur Sikri. A fine example of Mughal architecture, its highlights include a huge mosque and an array of palaces and pavilions. Later sit back and enjoy the ever-changing scenery with your fellow travellers as you are taken to Ranthambore. (B,D)

Day 6 - Ranthambore A thrilling day lies ahead, with not just one but two safaris in Ranthambore National Park, said to be the best game reserve in India. On morning and afternoon game drives we’ll make our way through thick forest, where pretty waterfalls provide the perfect habitat for more than 300 species of birds. Our knowledgeable Local Guide will help you to spot other residents of the park, including crocodile, hyena, jackal and more. Keep your fingers crossed for a sighting of the elusive tiger, or the even rarer leopard. (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Ranthambore to Jaipur This morning you could choose to join our optional excursion to Ranthambore Fort, to take in impressive views over the national park. We’ll then travel to our next destination the city of Jaipur, where we stay at a heritage hotel, originally built as a nobleman’s home in Rajput architecture style, offering a tranquil setting just a short distance from the bustle of the city. This afternoon is yours to spend at leisure, perhaps you’ll head out to explore or simply relax by the pool or in the traditional courtyard. Later, we’re going to enjoy a cultural evening of local dinner and entertainment. (B,L,D)

Day 8 - Jaipur Today is the day we will explore the famous ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur. It’s the capital of Rajasthan and we’ll see its fabulous pink and ochre-coloured buildings set amongst barren hills. Your day begins with a short drive to the marvellous Amber Fort, a sprawling 17th century stronghold which sits on a hilltop overlooking the desert. We’ll step inside to see its highlights, which include the eerie Temple of Kali and the enchanting Hall of Pleasures. You’ll also see the jewel-like Palace of Mirrors, a beautiful hall where the walls, ceilings and columns are completely covered in tiny pieces of sparkling glass. We’ll then get our bearings on a guided tour, which includes a visit to the City Palace, an impressive array of courtyards, gardens and regal buildings. The palace is also home to a museum that boasts a fine collection of Mughal treasures

112

Taj Mahal

Fatehpur Sikri

Time for more JOURNEY TO SHIMLA 4 nights from £649 Enjoy a fascinating and unforgettable journey by train to the hill station of Shimla, the ‘Queen of Hill Stations’, in the foothills of the Himalayas. Includes 3 nights in Shimla and 1 night in Delhi half-board in great quality hotels, plus two lunches. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Your feature hotel ALSISAR HAVELI HOTEL, JAIPUR Alsisar Haveli is a heritage hotel, originally built as a nobleman’s home in Rajput architecture style, offering a tranquil setting just a short distance from the bustle of the city.

including paintings, carpets and silverware. Next, we’ll drive past the elaborate façade of the Palace of the Winds. This pyramid-shaped building is adorned with ornate lattice-covered windows where the ladies of the court could stand unseen, watching over the city. You’ll then have time to browse the colourful ceramics and textiles in the Old Town’s bustling markets. Our tour will conclude with a brief orientation tour of Old Jaipur by The Pink City Rickshaw, a pioneering social enterprise run by and employing women. (B,D)

Travelsphere cares

Departure dates & prices

The Pink City Rickshaw Co. is a pioneering social enterprise in Jaipur. This initiative empowers women from low-income households by training them as skilled e-rickshaw drivers. They offer travellers an eco-friendly, custom-designed rickshaw tour, providing an immersive cultural experience while promoting sustainable tourism.

2026 DATES FROM £1,999

This morning we’ll transfer you to the airport for your return flight to the UK. As you are travelling westwards, you will arrive later the same day. (B)

1 Oct

19 Nov

19 Dec*

8 Oct

28 Jan

11 Feb

18 Nov

18 Dec*

4 Mar

30 Sep

2028 DATES FROM £2,099 27 Jan

10 Feb

9 Nov

18 Dec*

24 Feb

28 Sep

* Festive departure † Price of tour departing in Jan 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £620

Day 9 - Jaipur to Delhi

Day 10 - Delhi to UK

12 Feb

5 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £1,999

In partnership with

Today we will have a morning at leisure to enjoy our heritage hotel or to explore even more. Later in the day we will drive back to Delhi and dinner will be served at our hotel this evening. (B,D)

29 Jan

FLIGHT CHOICES

Memories to bring home A safari in Ranthambore National Park is incredible - watching out for the varied wildlife with the anticipation of seeing a tiger.

113

Taj, Tigers, Temples & Rajasthan’s Palaces 15 days from

£2,999† PAKISTAN

2 Amritsar CHINA

Delhi 2 Amber Fort Jaipur 2

2 Agra

Jodhpur 1 2 Udaipur

2 Ranthambore National Park

INDIA

Start Finish

Nights in hotel Included trips

3 Goa (add-on)

Flights Transfers

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

13 NIGHTS in 4 & 5-star and heritage hotels plus 1 night in flight

31 MEALS 13 breakfasts (B), 5 lunches (L), 13 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR TRAVELSPHERE CARES Visit the Salaam Baalak Trust

Included highlights • Delhi city tour • Amritsar town and the Golden Temple • Taj Mahal at sunrise • Agra city tour and Agra Fort • Visit the Abhaneri stepwells • Morning and afternoon safaris in Ranthambore • Explore the Amber Fort • Tour of the ‘Pink City’ Jaipur

Venture beyond the Golden Triangle to discover the cultural highlights of India’s Rajasthan. Day 1 - UK to Delhi Today you will fly to Delhi.

Day 2 - Delhi On arrival in Delhi we will travel to our hotel. This afternoon we will begin our sightseeing with a city tour stopping to admire the marble domes of Jama Masjid and taking a rickshaw ride through the fabled street bazaar of Chandni Chowk. You will drive past Red Fort, India Gate, and President House in Delhi. Later continue to visit Humayun Tomb, built in 1570, it is one of the earliest examples of a garden tomb and a UNESCO World Heritage Site. (D)

Day 3 - Delhi to Amritsar We will leave Delhi and head to the train station to join the train to Amritsar. One of the most pristine cities, Amritsar is renowned world over for the Golden Temple, also known as Harmandir Sahib Gurdwara. This evening you have the opportunity, on our optional excursion, to experience a Palki Ceremony at the Golden Temple. (B,D)

Day 4 - Amritsar This morning we will visit the Golden Temple. Famous for its golden dome, the Temple is one of the most sacred pilgrim sites for Sikhs. The Gurdwara is built on a square of marble and the upper half of the building was built with approximately 400kg of gold leaf. We’ll also visit Jaliawala Bagh, followed by a walk around the local market in Amritsar Town. (B,D)

• Mehran Garh Fort and Jaswant Thada

Day 5 - Amritsar to Agra

• Bishnoi village safari

This morning we will take a flight from Amritsar to Delhi and on arrival we’ll have an amazing

• Jain Temples

experience - a tour of Paharganj, in central Delhi. You’ll do this in the company of former street children, who now work with the Salaam Baalak Trust. This charity, supported by Travelsphere Cares, equips youngsters with a range of skills and helps them to better their lives. They are also provided with a warm bed at night and a hot meal each day. We’ll enjoy an included tour before travelling onto Agra. (B,L,D)

Day 6 - Agra An early start this morning is well worth it as we are visiting the Taj Mahal at sunrise. Having returned to the hotel for breakfast we head out again on a city tour of Agra, highlights include Agra Fort and Itmad-ud-Duala known as ‘Baby Taj’. This evening you could choose to take in views of the Taj Mahal from another angle from Mehtab Bagh (Mughal Gardens) as the sun sets. (B,D)

Day 7 - Agra to Ranthambore Today’s journey will take us to Ranthambore National Park where we will stay for two nights. Along the way we will visit the incredible architecture of Abhenari Stepwells. (B,L,D)

Day 8 - Ranthambore If we are lucky today is the day we will see tigers in Ranthambore. We’ll head out on two safaris in the morning and this afternoon in the national park. Ranthambore National Park is home to an array of incredible wildlife so keep your eyes peeled not only for the elusive tiger but sloth bears, leopards, striped hyenas and so much more. (B,L,D)

Day 9 - Ranthambore to Jaipur Before we leave Ranthambore this morning, you could join our optional excursion to Ranthambore Fort, located in the national park. As well as being a building of significance, the views over the national park are impressive. Later we will continue our journey to Jaipur – the ‘Pink City’. This evening we are hosted by a local family for a cooking experience and dinner. (B,D)

• City tour of Udaipur • Sunset cruise to Jagmandir • Delhi street walk

Day 10 - Jaipur

Optional experiences

This morning we will visit the Amber Fort, taking a journey by jeep to see the hilltop ramparts that overlook the Maota Lake. Later, we’ll enjoy a full city sightseeing tour of Jaipur including the City Palace, built by Maharaja Sawai Jai Singh, and drive past the Hawa Mahal, known as the Palace of the Winds and a UNESCO World Heritage site.

• Palki ceremony at the Golden Temple • Taj Mahal at sunset • Ranthambore Fort

(B,D)

Day 11 - Jaipur to Jodphur City Palace, Jaipur

114

We continue our journey through Rajasthan, arriving in Jodhpur in time for lunch at a local

Amber Fort

Travelsphere cares

Amritsar

On this holiday you will take an eye-opening guided walk through the streets of Delhi in the company of former street children who now work with the Salaam Baalak Trust. This charity equips disadvantaged youths with a range of skills to help better their lives. During the walk, you’ll gain insight in to the charity and the lives of those who have benefitted from the work that they carry out. In partnership with

Time for more GOA 3 nights from £1,099 Extend your holiday with 3 nights on the coast of the Arabian Sea. You’ll stay in a 5-star hotel on a half-board basis where you can spend your days relaxing on the beach or exploring the local area.

restaurant. This afternoon we will visit Mehran Garh fort and Jaswant Thada, an exquisite cenotaph built of sheets of marble that have been intricately carved. (B,L,D)

Day 12 - Jodphur to Udaipur Today we will take a jeep safari in the Bishnoi Village. The Bishnoi community are loyal worshippers of nature and a visit here offers you a glimpse of tribal India. We then travel towards Udaipur, along the way we will make a stop at the famous Jain Temples and enjoy lunch. (B,L,D)

Day 13 - Udaipur Our sightseeing in Udaipur this morning will take in the City Palace, a local temple and The Saheliyo ki Baadi, known as Courtyard of Maiden. At sunset we will take an evening cruise on Pichola Lake to Jagmandir Island where a golden sandstone palace rises from the water’s edge. (B,D)

Day 14 - Udaipurto Delhi Today we will make our return journey to Delhi and the rest of the day will be at the hotel for you to relax and enjoy the hotel’s facilities. This evening we will gather together for a farewell dinner. (B,D)

Day 15 - Delhi to UK We transfer to the airport for our flight to the UK, arriving the same day. (B)

Taj Mahal

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £2,999

Ranthambore

7 Feb

10 Oct

14 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £3,099 30 Jan

9 Oct

13 Nov

2028 DATES FROM £3,299 22 Jan

19 Feb

21 Oct

18 Nov

† Price of tour departing in Feb 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £870

FLIGHT CHOICES

115

Contrasts of India - Northern Cities & Kerala Backwaters 18 days from

£2,999†

Delhi 1 Abhaneri Jaipur 2 2

1 Agra

Ranthambore

INDIA

Bay of Bengal Bangalore 1 2 Mysore Ooty 2

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

Cochin 2 Marari 2 Alleppey 1

Flight

This is an all-out exploration of India, from the Golden Triangle in the north to Kerala’s peaceful backwaters in the south. Day 1 - UK to Delhi Depart for your flight to Delhi today.

Transfers

Day 2 - Delhi

Rail

from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

On arrival in Delhi we’ll transfer you to your hotel. Your sightseeing starts in the 17th century walled city of Old Delhi. Here you’ll delve into a maze of crowded streets and vibrant markets, and take a cycle rickshaw through the fabled street bazaar of Chandni Chowk. We’ll stop to admire the marble domes of Jama Masjid Mosque before visiting Humayun’s Tomb. (D)

15 NIGHTS

Day 3 - Delhi to Ranthambore

in 3, 4 & 5-star hotels plus 1 night in flight

Your day is filled with wonderful experiences, starting with a short tour of Paharganj, in central Delhi. You’ll do this in the company of former street children, who now work with the Salaam Baalak Trust. This charity, supported by Travelsphere Cares, equips the youngsters with a range of skills and helps them to better their lives. Next we travel onto Ranthambore National Park. (B,D)

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION

1-NIGHT CRUISE On a traditional houseboat

37 MEALS 16 breakfasts (B), 5 lunches (L), 16 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR TRAVELSPHERE CARES Visit the Salaam Baalak Trust

Travelsphere cares

• Search for tigers on two safaris in Ranthambore

• Abhaneri stepwells

In partnership with

Included highlights • Old Delhi walk with former street children • New Delhi tour • The world-famous Taj Mahal • Agra Fort visit

• The ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur • Local cuisine cookery demonstration and dinner in Jaipur • Discover the Amber Fort

Day 4 - Ranthambore

• Bandipur National Park drive

An exciting day is on the cards, with morning and afternoon safaris in Ranthambore National Park. With the help of a Local Guide we’ll look for wildlife including crocodile, hyena, jackal and more. If you’re lucky you may spot the elusive tiger or the even rarer leopard.

• Ooty tour and botanical gardens • Tea plantation and Sims Park • Cochin tour with Mattancherry Palace and Fort Cochin • Srirangapatnam, the island fortress of the warrior King Tipu Sultan • Kerala’s beautiful port city of Cochin • Kathakali dance performance • Stay on a houseboat amongst Kerala’s tranquil backwaters

Optional experiences available 116

(B,L,D)

Day 5 - Ranthambore to Agra Today we’ll drive to Agra. If you want to this evening you could join our sunset excursion to Mehtab Bagh, a centuries-old garden complex, which sits on the other side of the river to the Taj Mahal. (B,L,D)

Day 6 - Agra to Jaipur Today is the day that you’ll see one of India’s most famous landmarks, the incredible Taj Mahal. This mausoleum on the banks of the Yamuna River was built by Emperor Shah Jahan for his wife Mumtaz. You’ll also visit the redsandstone Agra Fort. Later we travel on to Jaipur, en-route we stop at the incredible site, Abhaneri stepwell and we have an included lunch stop. (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Jaipur Your grand tour continues this morning in the ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur. A morning of discovery takes you to the Amber Fort, a 17th century stronghold set high on a hill above the parched desert. You’ll also visit Jaipur’s City Palace this morning, with the elaborate façade of the Palace of the Winds just one highlight. This evening we experience the mastery of the local cuisine by joining a local family for a delicious home cooked meal. (B,D)

Day 8 - Jaipur to Bangalore In the morning we’ll fly to Bangalore. The city is an important centre for business and technology but despite its cosmopolitan feel, it still retains many traces of its British colonial past in its grand architecture. If you head out to explore, look out for the grand Tudor-style Bangalore Palace and its beautiful gardens. (B,D)

Day 9 - Bangalore to Mysore Before we leave Bangalore, we’ll take a city sightseeing tour that includes the 16th century Bull Temple and the summer palace of British military adversary Tipu Sultan. Next in our journey we will visit Srirangapatnam located on an island in the Cauvery River. Our final destination of the day is Mysore. According to legend, the city was ruled by Mahishasura, a buffalo-headed demon who was slayed by the goddess Chamundeshwari on top of Chamundi Hill. (B,D)

Day 10 - Mysore Today we include a visit to Chamundi Hills and a city tour to uncover Mysore’s highlights. The opulent City Palace is the star of the show - it’s one of the largest monuments in India. In the afternoon we take in the sights of the local vegetable and flower market. (B,D)

Day 11 - Mysore to Ooty Today’s journey includes incredible scenery, through Bandipur National Park’s, lush green landscapes and with a bit of luck we’ll see elephants, deer and peacocks by the roadside. On arrival in Ooty we will visit the botanical gardens, church and the local market. (B,D)

Kerala

Day 12 - Ooty We make our way to the railway station to join the toy train to Coonoor. Here we will tour a tea plantation to see tea plucking in action, and visit Sims Park. (B,D)

Day 13 - Ooty to Cochin It is time to head south, to Kerala, we drive to Coimbatore where we will join a train to Cochin. (B,L,D)

Day 14 - Cochin Our tour this morning will take us to the exquisite murals at Mattancherry Palace, the ancient Jewish synagogue and enchanting Fort Cochin, where Chinese fishing nets line the shore. This afternoon you could join our optional excursion a spice trail walking tour. This evening we will experience a traditional Kathakali dance performance. (B,D) Cochin

Day 15 - Cochin to Alleppey Today we will experience the incredible backwaters of Kerala. We travel to Alleppey to board our traditional, thatch-roofed Kettuvallam houseboat for an overnight cruise through the labyrinthine canals. (B,L,D)

Kathakali dancer

Day 16 - Alleppey to Marari After breakfast aboard our houseboat we travel on to the beach resort of Marari. (B,D)

Day 17 - Marari - Day at leisure You might choose to enjoy some ‘me’ time today on the beach, which is just steps away from your spa hotel. Laze on its golden sands under the shade of a palm tree, or take a dip in the enticing waters of the Arabian Sea. You may have the chance to watch as the fishermen haul in their traditional nets. (B,D)

Day 18 - Marari to UK Today we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

In the words of travellers

“Tour was excellent. Contrasts of India was an extremely apt name for the tour as we had a very varied and exciting experience of the places, culture and wildlife of India. Tour guide was fantastic. Tiger sighting was an absolute highlight. Also appreciated the opportunity to visit the project for Delhi street children.” Susan Copland

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £2,999 28 Jan

18 Feb

14 Oct

11 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £3,099 27 Jan

10 Feb

6 Oct

10 Nov

2028 DATES FROM £3,299 19 Jan

16 Feb

18 Oct

15 Nov

† Price of tour departing in Jan 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £650

FLIGHT CHOICES

117

Wonders of India & the Tiger Trail

NEW

for 2026

15 days from

£3,499†

Start Finish

1 Delhi

Nights in hotel Included trips Flight

Agra 2

Transfers Rail

Orchha 1 Khajuraho

INDIA

Bandhavgarh 2 Tiger Reserve Kanha 3 National Park 2 Pench National Park

Nagpur

2 Mumbai

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

13 NIGHTS in 4 and 5-star hotels and lodges plus 1 night in flight

Discover India’s diverse landscapes, from historic temples built by ancient dynasties to the forests where Bengal tigers roam freely. Day 1 - UK - Mumbai Your Indian adventure begins today as you fly to Mumbai.

Day 2 - Mumbai On arrival in Mumbai, we’ll transfer you to your hotel where the remainder of the day is yours to relax and explore the hotel’s facilities. This evening, you’ll meet your fellow travellers for a welcome drink and dinner at the hotel and you’ll enjoy your first taste of authentic Indian cuisine. (D)

Day 4 - Mumbai – Pench National Park Today we bid farewell to Mumbai and fly to Nagpur, where we’ll transfer to Pench National Park. After settling in and enjoying lunch, a naturalist will introduce you to the flora and fauna of central India, preparing you for the wildlife adventures ahead. (B,L,D)

Day 5 - Pench National Park Located in Madhya Pradesh, Pench National Park is home to diverse wildlife that roam the forests, grasslands and along the meandering Pench River. Today features morning and afternoon jeep safaris through the park’s rich terrain in search of captivating wildlife. Keep your eyes peeled for Bengal tigers, jackals, sloth bears, Indian leopards, striped hyenas, various monkey species, and many more fascinating creatures. With over 285 bird species recorded in the park, don’t forget to look skyward for spectacular avian displays.

Day 3 - Mumbai

(B,L,D)

Day 6 - Pench National Park – Kanha National Park

• Morning and afternoon safaris in Pench National Park

Bustling, colourful and fascinating, Mumbai offers travellers a captivating blend of colonial charm and modern culture. Today’s guided city tour will showcase the highlights including the iconic Gateway of India, Mani Bhavan (Gandhi’s former residence and now museum), and the Prince of Wales Museum. You’ll also enjoy a walking tour of Kala Ghoda, renowned for its vibrant street art and heritage architecture. We’ll make a photo stop at the UNESCO World Heritage Site of Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Terminus, one of Mumbai’s most prominent landmarks.

• Evening forest walk with an expert naturalist in Kanha National Park

Enjoy some free time to explore independently before dinner at the hotel this evening. (B,D)

34 MEALS 13 breakfasts (B), 8 lunches (L), 13 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR TRAVELSPHERE CARES Visit Sheroes’ Hangout cafe in Agra

Included highlights • Orientation tour of Mumbai

• Morning and afternoon safaris in Kanha National Park • Visit local village in Kanha National Park • Morning and afternoon safaris in Bandhavgarh Tiger Reserve

From the archives Chhatrapati Shivaji Terminus, Bombay (Mumbai)

• Evening barbeque with a glass of wine • Tour of Khajuraho’s western temples • Orchha visit including Ram Raja Temple

Day 7 - Kanha National Park Kanha National Park offers some of India’s most rewarding wildlife experiences. With morning and afternoon jeep safaris, you’ll have opportunities to spot Bengal tigers in their natural habitat, as well as the Barasingha (swamp deer), famously known as ‘the jewel of Kanha’. The park teems with countless species of plants, birds, reptiles and insects waiting to be discovered. This evening, over a glass of wine, a naturalist will share fascinating insights about central India’s national parks and how they inspired Rudyard Kipling’s beloved story ‘The Jungle Book’. (B,L,D)

• Explore the UNESCO listed Agra Fort • Enjoy sunset views of the Taj Mahal from Mehtab Bagh • Sunrise visit to the Taj Mahal

Day 8 - Kanha National Park

Photographer: Clifton & Co., 1890

118

After breakfast, we’ll journey to Kanha National Park, renowned for its strong commitment to conservation through habitat management, wildlife preservation, and community involvement. Following lunch at the hotel, as dusk filters through the dense forest, you’ll take a leisurely evening guided walk with a naturalist. This offers the opportunity to explore the smaller, often overlooked wonders of the jungle while learning about the forest’s ecosystem and gaining insights into the delicate balance of Kanha’s vibrant biodiversity. (B,L,D)

This morning’s jeep safari offers another chance to search for Kanha’s remarkable wildlife. After lunch at the lodge, you’ll visit a local village where many communities maintain traditional lifestyles. Here you’ll learn about local life and discover how these communities contribute to Kanha’s conservation efforts. (B,L,D)

Day 9 - Kanha National Park Bandhavgarh Tiger Reserve After several early morning starts, enjoy a leisurely breakfast before our adventure continues to Bandhavgarh Tiger Reserve. This evening we’ll gaze towards the Indian sky for some stargazing while a naturalist shares more about wildlife conservation efforts in India. (B,L,D)

Day 10 - Bandhavgarh Tiger Reserve Boasting India’s densest tiger population, Bandhavgarh is a jewel in the crown of wildlife conservation. Your time here offers excellent chances to observe tigers in their natural habitat. The park supports a diverse array of wildlife with more than 47 mammal species including spotted deer, chinkara, gaur, leopard and dhole, along with 250 bird species, making this an ideal location for memorable sightings. This evening, enjoy a barbecue with your fellow travellers and take the opportunity to share your favourite moments from the tour so far. (B,L,D)

Day 11 - Bandhavgarh Tiger Reserve Khajuraho Following breakfast, we’ll drive to Khajuraho, home to temples built during the Chandella dynasty. This afternoon, we’ll tour the western group of temples, built during the 10th and 11th centuries. These beautiful structures are adorned with intricately carved sculptures of nymphs, musicians and erotic figures, representing some of India’s finest medieval architecture. (B,D)

From the archives ‘Detail of Mahadeo Temple, Khajuraha’ Photograph from ‘Through town and jungle’ by William Hunter Workman and Fanny Bullock Workman, 1904.

visiting the Ram Raja Temple – a sacred Hindu pilgrimage site renowned for being the only temple in India where Lord Rama is worshipped as a king.

Agra Fort

We’ll continue our journey by train to Agra, where we’ll transfer to our hotel for dinner and an overnight stay. (B,L,D)

Day 13 - Agra After breakfast, we’ll head to the UNESCO-listed Agra Fort, a powerful fortress that served as the imperial city of the Mughal rulers. Within its walls stand spectacular palaces and courtyards that showcase the architectural brilliance of the Mughal era. Enjoy some free time to explore further or find somewhere to enjoy lunch. This afternoon we’ll visit Sheroes Hangout Café, a unique social enterprise run by and employing survivors of acid attacks. We’ll stay for refreshments and learn more about the café and how it helps individuals regain their confidence by offering employment and a safe space to share their experiences. Later, we’ll visit Mehtab Bagh, a centuries-old garden complex on the opposite side of the river from the Taj Mahal. Remember your camera as you’ll enjoy a splendid view of the world-famous monument as the sun sets. (B,D)

Travelsphere cares On this tour you will visit Sheroes’ Hangout, a café founded in 2014 to support and empower acid attack survivors. The café plays a critical role in challenging deep-rooted societal stigmas by placing survivors in the public eye not as victims, but as changemakers, sparking meaningful conversations around gender-based violence, beauty standards, and women’s rights in India. In partnership with

Day 14 - Agra - Delhi

Day 12 - Khajuraho - Agra Today we leave Madhya Pradesh behind as we travel towards Agra. First, we’ll drive to Orchha, nestled on the banks of the River Betwa. This historic town perfectly captures the grandeur of medieval India, and we’ll spend time here

It’s an early start as we venture out to the incredible Taj Mahal at sunrise. This magnificent mausoleum, built by Emperor Shah Jahan for his beloved wife Mumtaz Mahal, is one of the world’s most glorious sights. Watch in awe as the sun rises over its white marble walls and enjoy leisure time to absorb this magnificent monument’s beauty before returning to the hotel for breakfast. The rest of the morning is free for you to relax before we travel to Delhi for an overnight stay. (B,D)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £3,499 15 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £3,599 17 Jan

7 Feb

31 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Nov 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £900

FLIGHT CHOICES

Day 15 - Delhi - UK

Fly from London, Birmingham, Edinburgh & Manchester Flight upgrade available

Your unforgettable Indian adventure comes to an end today as we transfer to the airport for your flight to the UK, arriving later the same day. (B)

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

119

Incredible India & Nepal:

NEW

for 2026

Culture, Wildlife & Ancient Wonders 18 days from

£4,399†

TIBET

NEPAL

Kalabung 2

Delhi

2 Pokhara Nagarkot

Sarangkot

1 2 Kathmandu 3 Chitwan Tharu National Park

Agra 2

Start Finish

Lucknow 1 INDIA

Nights in hotel

2 Varanasi

Included trips Optional trips Flight

Transfers Rail

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

15 NIGHTS in 4 & 5-star hotels and lodges plus 2 nights in flight

33 MEALS 15 breakfasts (B), 3 lunches (L), 15 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR TRAVELSPHERE CARES Visit the Salaam Baalak Trust

Included highlights • Delhi city tour • Agra city tour and Agra Fort • Sunrise at Taj Mahal • Lucknow city tour • Varanasi & Sarnath • Aarti ceremony • Kathmandu city tour and Patan

On this Royal Geographical Society Collection tour, discover bustling cities, sacred sites, and Himalayan vistas. Day 1 - UK - Delhi Your exciting adventure begins with a flight to Delhi.

Day 2 - Delhi

Your day is filled with insightful experiences, starting with a short tour of Paharganj, in central Delhi. You’ll explore in the company of guides from the Salaam Baalak Trust who provide a perspective that reveals urban realities often hidden from tourists. Later, we’ll continue our sightseeing in Old Delhi before a rickshaw ride through the crowded streets and bustling markets provides insight into daily life. We’ll then step inside the poignant Gandhi Smriti Museum. This afternoon, a sightseeing tour will introduce us to New Delhi. After day full of discoveries, we’ll return to the hotel for dinner. (B,D)

Travelsphere cares

• Performance of ‘Mohabbat The Taj’

In partnership with

• Cultural evening with the Tharu people • Jeep safaris in Chitwan National Park • Traditional Nepalese dinner and cultural show

• Food walking tour in Lucknow

Day 6 - Agra - Lucknow Today we’ll travel to Lucknow, the capital of Uttar Pradesh. We’ll take a tour of the city including The Residency and Bara Imambara. This evening, there is the option to join an evening walk through the vibrant area of Hazratganj tasting authentic local delicacies. (B,D)

Day 7 - Lucknow - Varanasi Today’s journey takes you to Varanasi. Situated on the banks of the sacred River Ganges, Varanasi is colourful, chaotic and considered Hinduism’s spiritual heart. To get the most out of your time here, you need to experience the city with an open mind. The maze-like old city, with over 80 ghats connects the urban core to the Ganges where Hindus bathe in the water. (B,D)

Day 8 - Varanasi

• Sunrise view over Sarangkot

Day 4 - Delhi - Agra The UNESCO-listed Agra Fort reveals the sophistication of 16th century Mughal military architecture. This evening, there is the opportunity to watch a performance of “Mohabbat the Taj”. (B,D)

Day 5 - Agra We have an early start this morning for what is sure to be a memorable highlight of the holiday – a dawn visit to the spectacular Taj Mahal. After returning to the hotel for breakfast, our sightseeing takes us to the 120

From the archives A mosque and street scene in Delhi. Photographer unknown, 1880

Day 3 - Delhi

Optional experiences

• Hike to the local Gurung Village of Kalabung

(B,D)

On arrival in Delhi, we’ll transfer you to your hotel. The remainder of the day is yours to relax. Later, join us for a welcome drink and dinner at the hotel, providing your first taste of authentic Indian cuisine. (D)

• Visit Boudhanath Stupa

Itmad ud Daulah tomb, known as “Baby Taj”. Our final stop of the day is Mehtab Bagh, this restored centuries-old garden complex sits on the other side of the Yamuna River and offers you the wonderful perspective of the Taj Mahal.

Before dawn, we’ll sail along the Ganges and witness devout Hindus bathing and praying beneath the rising sun. We’ll return to the hotel for breakfast. This afternoon, we’ll visit the ruined city of Sarnath, an important pilgrimage site for Buddhists. This evening we’ll watch a traditional Aarti ceremony, considered a fundamental part of the Hindu faith. (B,D)

Day 9 - Varanasi - Kathmandu We’ll fly to Kathmandu via Delhi today. Nepal’s capital sits in a valley that has been a cultural crossroads for centuries. (B,D)

Patan, Kathmandu

Day 10 - Kathmandu Today begins at incredible Boudhanath Stupa, one of Buddhism’s most significant monuments outside Tibet. This is the centre of Tibetan culture in Kathmandu and is rich in Buddhist symbolism. We’ll then visit Kathmandu Darbar Square, known for its stunning architecture, royal history, and vibrant atmosphere.

From the archives ‘Durbar Square and adjacent temples in Patan, Kathmandu’. Photographer: Clarence Comyn Taylor, 1862

Day 17 - Nagarkot - UK Relax this morning or take the time to enjoy your final sunrise over the Himalayas before we’ll transfer to Kathmandu for the return flight back to the UK. (B)

Day 18 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

After some time for lunch, we’ll continue to Patan Durbar Square, where you’ll discover ancient palaces and temples. You will be introduced to the unique singing bowls often used for sound healing and meditation. A maestro will explain how the bowls work, their historical significance, and their use for relaxation and healing.

Please note: To experience the best of India and Nepal, our itineraries are very full with some early starts and long days but they are also extremely rewarding. Aarti ceremony, Varanasi

This afternoon you’ll learn about the unique tradition of Paubha painting known for colourful depictions of deities before a seasoned artisan will lead a guided Lotus design painting session. This evening, we’ll venture to a Nepalese restaurant to enjoy a cultural show which includes traditional food, music, dance, and hospitality. (B,D)

From the archives ‘Bathing in the river Ganges at Benares’. Photographer: D. Oliver, 1925

Day 13 - Pokhara - Chitwan Early this morning, we offer the opportunity to join our optional excursion to Sarangkot. Here we’ll watch the sun rise over the Annapurna ranges. We’ll return to the hotel for breakfast before we head to Chitwan where a free afternoon awaits. Later, enjoy an evening of traditional Tharu dance. (B,L,D)

Chitwan National Park

Day 14 - Chitwan

Day 11 - Kathmandu - Pokhara After breakfast, our journey continues to Pokhara, en-route, we’ll stop at a suspension bridge which offers breathtaking views of the surrounding landscapes. Here, you’ll visit a Himalayan village to experience the local culture, traditions, and lifestyle. We’ll arrive in Pokhara and the evening is free for you to make your own discoveries. (B,D)

Day 12 - Pokhara This morning we’ll head to the local Gurung village of Kalabung for a hike through trails that are surrounded by breathtaking landscapes. During the 3 hour hike, we’ll stop at a local tea shop where fruit, tea and coffee is available. This afternoon, we’ll visit the International Mountain Museum. Our next stop is the Gorkha Museum, dedicated to the history and legacy of the Gorkha region. (B,D)

After breakfast, enjoy a jeep safari in the Chitwan National Park. Located in the Terai region, Chitwan National Park covers an area of over 900 square kilometres and is home to a wide range of wildlife. We’ll have lunch at the hotel before a canoe ride offers a unique perspective on the park’s biodiversity. We’ll stop on the bank of the Naryani river to enjoy a sundowner before returning to the lodge for dinner. (B,L,D)

Departure dates & prices

Day 15 - Chitwan

2026 DATES FROM £4,399

Chitwan hosts over 500 species of bird, and this morning in the company of a naturalist, we’ll go birdwatching. After lunch we’ll take a second jeep safari in the Chitwan National Park to search for more of its diverse wildlife.

6 Feb

Later, drive to a Tharu village to experience the life of Tharu (local tribes) community. (B,L,D)

4 Feb

Day 16 - Chitwan - Nagarkot Today we’ll travel to Nagarkot, a hill station northeast of Kathmandu Valley that historically served as a retreat for Nepali royalty. It offers panoramic views of the Himalayan range from Dhaulagiri to Kanchenjunga. Enjoy the spectacular vista over a sundowner cocktail this evening. (B,D)

16 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £4,649 5 Feb

1 Oct

2028 DATES FROM £4,899 6 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Feb 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,200

FLIGHT CHOICES

121

Highlights of Sri Lanka 13 days from

£2,999† INDIA

SRI LANKA

Minneriya National Park 2 Sigiriya 2 Kandy 2 Nuwara Eliya 1 Colombo

Start Finish

2 Beruwala

Nights in hotel

2 Yala

Included trips Transfers

Galle

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

11 NIGHTS in 4 & 5-star hotels plus 1 night in flight

23 MEALS 11 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 11 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Tour the exotic paradise island of Sri Lanka - teeming with vibrant wildlife, breathtaking landscapes, and a rich, colourful culture. Day 1 - UK to Colombo Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Colombo.

Day 2 - Colombo On arrival in Colombo we’ll transfer you to your hotel, where you’ll stay overnight. After your flight, a relaxed afternoon is the perfect way to start your holiday. Why not pick a spot by the hotel’s swimming pool and soak up some sun.

Included highlights

Tonight, you will join your fellow travellers for a traditional Sri Lankan meal in a restaurant. You will enjoy a variety of local dishes, specially chosen for Travelsphere, including rice served with a curry of fish or meat, and curries made with vegetables, lentils and fruits, accompanied by pickles, vegetables and salads, and beer and wine. (D)

• Minneriya National Park

Day 3 - Colombo to Minneriya

• Village walk including catamaran ride

Today a short sightseeing tour will introduce you to Sri Lanka’s capital, Colombo, a bustling metropolis boasting an attractive blend of old and new. Grand colonial-era buildings and Buddhist temples rub shoulders with modern skyscrapers, fine restaurants and high-end boutiques.

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR TRAVELSPHERE CARES Visit the Sthree Cafe and Craft Shop in Kandy

• Visit the Dambulla cave temples • The UNESCO-listed Sigiriya rock fortress • Spice garden visit with cookery demonstration • Royal Botanical Gardens and Temple of the Tooth • Tea plantation visit

• See reminders of Dutch colonial rule in Galle

You will then drive to Sigiriya, in the heart of Sri Lanka’s Cultural Triangle. A two-night stay here means there’s time to visit Minneriya National Park, where elephants, deer and wild boar roam. (B,D)

• Visit a turtle hatchery

Day 4 - Minneriya to Sigiriya

• Sightseeing tour of Nuwara Eliya • Yala National Park safari

• Eat in a wonderful restaurant serving Sri Lankan food, with a menu specially chosen for Travelsphere with beer and wine

Today, we’ll visit the UNESCO-listed site of Sigiriya on a guided climb, a spectacular rock fortress featuring water gardens, moats and the impressive Lion Gate. Explore the frescoes of beautiful maidens and the Mirror Wall with ancient graffiti. Later, we will experience local life in the nearby village of Hiriwaduna, where a walk and a catamaran ride are all included. We will walk over village paths, a tank (ancient reservoir), a bund and through forest. And, you’ll cross a jungle rivulet by catamaran to reach a farmers simple wattle and daub house. (B,D)

Day 5 - Sigiriya to Kandy Kandy is a beautiful town, and it’s your next base. On the way here we’re going to stop at the Dambulla cave temples, home to more than 150 Buddha images. We’ll also visit a spice garden in Matale, where you’ll learn how these 122

aromatic ingredients are used in traditional Sri Lankan cuisine, and pick up some tips to take home. (B,D)

Day 6 - Kandy After breakfast you’ll enjoy a tour of Kandy, where highlights include the Market Square and the Temple of the Sacred Tooth Relic, one of Buddhism’s most sacred places of worship. Said to have been built in the early 1700s, it houses the tooth relic of Buddha brought to Sri Lanka from the Kalinga province in ancient India in the 4th century AD. Several buildings have been added to the temple complex by successive rulers, the latest being the Golden Canopy over the inner shrine where the Tooth Relic is placed. For lunch, you’ll visit the Sthree Café, which works with women in the local community to increase their income, strengthen their financial independence, and help them become economically empowered. At the café, we will enjoy a traditional Sri Lankan dining experience as we’re served fresh, vegetarian cuisine, prepared from locally sourced, seasonal ingredients. End the day relaxing at your hotel. (B,L,D)

Travelsphere cares In Kandy, we will visit the Sthree Cafe and Craft Shop. This is a project supported by Travelsphere Cares and Planeterra that provides opportunities for women and at-risk youth. Here you’ll enjoy lunch and learn more about how the cafe benefits the local community. In partnership with

Day 7 - Kandy to Nuwara Eliya After breakfast, we’re setting our sights on Nuwara Eliya, in the heart of Sri Lanka’s hill country. On the way, we’ll take a tour of the Royal Botanical Gardens at Peradeniya, which were laid out by British colonial rulers in 1821 and are home to more than 5,000 species of plants and trees. Nuwara Eliya, home of the famous Ceylon tea, is surrounded by a lush green carpet of plantations, and en-route to our hotel we’ll visit one. Here we’ll see how the leaves are delicately picked by hand and turned into our favourite brew. (B,D)

Day 8 - Nuwara Eliya This morning join Holiday Director on a sightseeing tour of Nuwara Eliya. The rest of the day is free for you to do as you please. It might be tempting to spend today lazing by the pool and soaking up the sunshine! (B,D)

Elephant orphanage

Time for more BERUWALA BEACH 2 nights from £299 Extend your Sri Lankan adventure for an extra two nights at Beruwala Beach. You’ll stay in a 5-star hotel on a half-board basis, where you can relax and explore at leisure. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Temple of the Tooth

Day 9 - Nuwara Eliya to Yala

Tea plantation

Sigiriya rock

Your day begins as we continue by road to Yala, where you’ll find the landscape ranges from open parkland to dense jungle. En-route you’ll visit The Elephant Transit Home in Udawalawe, where injured or orphaned elephants from around the island are brought and given treatment and care, before being relocated at Udawalawe National Park. As you reach Yala, look out for watering holes, small lakes and lagoons. These attract the many animals that thrive here, including a sizeable population of elephants, which we’ll hope to spot tomorrow. End the day relaxing at your hotel. (B,D)

Day 10 - Yala This morning you’ll enjoy an exciting safari in Yala National Park. Here elephants and leopards may be spotted as well as many other species such as sloth bears, monkeys and crocodiles. This afternoon there’s a guided nature walk. (B,D)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £2,999 12 Jan

9 Feb

9 Mar

Day 11 - Yala to Beruwala

23 Nov

Your final destination is Beruwala, home to one of the longest beaches in Sri Lanka. You will stay here for two nights and en-route you’ll visit Galle, the port where the Portuguese first landed in Sri Lanka. Captured later by the Dutch, you’ll see plenty of reminders of Dutch colonial rule among its narrow alleys, churches and monuments. You’ll then visit a turtle hatchery where these endangered creatures are protected and released into the wild. Enjoy the rest of the day relaxing on the beach. (B,D)

2027 DATES FROM £3,149

Day 12 - Beruwala - Day at leisure Beruwala is a busy little town which has managed to retain its charm, so maybe head out to explore or just stay put and enjoy the facilities of your beachfront hotel. (B,D)

Day 13 - Beruwala to UK Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

11 Jan

1 Feb

22 Mar

2 Nov

1 Nov

† Price of tour departing in Jan 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £750

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

123

Unmissable China & Yangtze Cruise 17 days from

£3,599† Start Finish

Beijing 3

Nights in hotel

Mutianyu Great Wall of China

Included trips Rail Cruise

2 Xian CHINA

Yangtze River 4 Chengdu 2 Yichang Chongqing

Shanghai 3

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION

Take in the highlights of Shanghai, Xi’an and Beijing and sail along the mighty Yangtze River. Day 1 - UK to Shanghai

from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

You adventure in China begins today as you fly to Shanghai.

10 NIGHTS

Day 2 - Shanghai

in 4-star hotels plus 2 nights in flight

Today you’ll arrive in Shanghai, where you’ll stay for three nights.

4-NIGHT CRUISE

and Specialist Local Guide

Shanghai by night is dazzling and at its heart is the Huangpu River, with its constant and extraordinary stream of water traffic and the famous riverside boulevard, the Bund, which is lined with magnificent former colonial buildings. This evening after dinner, why not join our optional cruise along the Huangpu River. (D)

TRAVELSPHERE CARES

Day 3 - Shanghai

on the River Yangtze

31 MEALS 14 breakfasts (B), 9 lunches (L), 8 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR

Visit the Chengdu Panda Breeding Research Centre

Included highlights • Tour of Shanghai • Journey on the High-speed China Railway

Shanghai offers many sightseeing possibilities. Your included tour squeezes plenty in, with highlights including Nanjing Road, the Yu Yuan Gardens, the Jade Buddha Temple and stroll along the Bund. (B,L)

• Visit Ciqikou’s Old Town

Day 4 - Shanghai

• Discover Jinli Street in Chengdu

You could spend today exploring Shanghai or join an optional excursion to Suzhou, located on China’s historic Grand Canal. This beautiful 2,500-year-old city is famed for its landscaped gardens and traditional architecture.

• Xi’an tour with a visit to the City Wall • The world-famous Terracotta Army • Visit the Summer Palace in Beijing • Boat ride on Kunming Lake (weather permitting) • The Great Wall of China • Beijing landmarks including Tiananmen Square and the Forbidden City

We’ll also visit the Institute of Silk Embroidery, where you will see artists at work creating elaborate pieces which can take months, even years to complete. (B)

• Traditional Peking Duck dinner

Day 5 - Shanghai to Yangtze Cruise

Optional experiences • Shanghai by night cruise

Today we board a high-speed train to Yichang. On arrival we’ll board our ship and embark on a scenic Yangtze River cruise. (B,D)

• Discover the ancient city of Suzhou

Day 6 - Yangtze Cruise

• Magical Face Changing Show with dinner

Today you’ll cruise through the magnificent Three Gorges region, where we will stop for shore excursions, bookable on board, including the Three Gorges.

• Xi’an by night • Tang Dynasty Show, Xi’an • Beijing Acrobatic Show with dinner • Beijing Hutongs walking tour

This evening, enjoy the captain’s welcome dinner and entertainment. (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Yangtze Cruise Today, we’ll transfer to another vessel, to cruise through the impressive Shennong Stream, which flows into the Yangtze. Back on the ship, we’ll sail into the Wu Gorge, famed for its forest-covered mountains, then through the Qutang Gorge. (B,L,D) 124

Day 8 - Yangtze Cruise Today step ashore to visit Xiaoguanshan Ancient Folk Culture Park which offers a deep insight into the history of the area. This evening join your captain for a farewell banquet on board the ship. (B,L,D)

Day 9 - Chongqing to Chengdu Today you’ll disembark the ship in Chongqing and set off to explore further by land. You’ll visit Ciqikou Old Town, whose history can be traced back more than 1,700 years. The village is a great place to watch local women at work in embroidery workshops. You’ll also see the Guild Hall, a magnificent complex of houses, prayer houses and shops built by immigrants during the Qing Dynasty. Later we’ll travel to Chengdu by high-speed train. (B,L,D)

Day 10 - Chengdu Your day begins with a fantastic tour of the Chengdu Panda Breeding Research Centre to view these endangered creatures. We visit in the morning as this is when the Pandas are at their most active, when they feed and play. The afternoon will be spent exploring Jinli Street, where you can sample local delicacies and visit tea houses and silk workshops. This evening, you’ve the option to attend a Face Changing Show. Performed in a traditional tea house, dinner is also included. (B,L)

Travelsphere cares On this tour you will visit the Chengdu Panda Breeding Research Centre. This non-profit institute is committed to conservation, research, breeding and education programs and is a sanctuary to more than 150 Giant Pandas, red pandas and other endangered species.

Day 11 - Chengdu to Xi’an We make our way to Xi’an today, the ‘City of Eternal Peace’ and home of the famous Terracotta Army. Your sightseeing begins with a visit to the Tomb of Emperor Jingdi, also known as Hanyangling. Next we’ll visit the ancient and beautifully preserved City Wall. This evening there will be the chance to discover Xi’an by night on an optional excursion. (B,L)

Day 12 - Xi’an Today you’ll see the Terracotta Army at Li Shan Mountain. Discovered in the 1970s, this collection of at least 6,000 life-size terracotta figures represent individuals of the Imperial Guard. We will also visit the Green Tea House, where there may be an opportunity to meet one of the farmers who discovered the warriors. After

The Great Wall of China

a special dumpling dinner, there’s the option to see a Tang Dynasty show. (B,L,D)

Later, this evening, we’ll meet up again for a farewell dinner of Peking duck. (B,D)

Day 13 - Xi’an to Beijing

Day 16 - Beijing to UK

VICTORIA FLEET

We start today by taking a high-speed train to Beijing. There’s plenty of time to discover all its highlights. You’ll visit the Summer Palace and, if weather conditions allow, you’ll enjoy a cruise on Kunming Lake.

Today we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Your cruise ship, part of the Victoria fleet, boasts well-furnished, comfortable cabins, all of which feature private balconies and bathrooms with shower.

You can also attend an optional excursion to an exhilarating acrobatic show followed by dinner. (B,L)

Day 14 - Beijing

Day 17 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today. Please note: To introduce you to China’s many sights, our itineraries are very full with some early starts and long days, but they are also extremely rewarding. This tour requires a good degree of physical fitness and is not suitable for anyone with limited mobility.

Today we head to Tiananmen Square. This is bordered by the Qianmen Gate, the Great Hall of the People and the Gate of Heavenly Peace. We’ll go through the gate, which forms the entrance to the incredible Forbidden City, to admire the magnificent buildings that house the Imperial Palace.

Your ship

Your cruise includes all meals, with Western and Chinese-style buffets at breakfast, lunch and dinner, and a captain’s farewell banquet. There are a host of activities available during your time on the ship along with a range of optional shore excursions, which are booked locally at an additional cost. Cabin upgrade Enhance your cruise with an upgrade to Promenade deck with amenity package. Please ask your Holiday Advisor for further details.

The afternoon is free for you to explore Beijing at leisure, or perhaps join our optional excursion to discover the city’s hutongs by rickshaw. (B)

Day 15 - Beijing Today we will walk along the ramparts of the Great Wall of China. Here, you can explore at your own pace, walk between the wall’s watch towers or simply take in the breathtaking scenery.

Yangtze River

Chengdu Panda research centre

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £3,599 12 Apr

10 May

18 Oct

8 Nov

13 Sep

4 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £3,799 11 Apr

9 May

12 Sep

7 Nov

† Price of tour departing in Apr 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £785

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available

Summer Palace

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

125

Japan Land of the Rising Sun 13 days from

£5,399† Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

Transfers

JAPAN

Rail

Takayama Matsumoto 2 Shirakawago

1 Hiroshima

Kyoto 3 1 Nara Osaka

3 Tokyo

Mount Fuji

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

10 NIGHTS in 3 & 4-star hotels plus 2 nights in flight

14 MEALS 10 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

HIGH-SPEED TRAIN

From modern Tokyo to ancient Kyoto, this Royal Geographical Society Collection tour will showcase the unforgettable highlights of Japan. Day 1 - UK to Tokyo Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Tokyo.

Day 2 - Tokyo This evening you’ll arrive in Tokyo, where we’ll transfer you to your hotel.

Day 3 - Tokyo Your explorations of Japan begins here in dazzling Tokyo and takes you first to the district of Asakusa, where you’ll visit the fascinating Sensoji Buddhist temple, and head to the vibrant Nakamise shopping street.

The lake formed thousands of years ago in the crater of a dormant volcano, and we’ll take a tranquil and scenic cruise across its waters. At the hot springs, you’ll have a chance to try the local delicacy of ‘black eggs’. Cooked in the sulphur, eating just one egg is believed to add seven years to your life! We’ll also make a photo stop at a great spot close to Mount Fuji, so you can capture its stunning beauty if the weather is on our side. (B)

Day 5 - Tokyo to Takayama Your next base is Takayama, and a day of discoveries starts with a visit to the ancient and perfectly preserved Matsumoto Castle. Set against the stunning backdrop of the Japanese Alps, it’s the country’s oldest five-tiered wooden castle and has been designated a National Treasure of Japan.

Included highlights

In the afternoon we’re going to visit the Tokyo Tower and make a stop close to the spectacular Imperial Palace. Tonight we’ll head out to a restaurant for a welcome dinner. (B,D)

In the afternoon we’re going to tour Daio Wasabi Farm to see how Japanese horseradish is grown. The farm has a number of large fields where the wasabi plants grow and we will admire them from specially designed walking trails. To round off your visit, why not treat yourself to a wasabiflavoured ice cream! (B,D)

• Tour of Japan’s capital, Tokyo

Day 4 - Hakone & Mount Fuji

Day 6 - Takayama

A spectacular sight awaits us today, as we journey to Hakone. This is the gateway to Mount Fuji, Japan’s highest mountain, and the Fuji-Hakone-Izu National Park. The scenery here is breathtakingly beautiful and we’ll take a cable-car ride over the Owakudani Valley to admire views of mountains, sulphur hot springs and crystal-clear Lake Ashi.

Our day out today starts with the chance to see a traditional house and enjoy some free time in Takayama. One of Japan’s most scenic areas is Shirakawago, located along the Shokawa River. We’ll head here to take in wonderful sights of pine-covered mountains and centuries-old thatch-roofed farmhouses. (B)

journey on the iconic Bullet Train

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

• Hakone, gateway to Mount Fuji • Cruise on Lake Ashi • Cable-car ride over Owakundi Valley • Matsumoto Castle, Japan’s oldest existing castle • Visit a wasabi farm • Takayama, a traditional city in the mountains • Shirakawago visit • Sightseeing in Kyoto including Nijo Castle • Kinkakuji Temple • Arashiyama and rickshaw ride through a bamboo forest • Visit the historic city of Nara • Hiroshima sightseeing tour and Miyajima Island • Tour of Osaka

From the archives ‘Mount Fuji - the great sacred mountain of Japan’. This photo appeared in Herbert Ponting’s ‘Japanese Studies’ (1906) along with a quote from a Wordsworth poem: ‘A distant mountain’s head, Strewn with snow smooth as the sky can shed, Shines like another sun’.

Day 7 - Takayama to Kyoto A journey by train this morning takes us to Nagoya, where we board one of Japan’s famous Bullet Trains bound for Kyoto. Then we’ll continue onto the historic city of Nara where we’ll find the Todaiji Temple, the Deer Park with its hundreds of free-roaming deer and Kasuga Taisha, the most celebrated shrine in Nara. (B)

Day 8 - Kyoto We’ll start the day by viewing the Kinkakuji Temple with its Golden Pavilion. Next we’re heading to the beautiful district of Arashiyama, where a rickshaw ride through a bamboo forest promises to be an exhilarating experience. Sit back and enjoy the sight of the towering stalks swaying gently in the wind and casting shadows on the path. A sushi-making demonstration and lunch are also included. (B,L)

• Sushi-making demonstration

Day 9 - Kyoto - Day at leisure Mount Fuji. Photographer: Herbert Ponting, 1906

126

Today has been kept free for you to explore Kyoto at your own pace. Perhaps visit some of the many captivating temples or head to the Gion District and experience a traditional tea ceremony. The choice is yours. (B)

Mount Fuji

From the archives

Special departure CHERRY BLOSSOM* & AUTUMN COLOURS** 2 nights from £400 Japan is a beautiful destination to visit at any time of the year but if you choose to travel in late March early April there is the chance you’ll see the spring flowering of Japan’s Cherry Blossom. Travelling in Autumn is just as magical, as the fall foliage is a spectacular sight of colour as trees are covered in leaves of deep red, orange, and gold.

‘Nara, the heart of old Japan’. Illustration from Herbert Ponting’s ‘In Lotus-Land Japan’.

Day 10 - Kyoto to Hiroshima Today we’re taking a Bullet Train to Hiroshima. This city is well known as the target of the firstever atomic bomb. Here, we will visit the Atomic Bomb Dome and Peace Memorial Park. We’ll also visit nearby Miyajima Island, taking in views of the beautiful Itsukushima Shrine, a UNESCOlisted site built over water. Tonight we’ll get together for a farewell dinner. (B,D)

Day 11 - Hiroshima to Osaka Osaka is the final destination of your tour, so take this morning to relax and admire the view of Japan from the window. You’ll spend the rest of the day discovering Osaka Castle and the Floating Garden Observatory at the top of the Umeda Sky Building. (B)

Bamboo Forest

From the archives ‘Miyajima! Even the name is soft and pleasant to the ear, as is befitting for a queen’s; and Miyajima is easily queen of all the lovely isles which grace that fairest stretch of water in the world – the Inland Sea … As we approached, that summer evening, it seemed indeed too lovely to be real’. Herbert Ponting in his book ‘In Lotus-land Japan’ (1910).

Memories to bring home Step through the doors of the Sanjusangendo wooden temple and as the smell of incense fills the air, come face to face with 1001 statues of Kannon.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £5,399 24 Mar*

29 Mar*

5 Apr

18 Oct**

8 Nov**

2027 DATES FROM £5,699 23 Mar*

Day 12 - Osaka to UK

28 Mar*

4 Apr

17 Oct**

7 Nov**

Today we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

*Special departure - Cherry Blossom **Special Departure - Autumn Colours † Price of tour departing in Nov 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,320

Day 13 - UK Your holiday comes to an end as you arrive back in the UK today. Please note: There are so many aspects of Japan to experience and to ensure you see the best of the country, this tour is very full with long, yet rewarding days. This tour requires a good degree of physical fitness and is not suitable for anyone with limited mobility.

Kyoto

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from London & Manchester Flight upgrade available

Miyajima by Herbert Ponting.

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

127

Invitation to Vietnam & the Temples of Angkor 14 days from

£3,649† Start Finish Nights in hotel

Hanoi 2

Nights on cruise

1 Halong Bay

Included trips Flight Transfers Cruise

2 Hue

LAOS

THAILAND

2 Hoi An

Banteay Samre Angkor Wat Siem Reap 2

Chansar

VIETNAM

This fascinating introduction to the diverse landscapes of Vietnam complemented with a visit to Cambodia’s Angkor temples. Day 1 - UK to Hanoi

CAMBODIA

2 Ho Chi Minh City

Your holiday begins with your flight to Hanoi.

Day 2 - Hanoi

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

10 NIGHTS in 3 & 4-star hotels plus 2 nights in flight

1-NIGHT FULL-BOARD CRUISE sailing on Halong Bay

24 MEALS 11 breakfasts (B), 8 lunches (L), 5 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR TRAVELSPHERE CARES Visit Oodles of Noodles in Hoi An

Included highlights • Hanoi tour and trishaw ride • Enjoy a Vietnamese coffee overlooking Hoan Kiem Lake • Vietnamese tasting menu followed by a three-course meal at KOTO • See a traditional water puppet show • Overnight cruise through Halong Bay

On arrival in Vietnam’s capital, we’ll transfer you to your hotel. Tonight you will experience a welcome dinner like no other at the KOTO Restaurant, a social enterprise that provides training to disadvantaged children. KOTO has trained over 700 students in Hanoi and Saigon, with 200 of them currently enrolled. Enjoy the aroma and flavours of Vietnamese and SouthEast Asian specialties, and try a selection of traditional dishes before sitting down for a three course meal. (D)

Day 3 - Hanoi Your sightseeing in Hanoi begins at the mausoleum where Ho Chi Minh lies in state guarded by silent sentries. We’ll then head to the Temple of Literature. After a busy morning, we’ll enjoy lunch at a restaurant specialising in traditional Hanoi delicacies. This afternoon, we head to the Ancient Quarter and board a trishaw. After a short stop for a Vietnamese coffee, we’ll continue on foot to Kim Ngan temple. Then watch a traditional water puppet show and enjoy backstage access. (B,L,D)

Day 4 - Hanoi to Halong Bay The beauty of UNESCO-listed Halong Bay cannot be underestimated. You’ve the option to view the bay on a seaplane flight before

heading to your unique overnight accommodation. We’ll cruise through the dramatic limestone peaks that rise from the water and watch the sun set over the bay, before enjoying dinner on board. (B,L,D)

Day 5 - Halong Bay to Hue You’ll wake up to the beautiful surroundings of Halong Bay and watch the sun rise as coffee, tea and cookies are served on board. The rest of your morning is spent enjoying this unique destination, and may include activities such as kayaking and swimming, or visits to local markets and caves. Later we will disembark the ship, make our way to the airport and fly to Hue. (B,L)

Day 6 - Hue A full day in Hue means you’ll get a real flavour of Vietnam’s former capital. We’ll start with a relaxing cruise along the Perfume River, which takes us to the Thien Mu Pagoda. Then we’ll continue to the citadel, the ancient seat of royal power. We’ll explore the former Imperial Palace and learn more about the area’s intriguing architecture, which was inspired by Beijing’s Forbidden City. We’ll stop for lunch, a vegetarian meal, before we continue our tour with a visit to the imposing tomb of Emperor Minh Mang, located in a beautiful setting surrounded by gardens and lakes (B,L)

Day 7 - Hue to Hoi An Driving over the Hai Van Pass, possibly the most scenic of coastal road in Vietnam, our journey today takes us south to Hoi An. You’ll be enchanted by this ancient riverside town, and after lunch we’ll take a tour. Highlights include the Japanese Covered Bridge and a cruise on the Thu Bon River. (B,L)

• Sightseeing tour of Hue • Boat trip along the Perfume River • Drive along the scenic Hai Van Pass • Hoi An & Ho Chi Minh City tours • Visit the amazing Cu Chi Tunnels • Saigon River cruise including dinner • Explore the Angkor temple complex

Optional experience • Seaplane flight over Halong Bay

Halong Bay

128

Angkor Wat

Hanoi

Time for more A JOURNEY THROUGH SOUTHEAST ASIA 22 nights from £5,099 An extended version of this tour is available where you’ll explore more of Cambodia, as well as Laos and Thaliand. See pages 130-131 for details.

Day 8 - Hoi An

Day 11 - Ho Chi Minh to Siem Reap

Today you will visit STREETS International’s Oodles of Noodles project, a local community project, which supports disadvantaged young people by providing them with training for a career in the hospitality industry. You’ll meet some of the students, learn about different types of local cuisine. Afterwards, enjoy some delicious food made with local ingredients will be served.

Before we leave there is time to take in the city with a sightseeing tour. With highlights including the elegant Saigon Opera House and Reunification Palace. (B)

(B,D)

Travelsphere cares STREETS International is a social enterprise in Vietnam that offers a professional-level hospitality training for at-risk adolescents. On this tour you will visit Oodles of Noodles, where you will be introduced to the 26 different types of noodles available in Hoi An and you’ll even get to try some too. When you book this holiday, you are also contributing to projects in Chansar village which support the local community. In partnership with

Day 9 - Hoi An to Ho Chi Minh We’ll start today with a visit to a small workshop to find out more about the beautiful lanterns of Hoi An. We then fly to Ho Chi Minh City, where you’ll have plenty of time to explore during your two night stay. (B,L)

Day 10 - Ho Chi Minh Today we discover the Cu Chi Tunnels. This incredible network of underground passages was first constructed in the late 1940s by the Viet Minh army fighting the French. They were later extended by the Viet Cong rebels. This evening we’ll enjoy a cruise along the Saigon River and dinner will be served on board. (B,D)

Day 12 - Siem Reap Today’s the day we start our discovery of the famous temples of Angkor. We’ll begin our explorations with a visit to Banteay Srei, next we’ll visit Banteay Samre, before continuing to the world’s largest religious monument - the magnificent Angkor Wat.

Memories to bring home As you cruise between the massive limestone karsts of Halong Bay, it’s so easy to forget that you are actually sailing on the ocean.

Lantern making

We will also take a visit to the village of Chansar, which is supported by our Travelsphere Cares project, we’ll enjoy a walking tour of the village and a simple Khmer lunch before we head to a Buddhist temple to receive a blessing. Finally we’ll climb to the top of Pre Rup Temple and enjoy fabulous views of the jungle at sunset. (B,L)

Day 13 - Siem Reap to Ho Chi Minh/UK We begin today with a visit to the South Gate of Angkor Thom. Our explorations uncover the Bayon, where hundreds of smiling faces decorate the towers and Phimeanakas, which we’ll climb to take in panoramic views of the Angkor complex. We’ll also take in the Terrace of Elephants and the Terrace of Leper Kings before driving to Ta Prohm, a temple which has been left to the clutches of the jungle. There will be time to return to the hotel and freshen up before we transfer you to the airport for your flight back to the UK, via Ho Chi Minh City. (B,L)

Day 14 - UK You’ll arrive in the UK today where you adventure comes to an end.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £3,649 4 Feb

4 Mar

21 Oct

18 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £3,849 3 Feb

3 Mar

20 Oct

17 Nov

† Price of tour departing in Feb 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £450

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

129

A Journey Through Southeast Asia 22 days from

£5,099† MYANMAR

Chiang Rai 2

2 1 Halong Bay Hanoi

Pakbeng 1

3 Luang Prabang

Mekong

LAOS

Hue 2 Hoi An 2 THAILAND

Angkor Wat

Start Finish

Banteay Samre 1 Bangkok Chansar 3 Siem Tonle Lake Reap

Nights in hotel Nights on cruise

CAMBODIA

Included trips

2 Ho Chi Minh City

Flight Transfers

VIETNAM

Cruise

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

18 NIGHTS in 3 & 4-star hotels plus 2 nights in flight

1-NIGHT FULL-BOARD CRUISE sailing on Halong Bay

43 MEALS 19 breakfasts (B), 13 lunches (L), 11 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR TRAVELSPHERE CARES Visit Oodles of Noodles in Hoi An

Included highlights • Tours of Hanoi, Hue, Hoi An and Ho Chi Minh City in Vietnam • Bicycle rickshaw ride around Hanoi’s Ancient Quarter • Vietnamese coffee overlooking Hoan Kiem Lake • Traditional water puppet show with backstage visit • Overnight cruise on Halong Bay • Boat trip along the Perfume River • Travel the scenic Hai Van Pass • Visit the Cu Chi Tunnels • Dinner cruise on the Saigon River • Explore Cambodia’s Angkor Temple complex • Chansar village • Receive a blessing from a monk • Visit a Khmer family • Visit a village built on stilts in Tonle Sap Lake • Luang Prabang tour • Cruise the Mekong River to Pak Ou Cave • Kuang Si Waterfalls visit • Experience an alms-giving ceremony • Chiang Rai sightseeing tour followed by a visit to the hilltribe village

Optional experience available 130

Discover unforgettable wonders, from ancient temples to tranquil countryside and vibrant cities, on this 22-day adventure. Day 1 - UK to Hanoi Your holiday begins with your flight to Hanoi.

Day 2 - Hanoi A two-night stay in Hanoi offers plenty of time to get to know the city. Enjoy a welcome dinner at the KOTO Restaurant. (D)

Day 3 - Hanoi We’ll get to grips with Hanoi’s many highlights on a full day of exploration including a bicycle rickshaw to explore Hanoi. Later we’ll watch a traditional water puppet show. (B,L,D)

Day 8 - Hoi An Today you will visit STREETS International’s Oodles of Noodles project, a scheme which supports disadvantaged young people. You’ll learn about different types of noodles, and have a go at making some yourself. (B,D)

Day 4 - Hanoi to Halong Bay A wonderful treat is in store today as you not only admire the stunning beauty of UNESCOlisted Halong Bay but also spend the night cruising its waters. (B,L,D)

Day 5 - Halong Bay to Hue Wake up to glorious views of Halong Bay, enjoy tea, coffee and cookies and choose from a selection of activities. We’ll then head to the airport for our flight to Hue. (B,L)

Day 6 - Hue Today we’ll enjoy a full day of exploration in Hue starting with a cruise along the Perfume River before visiting the former Imperial Palace and the imposing tomb of Emperor Minh Mang. (B,L)

Day 9 - Hoi An to Ho Chi Minh City Previously known as Saigon, Ho Chi Minh City is our destination today. After our flight our discoveries begin on an afternoon tour. Highlights include the Central Post Office, designed by the renowned French architect Gustav Eiffel, and the elegant Saigon Opera House. We’ll also see the Reunification Palace, where the Vietnam War came to an end. (B)

Day 10 - Ho Chi Minh City Spend this morning discovering the remarkable Cu Chi Tunnels. The afternoon is free for you to spend at leisure. End the day with a dinner cruise on the Saigon River. (B,D)

Day 7 - Hue to Hoi An

Day 11 - Ho Chi Minh City to Siem Reap

A scenic drive via the Hai Van Pass this morning takes us to Hoi An, an enchanting ancient riverside town. After checking into our hotel and enjoying lunch we’ll head off on a tour of its highlights. These include the Chua Ong Pagoda, the Jinshang Temple, dedicated to the Goddess of the Sea, and the Japanese Covered Bridge. We’ll also take a cruise on the Thu Bon River. (B,L)

We fly to Siem Reap in neighbouring Cambodia today, on arrival we’ll begin our discovery of the iconic temples of Angkor. Our visit will include Banteay Srei, Banteay Samre, and then the magnificent Angkor Wat.

Oodles of Noodles

What better way to end the day than by enjoying spectacular views at sunset from the top of the Phnom Bakheng Temple. (B,D)

Day 12 - Siem Reap We’ll visit the small village of Chansar, which is supported by our Travelsphere Cares project. Then enjoy a walking tour of the village followed by a simple lunch with a Khmer family and a visit to a Buddhist temple to receive a blessing from a monk. (B,L)

Day 13 - Siem Reap Today’s discoveries begin at the South Gate of Angkor Thom, then we’ll visit the Bayon and also climb to the top of the Phimeanakas, for fantastic views. We’ll then view the Terrace of the

Halong Bay

Elephants and the Terrace of Leper Kings before we drive to Ta Prohm. (B,L)

Day 14 - Siem Reap to Luang Prabang Our journey by road this morning takes us to Kompong Khleang, a village built on stilts whose residents earn a living by fishing on the Tonle Sap Lake. We’ll gain insight into life here before we transfer to the airport and fly to Luang Prabang in Laos. (B,L,D)

Day 15 - Luang Prabang Today we’ll discover the highlights of the former royal capital of Luang Prabang on a tour. Admire the ornate Wat Xieng Thong and the Wat Mai, with its beautiful gilded façade. Then we head to the former Royal Palace. Next we’ll see Wat Visoun and Wat Aham, and you’ll have the chance to climb the 328 steps to the top of Mount Phousi. (B,L)

Day 16 - Luang Prabang It’s an early start today as we rise to the sound of the temple gong and witness a Buddhist alms-giving ceremony. A procession of about 300 young monks in saffron-coloured robes will walk by us silently collecting food in their bronze bowls. Later, we head to the Kuang Si Waterfalls. (B,L)

Day 17 - Mekong River to Pakbeng You’ll spend the day cruising the Mekong River to Pakbeng, for an overnight stay at a riverside hotel. En-route we’ll call at the Pak Ou Caves, a holy site packed with more than 4,000 images of Buddha. (B,L,D)

Day 18- Pakbeng to Chiang Rai

Angkor Thom

“Our first steps into South East Asia, were exciting, vibrant, fast paced and some of the best experiences of our lives. A must, for explorers of all ages.”

We’ll set sail once more after breakfast, cruising the river to Huay Xai. Look out for wildlife along the way – if you’re lucky you might spot elephants from a nearby sanctuary bathing in the water. We’ll cross the border into Thailand and make our way to Chiang Rai. (B,L,D)

Annette Mills

Day 19 - Chiang Rai Begin your tour at Wat Rong Khun and learn about some of the surrounding areas at the Hill Tribe Museum before meeting some of the tribe’s people of nearby Akha and Yao hill tribe village. Continue to Chiang Saen before finally heading to Mae Sai. (B,L,D)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £5,099 5 Feb 4 Feb

Fly from Chiang Rai to Bangkok. This evening, we gather for a farewell dinner. (B,D)

(B)

You will arrive back in the UK today as your holiday comes to an end.

18 Nov

† Price of tour departing in Feb 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,090

Day 21 - Bangkok to UK

Day 22 - UK

29 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £5,399

Day 20 - Chiang Rai to Bangkok

Enjoy some time to explore before we transfer you to the airport for your flight back to the UK.

In the words of travellers

Alms giving ceremony

Memories to bring home Witness a Buddhist alms-giving ceremony a procession of about 300 young monks in saffron-coloured robes, silently collecting food in bronze bowls.

FLIGHT CHOICES

131

The Best of Borneo - Orangutans & Rainforests 13 days from

£3,499†

Start Finish

South China Sea

Sandakan Abai

Rasa Ria Reserve 2

Sepilok

Gomantong 2 Caves Kota Kinabalu BORNEO

2 2 Sukau

Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips Flight Transfers Cruise

Pitas Oxbow Lake

Your holiday includes

Head into the jungle and rainforests of Borneo for the chance to spot orangutans and pygmy elephants in the wild.

RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION

Day 1 - UK to Kota Kinabalu

INDONESIA

from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

10 NIGHTS in 3 & 4 star hotels and lodges plus 2 nights in flight

22 MEALS 10 breakfasts (B), 5 lunches (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR TRAVELSPHERE CARES Visit the Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre

Included highlights • Riverside walk in Kiulu Valley • Sepilok wildlife spotting jungle walk • Sun Bear Conservation Centre • Cruise on the Sulu Sea and through mangrove forests • Wildlife cruise by night to spot fireflies • Pitas Lake cruise • Three wildlife cruises from Sukau • Stay at Rasa Ria Nature Reserve • Taste local Kadaza-Dusun cuisine

Optional experiences • Evening city walking tour of Kota Kinabalu • Gomantong Caves

Today, you’ll join your fellow travellers for your flight to Kota Kinabalu via Kuala Lumpur. You’ll arrive on day 2 where your tour exploring the very best of Borneo begins.

Day 2 - Kota Kinabalu On arrival this morning we’ll transfer to our hotel. Kota Kinabalu is the capital of Sabah, one of two Malaysian states on the exotic island of Borneo and our base for the next two nights. Tonight, you and your fellow travellers will enjoy a sumptuous Malaysian welcome dinner at a local restaurant. Here you’ll be able to try the iconic Kadaza-Dusun cuisine and unique Malaysian foods. After dinner enjoy a lively cultural performance of Sabah dancers. (D)

Day 3 - Kota Kinabalu Today we’ll explore the beautiful countryside of Kiulu. We’ll enter a local village via a hanging bridge and take a scenic walk along the trails in this area away from the crowds of the city. We’ll take a break at Native Dusun House in Tombung Village where you’ll be welcomed to the house, and a light refreshment will be served. We’ll visit the farm to learn about the process of rubber tapping and afterwards, we’ll learn about local life as some stories are shared with us and you’ll have the opportunity to try some local delicacies too. Crossing another bridge, our driver will take us to a riverside café where lunch is served. There is a little time to relax or perhaps taking a cool dip in the river.

Later today you could choose to join our optional excursion - an evening walking city tour, we’ll depart for Atkinson Clock Tower, the oldest standing structure in the town. We then split into smaller groups to hike up the short but steep Signal Hill, where you’ll be rewarded with panoramic views across the city, the islands and the sea. We’ll continue on to the renowned Masjid Bandaraya Kota Kinabalu, which at first glance appears to float on water, to admire the beautiful sunset. Its unique design is a blend of traditional and modern Islamic architecture and it has fast become one of the most iconic sights of the city. The tour concludes at Kota Kinabalu Waterfront, where the rest of the evening is free for you to explore at leisure. (B,L)

Day 4 - Kota Kinabalu to Sepilok Today we’re travelling west with a short flight to Sandakan, where on arrival we travel on to our hotel. This evening our wildlife experiences truly begin with an evening jungle walk. Follow your guide into a seemingly secret natural world which comes alive with the sounds of frogs, insects and exotic birds. Keep your eyes peeled for a variety of distinct species - we love that there is the chance to see slow lorises and tarsiers in their natural habitat. (B,D)

Travelsphere cares On this tour we visit the Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre, where orphaned and injured Orangutan are brought to be rehabilitated with the aim of returning them to the wild.

Day 5 - Sandakan /Sepilok to Abai After breakfast this morning, we’ll visit Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre. Sepilok, is a primary lowland forest and a fine showcase of Borneo’s remaining rainforest. Witness the feeding of the orangutan from a platform in the forest. We also visit the Sun Bear Conservation Centre, a shelter for the World’s smallest bear. Named for the distinctive sun-shaped markings on their chest, these tree-dwelling bears spend most of their time lounging in the canopies of the trees. After lunch, we’ll transfer to the jetty in Sandakan, from where we’ll cruise up to the Lower Kinabatangan River Sanctuary. This wonderful journey takes us on the Sulu Sea and through magnificent mangrove forests. On arrival in Abai, we’ll check in at the Kinabatangan Abai Jungle Lodge. Later this afternoon we’ll take a river cruise to go in search of even more wildlife. Watch the sun slowly set whilst enjoying a cup of coffee, and at night fall, we’ll continue the cruise. Look out for small

132

sparks of soft yellowish green light appearing in the air as fireflies create a natural light display. (B,L,D)

Day 6 - Abai This morning, wake up to the wonderful sounds of the rainforest. To get the best chance of spotting wildlife, we’ll have an early start and begin our explorations with a cruise on Pitas Oxbow Lake - look towards the shore where you might see pygmy elephants bathing in the water. We’ll head back to the hotel in time for breakfast, before heading out again to visit the local community tree planting project supported by Travelsphere Cares. Back at the lodge perhaps take time to explore the boardwalk behind the lodge. We will round off the day with a wildlife spotting cruise. (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Sukau We’ve left this morning free for you enjoy the lodge and its surroundings. Stilted paths, up to 800 metres long, stretch into the forest, and animals often venture quite close. After lunch, our search for wildlife continues as we cruise upriver to our next destination, Sukau, for a two night stay. Along the way we’ll look out for primates, in particular orangutans, as well as pygmy elephants and exotic birds. Some of the world’s most spectacular species are resident in Borneo including kingfishers, hornbills and broadbills to name a few. After checking in to our lodge, we’ll take to the water again to enjoy more views and search for exotic wildlife. (B,L,D)

Day 8 - Sukau This morning we will head out in search of wildlife on a morning cruise, it’s another chance to spot some of the amazing creatures that call this area home. This afternoon has been left free for you - spend some time relaxing at the lodge or why not join our optional excursion to the Gomantong Cave to explore even more. Located in the Gomantong Forest Reserve as we walk towards the cave, we may be lucky enough to see orangutans and leaf monkeys. Inside, a unique ecosystem exists with thousands of bats roosting and swiftlets building nests and a variety of insects. This evening we enjoy our final wildlife cruise. (B,L,D)

Day 9 - Sukau to Sandakan Today we will travel by boat back towards Sandakan giving us more opportunity to spot the local wildlife. On arrival we have some free time to explore this buzzing little city with views over the Bay of Sandakan. Why not explore the Sandakan Heritage Trail which incorporates the Memorial Park, Agnes Keith House and St Michael’s and All Angels Church. If you’re

Pygmy elephants

Kinabatangan cruise

Time for more SINGAPORE 3 nights from £1,099 Extend your adventure with time in Singapore. While there, take an included tour to explore the highlights then enjoy time at leisure to make your own discoveries too. See website for more details

feeling peckish, head to the waterfront where restaurants serve fresh seafood. (B)

Day 10 - Sandakan to Rasa Ria Nature Reserve Today, we’ll fly back to Kota Kinabalu where on arrival, we’ll journey out of the city and back into nature at the Rasa Ria Nature Reserve where the rainforest meets the sea. Our resort is set in the 64 acre forest reserve and with its own private beach. (B)

Day 11 - Rasa Ria Nature Reserve Today is all yours to relax and enjoy the resort’s facilities or explore one of the six walking trails. This evening we’ll come together for a farewell dinner soaking up the Malaysian hospitality and savouring the mouth-watering cuisine. (B,D)

Day 12 - Kota Kinabalu to UK After breakfast transfer to the airport for our flight back to the UK. (B)

Day 13 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today. Please note: This tour requires a good degree of physical fitness and is not suitable for anyone with limited mobility.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £3,499 13 May

12 Aug

16 Sep

2027 DATES FROM £3,699 12 May

15 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £800

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

133

Spirit of Indonesia:

NEW

for 2026

Java, Komodo & Bali 16 days from

£3,899†

Jakarta 2 1 Bandung Start

INDONESIA

Finish Nights in hotel

Komodo National Park

Malang 2

3 Yogyakarta

Mount Bromo

Included trips Flight Transfers

Flores 3

2 Bali

Cunca Rami Waterfall

Day 3 - Jakarta

Discover the incredible diversity of Indonesia as you journey through Java and Komodo before unwinding in beautiful Bali.

Today we’ll spend time exploring this vibrant capital. The towering National Monument stands at 137 metres tall and is a symbol of Indonesia’s hard-won independence. Inside, you’ll discover a museum that highlights the compelling history and journey to freedom. We’ll wander through the cobblestone streets of Jakarta’s atmospheric Old Town known as Kota Tua. Afterwards, we’ll try ‘Jamu,’ a traditional herbal drink of Indonesia. Lunch will be served in a local restaurant.

in 4 & 5-star hotels plus 2 nights in flight

Day 1 - UK - Jakarta

24 MEALS

Your Indonesian discovery begins as you join your fellow travellers for your overnight flight to Jakarta. Sit back and prepare for the adventure ahead.

The afternoon is yours to relax at the hotel or explore nearby at your own pace. (B,L)

Rail

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

13 NIGHTS

11 breakfasts (B), 9 lunches (L), 4 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR TRAVELSPHERE CARES Visit the Senang Hati Foundation

Included highlights • Explore Jakarta on a city tour

Day 2 - Jakarta Welcome to Jakarta, once the Dutch colonial port of Batavia, it is now Southeast Asia’s largest city. Upon arrival, we’ll transfer you to your hotel and after settling in, join your group for an Indonesian welcome dinner. (D)

• Sample ‘Jamu,’ a traditional local herbal beverage

From the archives

• Visit Bandung, the “Paris of Java”

Jakarta. Photographer: G.R. Lambert & Co., 1889

• Enjoy two scenic rail journeys • Discover Yogyakarta on a guided tour including the Royal Palace. • Marvel at Borobudur Temple • Visit the mystical Prambanan Temple • Watch the sunrise over Mount Bromo • Visit the island of Flores • Hike to the Padar Island viewpoint

Day 4 - Jakarta - Bandung After breakfast, we’ll journey to Bandung, the elegant capital of West Java. The city is now known for its cool mountain climate, rolling tea plantations and Art Deco architecture. Upon arrival, enjoy a delicious lunch at a local restaurant offering a taste of the region’s distinct authentic flavours. The afternoon is yours to explore at leisure – why not take a stroll through the charming city and discover more of the city’s history or visit one of the local markets. (B,L)

Day 5 - Bandung - Yogyakarta After breakfast, we board a train for one of Indonesia’s most scenic rail journeys to Yogyakarta. During this 500km journey, lunch will be served on board and you’ll enjoy scenic views as they unfold outside your window – see rice paddies stretch to volcanic peaks and traditional villages where farmers tend to their livestock in scenes that have remained unchanged for centuries. (B,L,D)

Day 6 - Yogyakarta

• Search for Komodo dragons on Komodo Island

Today you’ll visit the magnificent Kraton, Yogyakarta’s Royal Palace. This grand, elegant complex was built following traditional Javanese design principles where every pavilion and courtyard have special meaning – it’s a beautiful example of Javanese architecture that still serves as the Sultan’s home today.

• Visit the picturesque Cunca Rami Waterfall • Snorkelling at Pink Beach • Unwind in Bali

After lunch we’ll visit Borobudur Temple – a popular pilgrimage site. Built in the 9th century, it served as a Buddhist temple before being abandoned and rediscovered under volcanic ash by Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles in 1814. There is time to climb its ancient stone steps, appreciate the decorative relief panels and admire some of the 504 Buddha statues. (B,L)

Day 7 - Yogyakarta

Bandung

134

We’ll start the day with a visit to the mystical Prambanan Temple where Hindu spires reach skyward like stone prayers. Discover the myths and legends that have been shared by locals for years before we continue onto Solo, another royal city.

Borobudur Temple, Java

After lunch, experience the art of batik-making at Kauman Batik Village. This traditional textile art, recognised by UNESCO, has been part of Indonesian culture for centuries. You’ll have the opportunity to create your own masterpiece using techniques that have been passed through the generations. While your batik dries, walk through the charming village with your guide and see how this ancient art form continues to thrive. (B,L)

Day 8 - Yogyakarta to Malang Following breakfast, it’s time to enjoy our second scenic train ride, this time travelling 400km east to Malang. This comfortable rail journey offers the perfect opportunity to chat with fellow travellers while watching the diverse landscapes unfold – from royal cities to rural farming communities and volcanic peaks to tropical valleys. Dinner at your Malang hotel comes with ‘earlyto-bed’ advice from your Holiday Director – tomorrow’s Mount Bromo adventure begins before dawn. (B,L,D)

From the archives ‘The sand sea with Bromo and Semereu Tengger mountains’, Java. Lantern slide by G.P. Lewis, date unknown.

Day 10 - Malang to Labuan Bajo, Flores After enjoying an early breakfast, we’ll head to the airport to fly east to Flores, gateway to Komodo National Park. Upon arrival, your local guide will escort you to your hotel. (B)

Day 11 - Komodo National Park After breakfast, it’s time to catch a speedboat to Padar Island. When you arrive, take a challenging but rewarding hike to the summit for panoramic views that encompasses three turquoise bays and rugged hills. Then we set sail to Komodo Island, where an expert ranger will guide you in search of the legendary Komodo dragons, along with wild buffalo, deer, and tropical birds. Your adventure continues at Pink Beach, where crushed coral creates rose-tinted sands. You’ll have time to enjoy lunch and go snorkelling to explore the vibrant underwater world (snorkels and fins provided). We’ll continue to Manta Point for a swim and the chance to spot manta rays, followed by a visit to Rinca Island for a guided walk to see more Komodo dragons in their natural habitat. (B,L)

Day 12 - Cunca Rami Waterfall Today we’ll discover one of Flores’ best-kept secrets at Cunca Rami Waterfall. Your adventure begins in Werang village with a gentle walk through untouched countryside. The crystal-clear waterfall pools are perfect for a refreshing swim, and this natural paradise is the ideal setting to enjoy your packed lunch.

Day 14 - Bali This morning we visit Senang Hati, a Planeterra Project based in Ubud, lunch will be served here. The afternoon is yours to to make your own discoveries in this enchanting archipelago. Perhaps you’ll explore ancient temples with intricate carvings, shop for last-minute gifts or simply lay by the pool with a good book. We have included a local lunch to say farewell to this enchanting part of the world. (B,L)

Day 15 - Bali - UK It’s time to start gathering your memories as we transfer to the airport for your return flight. (B)

Day 16 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today. Please note: This tour requires good mobility. Participants must be able to walk at least 2km at a time and manage their luggage on/off trains.

Time for more BALI 3 nights from £299 At the end of your tour, extend your Indonesian adventure with 3 nights in Bali where you can relax, unwind and make the most of this paradise island. See website for more details. Bali temple

We’ll venture back to Labuan Bajo stopping first at Batu Cermin (Mirror Rock), a local market and a panoramic viewpoint of the dramatic landscape. This evening we’ll celebrate our Komodo adventures with a BBQ dinner. (B,L,D)

Day 13 - Flores - Bali An early morning flight takes you to Bali where ornate temples and fragrant frangipani blossoms await. We have left the rest of the day free for you explore or unwind, making the most of the facilities at your hotel.

Day 9 - Bromo sunrise For those seeking one of Indonesia’s most breathtaking experiences, you’ll rise early for the journey to Mount Bromo. With the pre-dawn air surprisingly cool, make sure to bring some warm clothes. Watch in wonder as the sun slowly illuminates the volcanic landscape, painting it beautiful shades of gold and crimson. After the sunrise, we’ll continue to the volcanic desert below for incredible photo opportunities of this otherworldly “sea of sand.” We’ll return to the hotel, leaving the rest of the day free to relax or explore Malang.

Travelsphere cares In Bali, we will visit and learn about the work of Senang Hati Foundation. Supported by Travelsphere Cares and Planeterra, this nonprofit organisation runs training programs for adults to develop self-confidence, physical and economic independence and creates awareness of the rights of people who are differently-abled. In partnership with

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £3,899 17 Sep

2027 DATES FROM £3,999 14 Apr

15 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Sep 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £900

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from London, Birmingham, Glasgow, Manchester & Newcastle Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

135

Uzbekistan - the Heart of the Silk Route 11 days from

£2,899† Start Finish Nights in hotel

UZBEKISTAN

Included trips Flight Transfers

Urgench

Rail

Khiva 2

Bukhara 3

2 Tashkent 2

Samarkand Shahrisabz

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION

Delve into the heart of the historic Silk Route as you discover the spellbinding land of Uzbekistan and its captivating history. Day 1 - UK - Tashkent

from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Uzbekistan’s vibrant capital city, Tashkent.

9 NIGHTS

Day 2 - Tashkent

in 3-star hotels plus 1 night in flight

18 MEALS 9 breakfasts (B), 2 lunches (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Ride through Tashkent’s beautiful metro stations • Discovery tour of Samarkand • Walking tour of Registan Square • Traditional breadmaking and lunch with a local family • Drive the Takhta Karacha Pass • Explore the home of national hero, Tamerlane • Discover the holy city of Bukhara • Bukhar Puppetry and Miniature School experience • Drive through the Kyzylkum Desert • Walking tour of Khiva’s Itchan Kala

On your arrival this morning, relax and refresh at your hotel. We’ll explore city highlights in the afternoon, including a ride on the Tashkent metro. Central Asia’s oldest metro dazzles with mosaics, portraits and magnificent columns at every stop. Tonight, we’ll sit down to a tasty welcome meal at a local restaurant. (D)

Day 3 - Tashkent to Samarkand The high-speed Afrosiab train whisks us to one of the most prominent cities on the Great Silk Road. From the eras of Alexander the Great and Genghis Khan to the artistic legacies of the Turkic ruler Tamerlane, it’s fair to say that this ancient city has seen some history! The latest research indicates that Samarkand was founded an incredible 2,750 years ago. We’ll visit Gur-Emir Mausoleum, home to the graves of Tamerlane and his descendants, along with the impressive remnants of Mosque Bibi-Khanum. The elaborate Shah-i-Zinda Necropolis is an important site for pilgrims, as it’s the alleged gravesite of Qusan ibn-Abbas, a cousin of the Prophet Muhammad. (B,D)

Day 4 - Samarkand Decorated by mosaics and ornate minarets, the madrasas of Registan Square are some of the greatest works of the Islamic world. After we’ve had our fill of awe-inspiring architecture, get ready for the enticing smell of baking bread as we join a local family for a home-cooked meal. Explore at your leisure for the rest of the day or join us for an optional excursion to three incredible destinations. The first, the Meros Silk Paper Factory, has revived the ancient tradition of paper-making in Samarkand, once renowned for its use in Persian and Arabic manuscripts. Second is the famous Ulugh Beg Observatory, which produced advanced astronomical discoveries before it was destroyed by religious extremists in 1449 - we’ll visit the museum here. Thirdly, we’ll discover the Tomb of Prophet Daniel. (B,L)

Day 5 - Samarkand to Bukhara Settle in for a scenic drive over the spectacular Takhta Karacha Pass, as we follow the Silk Route to the hometown of Tamerlane. Shakhrisabz is a traditional centre for folk art, dotted with ruins and medieval buildings. We’ll explore the Ak Saray Palace, Kok Gumbaz Friday Mosque and the mausoleum of Dorut Tilavat, then enjoy some free time. After a relaxing afternoon drive, look forward to a traditional dinner in Central Asia’s holiest city, Bukhara. (B,D)

Day 6 - Bukhara Highlighting more than 2,000 years of history, medieval Bukhara offers a visual feast of architectural wonders and photogenic streets. Our full-day tour shows you the very best of the

• Dinner with Uzbek Khorezm dances • Tashkent city tour including Khast Imam Square • Visit to a famous ceramics studio • Sample exotic teas at an historical teahouse

Optional experiences • Samarkand’s old traditions: astronomy and papermaking • Countryside excursion to Bahauddin Naqshbandi and Sitorai Mokhi Khosa Palace

Khiva

136

Registan Square, Samarkand

UNESCO-listed historic centre, including the atmospheric Old Jewish Quarter, Poi-Kayalan Ensemble and Kalyan minaret. We’ll delve into tradition at puppet and miniature painting workshops, and sip spicy teas flavoured with fragrant cardamom, anise, cinnamon and oregano. Get set to give your wallet a workout at the trading domes, featuring market stalls piled high with hand-woven carpets, silk scarves and unique jewellery. (B,D)

Shah-i-Zinda

Day 7 - Bukhara There’s so much to discover here, it will be a challenge to squeeze it all into one day. But it’s a challenge we’re willing to accept! Our tour continues at the Zindan, an old jail complete with a grisly torture chamber. Close by is the spectacular Fortress Ark, the city’s oldest structure. We’ll walk to Samanids Mausoleum, a 9th century architectural treasure.

Memories to bring home

Explore at your own pace this afternoon, or join us for an optional, countryside excursion. Discover Bahauddin Naqshbandi, the burial tomb of the Sufism leader, and the exquisite summer residence of the last Emir of Bukhara, Sitorai Mokhi Khosa Palace.

Savour the enticing aromas of freshly baking bread and enjoy a home-cooked meal with a local family, discovering traditional Uzbek dishes such as plov - typically made with rice and meat.

On our return, we’ll stop for a look at Chor Minor and its four quirky, turquoise-topped turrets. (B,L) Chor Minor

Day 8 - Bukhara to Khiva You’ll get a well-deserved rest today on our drive to Khiva through spectacular desert landscapes. The Kyzylkum Desert stretches for hundreds of miles and once presented sun-scorched dangers for traders traversing the legendary red sands. Luckily for us, we’ll get to get experience it in comfort! (B,D)

Day 9 - Khiva A living museum, Khiva’s twisting alleyways, glistening mosaics and ornate minarets are a stark contrast to its brutal history of barbaric slave trading. A walking tour of UNESCO-listed Itchan Kala, an old Khiva oasis, showcases 51 ancient structures, 250 dwellings, majestic mosques and caravanserais. As Khiva is wellknown for handicrafts, there’s plenty of time here to admire and buy woodcarvings, woven carpets and fleece hats. Tonight offers a treat for the senses, with dinner and a folklore performance. A captivating form of dance combining Arabic, Persian, Turkic, Indian and Chinese elements, Khorezm features dazzling spins, sensual undulations and lavish Oriental costumes. (B,D)

Day 10 - Khiva to Tashkent Saying goodbye to Khiva, we’ll fly back to Tashkent today. But don’t worry, your incredible journey isn’t over just yet! We’ll take a city tour on arrival, starting with Khast Imam Square which is

Bukhara

the holy heart of ancient Tashkent. See the works of world-famous ceramic masters (now fifth and sixth generation), along with the performing arts hubs of Theatre Square and Broadway, the Earthquake Memorial and Amir Temur Square. Tonight, we’ll sit down together for a delicious farewell dinner at a local restaurant. (B,D)

Day 11 - Tashkent to UK Today, your holiday comes to an end as we transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B) Please note: 2027 itinerary will change.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £2,899 5 May

8 Sep

13 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £3,049 10 May

6 Sep

4 Oct

† Price of tour departing in May 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £250

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from London, Manchester * & Edinburgh* *2027 dates only Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

137

Silk Road Adventure:

The Five Stans

NEW

for 2026

21 days from

£5,749†

UZBEKISTAN

KAZAKHSTAN

CASPIAN SEA TURKMENISTAN

Khiva Darvaza 2 1

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Flight Transfers Rail

Almaty Charyn Canyon 1 Chon-Kemin 2 2 Karakol Tashkent 2 Kalmak Bukhara 2 Jeti-Oguz Ashuu Gorge 2 2 Gorge Samarkand 1 Khujand Ashgabat KYRGYZSTAN Penjikent Cholpon-Ata 2 Dushanbe

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

19 NIGHTS 18 nights in 3, 4 & 5-star hotels, 1 night in a yurt camp plus 1 night in flight

40 MEALS 19 breakfasts (B), 4 lunches (L) and 17 dinners (D)

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guides

Included highlights • Almaty city tour

Bishkek

TAJIKISTAN

Embark on an unforgettable adventure across the legendary Five Stans of Central Asia on a journey that weaves its way through ancient Silk Road cities, breathtaking mountain landscapes, and remote desert wonders. Day 1 - London to Almaty Your Silk Road adventure begins today as you fly to Almaty, Kazakhstan’s largest city. Get ready to immerse yourself in the stunning landscapes and vibrant local culture that will unfold in the coming days.

• Visit Charyn Canyon

Day 2 - Arrive in Almaty

• Kok-Jaiyk visit with traditional eagle hunting demonstration

Arrive in Almaty and meet your guide and driver, then check-in to your hotel where you’ll have time to relax.

• Karakol city tour • Authentic dinner with a local Dungan family • Explore the Rukh-Ordo cultural complex • Learn how to make Borsok, a traditional Krygyz fried bread • Hiking excursion through the Kalmak Ashuu Gorge • Visit the Burana Historical Complex • Bishkek sightseeing tour • Tashkent city tour including the Khast Imam Complex • Explore the highlights of Khujand • Visit the ancient city of Istaravshan • Journey through the Shahristan Tunnel • Discover the sights of Dushanbe • Visit the UNESCO-listed Sarazm ruins • Tour of Samarkand • Wine-tasting at the renowned Khovrenko Winery • Explore Bukhara with a visit to a local Tea House • Learn to make plov – the Uzbek national dish • Walking tour of Ichan Kala • Visit “the Door to Hell” in Darvaza • Panoramic tour of Ashgabat • See the unique Turkmen Akhal-teke horses in Geok Tepe

138

return to Karakol for a short city tour. Visit the Holy Trinity Cathedral and the colourful Dungan Mosque. Later, visit a local Dungan family for an authentic dinner experience. Learn how to prepare traditional Lagman and enjoy a conversation about Dungan traditions and culture (B,D)

Day 5 - Karakol - Cholpon Ata - Chon Kemin Today, travel to the picturesque town of Cholpon-Ata. Here, you’ll visit the Rukh-Ordo cultural complex, home to an impressive open-air museum featuring over 2,000 ancient petroglyphs. Continue your journey to Chon Kemin, a tranquil valley surrounded by mountains. Before dinner, take part in a handson cooking class, where you’ll learn to make Borsok, a traditional Kyrgyz fried bread. Enjoy dinner on the terrace, with panoramic views of village and surrounding mountains. (B,D)

Day 6 - Chon Kemin - Day at leisure Enjoy a well-deserved free day in the idyllic surroundings of Chon Kemin or take this time to relax or, if you prefer to explore of the area, join a short morning hiking tour to the Kalmak Ashuu Gorge. (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Chon Kemin - Bishkek - Tashkent

This afternoon, we’ll explore the city’s historical and cultural highlights including Independence Square, Panfilov Park to visit the Kazakh National Musical Instruments Museum, housed in a charming 1908 wooden building, see the famous Zenkov Cathedral and the Green Bazaar. Tonight, enjoy a welcome dinner and meet your fellow travellers. (D)

Today we take a scenic drive to Bishkek, Kyrgyzstan’s vibrant capital. En-route, stop at the Burana Historical Complex. In Bishkek we’ll enjoy a brief sightseeing tour. Visit Ala-Too Square and witness the changing of the guards at the National Flagpole. Stroll along Erkindik Boulevard and visit the Peace and Friendship Monument. Following this, transfer to the airport for your flight to Tashkent, Uzbekistan. (B,D)

Day 3 - Almaty - Charyn Canyon - Karakol in Kyrgyzstan

Day 8 - Tashkent

Start the day with an early breakfast before heading to Charyn Canyon. This is a dramatic landscape of towering cliffs and deep ravines carved over 12 million years. You’ll continue to the Kazakhstan/Kyrgyzstan land border. You’ll journey on to the town of Karakol, located at the eastern tip of Lake Issyk-Kul. (B,L,D)

Day 4 - Karakol and Jeti Oguz Gorge The Jeti Oguz Gorge is a place where the rugged landscapes of Kyrgyzstan’s mountains meet picturesque alpine pastures. Here, you will witness the stunning “Seven Bulls” rock formation and travel to the Kok-Jaiyk Valley passing lush green pastures backed by snowcapped peaks. Here, you’ll witness a traditional eagle hunting demonstration, a practice passed down through generations, showcasing Kyrgyzstan’s nomadic heritage. Afterwards,

You will have a tour of Tashkent today including the Khast Imam Complex, the Museum of Applied Arts, Theatre Square, Amir Temur Square, and Independence Square. After lunch, you’ll have free time to explore the city further or relax at your hotel. (B,L)

Day 9 - Tashkent to Khujand, Tajikistan This morning we will transfer to Khujand. Located on the banks of the Syr Darya River, Khujand is one of the oldest cities in Central Asia. Visit the Historical Museum of Sughd, explore Kamoli Khujandi Square and the Panjshanbe Bazaar. Our final stop is the Mausoleum of Sheikh Muslihiddin. (B,D)

Day 10 - Khudjand to Dushanbe Today we head to the capital of Tajikistan – Dushanbe. Along the way, we will visit the

Ashgabat, Turkmenistan

ancient city of Istaravshan, once a key trading hub along the Silk Road. We will have time to explore, taking in sights such as the stunning Istaravshan Fortress, Mug Teppa, Kok Gumbaz, as well as the Hazrat-i Shah Mosque. As you approach Dushanbe, enjoy panoramic views of the Pamir Mountains, often referred to as the “Roof of the World.” (B,D)

Day 14 - Samarkand to Bukhara

Day 19 - Darvaza to Ashgabat

Today, ride the high-speed Afrosiyob train to Bukhara.

After breakfast, transfer to Ashgabat. On arrival this afternoon, enjoy a panoramic tour of this unique city known for its striking white marble architecture. (B,D)

Day 11 - Dushanbe

Day 15 - Bukhara

Spend the morning discovering Dushanbe including the National Museum of Antiquities, Kokhi Navruz, Mehrgon Market and Gurminj Museum of Musical Instruments.

We will continue exploring the fascinating city of Bukhara. A special lunch has been arranged for you with a local family where you will learn how to make the Uzbek national dish of Plov - a delicious dish that is fried, boiled and steamed. This afternoon has been left free. (B,L)

The afternoon is free for you to relax before an evening stroll around the attractions of the main square. (B,D)

Day 12 - Dushanbe - Samarkand After breakfast we head towards the Tajikistan/ Uzbekistan border, stopping at Penjikent for lunch. Penjikent is home to the UNESCOlisted Sarazm ruins. Afterwards, continue to Samarkand, one of the most famous cities on the Silk Road. (B,D)

On arrival, we will visit a number of sights and bazaars in the ancient city centre. During the tour of the city, we will stop at a local Tea House. (B,D)

From the archives ‘Bokhara’. Lantern slide by C. Hunter, date unknown

Day 20 - Ashgabat Today visit the ancient ruins of Old Nisa. We’ll visit a local horse stable in Geok Tepe and have the opportunity to meet with a Tukmen Akhal-teke horse breeder. You’ll see the unique Turkmen Akhal-teke horses - one of the oldest and rarest breeds of wild horse in the world and a part of Turkmenistan’s national emblem. On the way back to Ashgabat, we visit Turkmenbashi spiritual mosque and once back in the city we will visit the National Museum of History. A further panoramic tour includes the Park of Independence, Arch of Neutrality, Rukhnama statue and the Palace Square. (B,D)

Day 21 - Ashgabat to London After breakfast, we’ll transfer to the airport for our return flight to the UK. (B) Please note: This touring itinerary is planned with a focus on discovering many authentic highlights of the Silk Road. You can expect some long driving days with early starts and waits at border crossings. You will spend one night in a yurt camp, there are no private facilities and limited access to electricity. There is very limited internet access in Turkmenistan.

Day 13 - Samarkand Explore Samarkand’s marvels today, starting with the magnificent Gur-Emir Mausoleum then visit Registan Square where iconic buildings epitomize the grandeur of Samarkand’s historical significance. Continue to the Necropolis Shakhi-Zinda, a sprawling complex of mausoleums.

Mausoleum of Sheikh Muslihiddin

This afternoon we will enjoy a wine tasting at the renowned Khovrenko Winery. (B,D)

From the archives ‘Women of Samarkand’. From an album of photographs of the journey of M. Philips Price from the Chinese Frontier through Russian Central Asia, 1910-1911

Day 16 - Bukhara to Khiva Embark on a relaxing drive through the Kyzylkum Desert to Khiva. (B,D)

Day 17 - Khiva This morning, you’ll take a walking tour of ‘Ichan Kala’, an open air museum enclosed by a large fortress wall with four gates and under UNESCO protection. (B,D)

Day 18 - Khiva to Darvaza, Turkmenistan A special day is in store as we transfer to the Uzbekistan/Turkmenistan border and continue to one of the most unique places in the world – Darvaza. Known to the locals as “The Door to Hell”, watch the incredible sight of the gas crater burning brightly as your guide tells you about the history behind this fascinating place. We will spend the night in a Yurt Camp. (B,D)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £5,749 28 Apr

26 May

1 Sep

22 Sep

2027 DATES FROM £6,049 27 Apr

31 Aug

21 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Apr 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,000

FLIGHT CHOICES

139

Ultimate South Africa 17 days from

£4,199†

Start

Victoria Falls

Finish +

Nights in hotel Time for more Special departure

ZIMBABWE BOTSWANA

Included trips Flight

Kruger National Park Greater Kruger 4

Transfers NAMIBIA

Johannesburg

SOUTH AFRICA

Cape Town 3 1 Cape Peninsula 1 Hermanus

Stellenbosch Oudtshoorn 1

2 Dundee Battlefields

1 Gqeberha 2 Knysna

Swellendam

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

14 NIGHTS in 3 & 4-star hotels and lodges plus 2 nights in flight

Table Mountain

Explore vibrant towns and cities, stunning panoramas and search for incredible wildlife on this all-encompassing South African adventure. Day 1 - UK to Cape Town Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Cape Town.

Day 2 - Cape Town On arrival in Cape Town, we’ll transfer you to your hotel, and en route to our hotel, you’ll see many of the city’s highlights. If the weather permits we’ll even make the trip up Table Mountain by cable car. (D)

Day 3 - Cape Peninsula

Enjoy a coffee with the Good Work Foundation in partnership with Planeterra

There’s a great day ahead as we set off to explore the Cape Peninsula to take in some absolutely breathtaking views including the Twelve Apostles Mountain Range and a drive along one of the most spectacular coastal drives in the world, Chapman’s Peak (weather permitting), we’ll explore Cape Point, stop at Boulders Beach, famous for its penguin colony, and travel into Simon’s Town before completing our travels with a visit to the wonderful Kirstenbosch Botanical Gardens. (B)

Included highlights

Day 4 - Cape Town – Day at leisure

24 MEALS 14 breakfasts (B), 2 lunches (L), 8 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

TRAVELSPHERE CARES

• Cape Town tour and Table Mountain • Full-day Cape Peninsula tour with Chapmans Peak (weather permitting), Cape Point Nature Reserve, Boulders Beach, Simons Town & Kirstenbosch Botanical Gardens • Winelands tour and tasting • Spice Route Destination in Paarl with tastings • The Drostdy Museum in Swellendam • The Cango Caves and a Safari Ostrich Farm

The choice is yours today, explore at leisure or perhaps come on an optional excursion to Langa, Cape Town’s oldest township. En route, you’ll visit Bo-Kaap Malay Quarter and drive through District Six. (B)

Day 5 - Cape Town to Western Cape Winelands Today we discover the winelands of the Western Cape. Our first stop is Franschhoek. We will enjoy a wine tasting before visiting

• Drive along the Garden Route • Knysna Lagoon and the Featherbed Eco Experience

the Spice Route Destination in Paarl. Finally we’ll tour the charming, historic town of Stellenbosch. We’ll wander along Dorp Street admiring fine examples of Cape Dutch, Georgian and Victorian architecture, and take in views of the mountains and surrounding countryside. (B)

Day 6 - Stellenbosch to Oudtshoorn Your next base is Oudtshoorn, during our drive here we’ll stop and explore Swellendam, one of the oldest towns in South Africa. A tour will introduce its stunning architecture and you’ll also have time to visit its museum. (B)

Day 7 - Oudtshoorn to Knysna Oudtshoorn is the ‘ostrich capital of the world’, and home to the world’s largest population of these unique flightless birds. Today, we’ll visit the Safari Ostrich Farm to see some of these fascinating creatures up close. And then, before arriving in Knysna, we will stop at the Cango Caves, magnificent underground caverns more than 20 million years old. (B)

Day 8 - Knysna Knysna lies at the heart of the Garden Route and is surrounded by ancient forests. After a leisurely start we’ll cruise across Knysna Lagoon to the Featherbed Nature Reserve, and walk through the forest past the ancient sea caves, before enjoying a buffet lunch under a canopy of Milkwood trees. (B,L)

Day 9 - Knysna to Gqeberha Your journey to Port Elizabeth, or Gqeberha as it is now known, includes a stop at Birds of Eden. A unique two hectare dome, the world’s largest, over a gorge of indigenous forest and currently home to over 3,500 birds from over 220 species. Next in Tsitsikamma National Park, a 2km walk takes you over the 77-metre-long suspension bridge which hovers above the tumultuous water flowing into the Indian Ocean. Later, we will take in some highlights of Gqeberha en-route to our hotel for this evening. (B,D)

Day 10 - Gqeberha to Battlefields Flying to Johannesburg today you’ll discover a very different territory to that previously experienced, as we head into the heart of the Zulu kingdom, the KwaZulu-Natal battlefields and our base for the next two nights. (B,D)

• Explore Birds of Eden • Storms River Mouth in Tsitsikamma National Park • Gqeberha Highlights • The Zulu battlefields

Day 11 - Battlefields

• Game drive in Kruger National Park

On today’s guided tour you’ll retrace history as you stand at the very spot where the 1879 Battle of Isandlwana and subsequent conflict at Rorke’s Drift took place. A Local Guide will bring to life the events of the day when 20,000 Zulu warriors, armed with traditional weapons, confronted the firepower of the British army. (B,L,D)

• Graskop Gorge Lift • Explore the Panorama Routes God’s Window, Bourkes Luck Potholes and Three Rondavels • A ‘braai’ dinner in a Boma under the African stars

Optional experiences available 140

Boulders Beach

Special departure WHALE WATCHING* 18 days from £4,399, 11 & 25 Sep 2026 and 10 & 24 Sep 2027 Your tour will be extended by one night, allowing time for a visit to Hermanus recognised as one of the best whale-watching destinations in the world. See website for details.

Time for more VICTORIA FALLS 5 nights from £1,399 This extended stay includes three nights in Zimbabwe where you’ll enjoy a sunset cruise along the Zambezi River, a guided tour of the mighty Victoria Falls and a fabulous Boma Dinner & Drum show. Your trip also includes an additional two nights in Johannesburg. Available on all dates. See website for details. Stellenbosch

Day 12 - Greater Kruger The Mpumalanga Lowveld region of South Africa is 40 mins from the Kruger National Park, South Africa’s largest game reserve. Enjoy the spectacular views on todays journey. (B,D)

Travelsphere cares On this holiday you are supporting the Good Work Foundation, a non-profit organisation that trains local youth in technology, conservation as well as tourism and hospitality. Youth are gaining skills in entrepreneurship and tourism to break the cycle of poverty around the Kruger National Park by generating sources of income. In partnership with

Day 13 - Kruger National Park Kruger National Park is home to the Big Five lion, elephant, buffalo, leopard and rhino. Today you’ll travel in an open safari vehicle with an expert guide to track down the best wildlife sightings - it’s a wonderful way to experience the African wilderness. We will return later this afternoon and the rest of the day is yours to do as you please. (B,D)

Day 14 - Greater Kruger – Day at leisure You could relax and enjoy the facilities at the lodge, or head out on an optional game drive and continue your search for wildlife. (B,D)

Day 15 - Greater Kruger & the Panorama Route Start your day with a drive along the breathtaking Panorama Route. The rainforest at God’s Window, Bourke’s Luck Potholes and the Three Rondavels are some of the highlights. We’re also going to take an unforgettable journey on the Graskop Gorge Lift. (B,D)

Day 16 - Greater Kruger to UK Today we will transfer you to the airport for your flight to the UK. (B)

Day 17 - UK You’ll arrive in the UK today.

Memories to bring home As the sun rises over Kruger National Park, the landscape comes alive - which of the ‘Big Five’ will you spot first on a thrilling game drive?

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £4,199 13 Feb

13 Mar

25 Sep*

13 Nov

4 Sep

11 Sep*

2027 DATES FROM £4,399 8 Jan

19 Feb

24 Sep*

12 Nov

3 Sep

10 Sep*

*Special departure – Whale watching † Price of tour departing in Feb 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £770 FLIGHT CHOICES

141

South Africa Safari -Tracking the Big Five 10 days from

£2,999† Start

ZIMBABWE

Finish Nights in hotel

BOTSWANA

Greater Mabula 7 Game Reserve

Transfers

Johannesburg SOUTH AFRICA

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and conservation levy

7 NIGHTS in a boutique safari lodge plus 2 nights in flight

20 MEALS 7 breakfasts (B), 6 lunches (L), 7 dinners (D), High Tea and welcome drink

SPECIALIST LOCAL GUIDE

Included highlights • Morning and afternoon game drives on most days in the lodge’s private reserve • Take a guided safari walk • Stargazing evening • Visit the Ground Hornbill conservation project • Bush dinner around a firepit on one evening

Spend your days searching for the Big Five and relaxing at your boutique lodge on this wonderful safari holiday. Day 1 - UK to Johannesburg Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Johannesburg, arriving on day 2.

Day 2 - Johannesburg to Greater Mabula Game Reserve Your local guide will meet you in Johannesburg and transfer to your luxury safari lodge in the Greater Mabula Game Reserve. Upon your arrival, you’ll be greeted by the lodge team, who will then look after you throughout your stay. Enjoy a welcome drink with your fellow travellers, and if time allows, there may be the opportunity to take your first afternoon game drive before a welcome dinner this evening. (D)

Day 3 - Greater Mabula Game Reserve After an early rise, we’ll enjoy tea, coffee and South African rusks before heading out on our first morning game drive - this is the when the 12,000 hectares Greater Mabula Game Reserve is bathed in glorious morning sunlight. The reserve’s diverse habitats provide the ideal conditions for an incredible selection of large mammals including the renowned ‘Big Five’ lions, leopards, elephants, buffalos, and rhinos. Keep your eyes peeled in the shadows where you may spot the elusive brown hyena, jackals, cheetahs, and a range of smaller, lesser-seen predators. Each game drive is in a luxury Land Cruiser and unveils a unique chance to witness wildlife in their natural habitat and learn about their behaviours and roles in the eco-system. After your explorations, you’ll return to camp for breakfast and to spend some leisurely hours at the lodge. Both lunch and high tea will be served daily before you head out on your afternoon game drive. (B,L,D)

Safari Plains

Day 4-8 - Greater Mabula Game Reserve Games drives offer many opportunities to encounter a diverse range of wildlife. During your stay we’ll also include a visit to the Mabula Ground Hornbill Project, a non-profit conservation project where the team here aim to slow down, and then reverse the decline of the Southern Ground-Hornbill in South Africa. One morning you will also enjoy a guided safari walk through the African bush. As well as your two daily game drives, there are a variety of optional excursions (bookable locally) that you can enjoy. One evening during your stay (weather permitting), you’ll enjoy an authentic South African Braai, served in the open air

142

around a roaring fire. And, on another evening, you will enjoy some time star-gazing under the vast African sky in the company of a local experts. (B,L,D)

Day 9 - Greater Mabula Game Reserve to Johannesburg After breakfast, you’ll be transferred to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Day 10 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today. Please note: The order of the included activities may change depending on the weather and seasonal schedule.

Your hotel SAFARI PLAINS Safari Plains is a boutique, luxury safari lodge set in the Mabula Game Reserve. Facilities include dining room, lounge and bar. The swimming pool is at the centre of the lodge grounds and has seating and loungers for those relaxing afternoons. For further relaxation the lodge has it’s own spa with a menu of treatments available to book (payable locally). Your accommodation is in private luxury safari tents set along the sand pathways of the lodge. Each of the tented suites has a viewing deck with seating, tea and coffee making facilities, wi-fi and air-conditioning.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £2,999 26 Mar

21 May

22 Jun

6 Aug

3 Sep

2027 DATES FROM £3,149 29 Apr

5 Aug

28 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Mar 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £715

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

South African Safari -Royal Morubisi the Big Five 10 days from

£2,999† Start

ZIMBABWE

Finish Nights in hotel

BOTSWANA

Transfers

Kaingo Private 7 Game Reserve Johannesburg Kaingo Game Reserve

SOUTH AFRICA

RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION

Discover the magnificent wildlife of the Kaingo Private Game reserve on this safari holiday.

from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and conservation levy

Day 1 - UK to Johannesburg

Your holiday includes

7 NIGHTS in a boutique safari lodge plus 2 nights in flight

20 MEALS 7 breakfasts (B), 6 lunches (L), 7 dinners (D) and a welcome drink

SPECIALIST LOCAL GUIDE TRAVELSPHERE CARES Meet with the conservation and research team to learn about the contribution your stay makes to the reserve.

Included highlights • Morning and afternoon game drives on most days in Kaingo Private Game reserve • Wildlife boat cruise on the Mokolo River • Nature walk with an expert guide • Conservation talk with local expert • Enjoy breakfast by the river after a morning bush walk • Tribal dancing display and learn to play African drums

Today your safari adventure begins with an overnight flight to Johannesburg.

Day 2 - Kaingo Private Game Reserve On arrival in Johannesburg, you will meet your local Travelsphere representative who will transfer you to the Royal Morubisi River Lodge. You will be introduced to the friendly lodge staff who will then look after you throughout the stay. Enjoy a welcome drink and then set off on your first game drive of the trip this afternoon. Later we’ll return to the lodge for a welcome dinner. (D)

Travelsphere cares Research and conservation in the Kaingo reserve is at the heart of all the activities at Royal Morubisi. The team is deeply committed to conservation and research and the full tourism income goes towards positive conservation. During your stay will be the opportunity to meet with their team and learn about the ongoing projects and the contribution your stay makes to the reserve.

Day 3 - Kaingo Private Game Reserve This morning, we rise early and enjoy tea, coffee and South African rusks on the lodge’s riverside veranda before heading out on our first morning game drive. Knowledgeable and qualified guides will lead you through different areas of the park in search of the resident ‘Big 5’ and several endangered and rare species such as cheetah, tsessebe, brown hyena and pangolin. We’ll make sure to stop for morning coffee at one of the many spectacular viewpoints to take in this beautiful setting.

Wildlife boat cruise

Kaingo Game Reserve

Breakfast will be waiting for us back at the lodge before spending the day at leisure. A light meal will be served daily at lunch time. This afternoon we will board a sundowner boat cruise with an expert guide to experience upclose encounters with animals and the diverse fauna and flora of the region. (B,L,D)

over this incredible landscape. During your stay you will also be treated to a performance of tribal dancing and an African drumming session. (B,L,D)

Days 5 to 8 - Kaingo Private Game Reserve Settle into a routine of sunrise and sunset game drives, in between your safari experiences, relax and enjoy the facilities at your lodge. On one evening, you’ll be able to talk with one of the team about the conservation and research projects at Royal Morubisi. (B,L,D)

Day 9 - Kaingo Private Game Reserve to Johannesburg After breakfast, you’ll be transferred Johannesburg for your flight back to the UK (B)

Day 10 - UK Your holiday comes to an end as you arrive back in the UK.

Your hotel ROYAL MORUBISI RIVER LODGE A luxury boutique safari lodge is located within the Kaingo Private Game reserve. The lodge has a riverside deck for dining, relaxing and wildlife viewing, a pool, a bar and inside dining area, and an outdoor boma and firepit. There is an on-site spa with a menu of treatments (payable locally). There are 10 rooms at the lodge, all with river views, tea & coffee making facilities, wi-fi, air conditioning, and veranda.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £2,999 17 Mar

1 Sep

Day 4 - Kaingo Private Game Reserve

2027 DATES FROM £3,249

Today you will head out on a morning bush walk with your knowledgeable guide to help connect you more deeply with the beauty, power, and fragility of the African wilderness.

† Price of tour departing in Mar 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,000

Spend the rest of the day relaxing by the pool before an afternoon game drive for another opportunity to spot these magnificent animals and explore the unique geology and diverse biomes in the reserve. We will find the perfect spot for a sundowner whilst watching the sunset

25 May

7 Sep

5 Oct

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

143

Treasures of Egypt - Pyramids & a Nile Cruise 8 days from

£2,799† JORDAN

Cairo 3 LIBYA

SAUDI ARABIA

EGYPT

Start Finish Nights in hotel

Edfu

Included trips

Luxor Esna

Kom Ombo Aswan

Your holiday includes

The ancient delights of Egypt await - admire the Pyramids of Giza, discover bustling Cairo and relax on a 4-night cruise along the Nile.

RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION

Day 1 - UK to Cairo

Optional trips Flight

Abu Simbel

Cruise

from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

3 NIGHTS in a 4-star hotel

4 NIGHTS

on board the 5-star ship, Iberotel Crown Emperor

16 MEALS 7 breakfasts (B), 5 lunches (L), 4 dinners (D) plus daily afternoon tea on board the cruise

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Visit to see the Pyramids and Sphinx • Visit to the Grand Egyptian Museum • Tour of Islamic Cairo and visit to Khan El Khalili bazaar • Tour of Karnak Temple and Luxor Temple • Tour of the West Bank of the Nile including Valley of the Kings • Visit the temple of Kom Ombo

You will fly to Cairo from the UK today. On arrival, you’ll be transferred to your hotel in the pyramids area.

Day 2 - Cairo – Pyramids & Sphinx, Egyptian Museum This morning, breakfast will be served in the hotel before we start our Egyptian Journey. Be amazed by the only remaining wonder of the ancient world, the Pyramids of Giza, and the mysterious Great Sphinx, which is more than 4,000 years old. After lunch you will travel to the newly opened Grand Egyptian Museum, housing the world’s largest collection of Egyptian artefacts including treasures from the tomb of King Tutankhamun. (B,L)

Day 3 - Cairo After breakfast depart for downtown Cairo and a tour of Islamic Cairo, discover the citadel of Salah El Din and the famous mosque of Mohamed Ali. The tour ends as you walk through the exotic streets of Cairo, including Islamic El Moez Street, with its ancient

mosques. Afterwards, on a stroll through Khan el-Khalili, Cairo’s buzzing bazaar, you can practise your haggling skills. (B)

Day 4 - Cairo to Luxor After breakfast, you will check out of the hotel and be transferred to the airport for your flight to Luxor. On arrival, you’ll explore the awe-inspiring Karnak Temple complex with its Avenue of Sphinxes before transferring to your ship where you will enjoy lunch on board. This evening enjoy a tour of Luxor Temple, which formed part of the ancient city of Thebes, before taking a stroll around Luxor with your Holiday Director. You’ll return to the ship for dinner. (B,L,D)

Day 5 - Luxor to Edfu Today you’ll explore the West Bank of the Nile. The first excursion is to the Valley of the Kings, another of Egypt’s must-see sites, where you’ll go inside some of the tombs that are covered in hand-painted hieroglyphics. Then, you’ll visit the astonishing Temple of Hatshepsut which is carved into huge limestone cliffs. Finally, you’ll visit the Colossi of Memnon, two 60-ft-high statues which mark the entrance to the funerary temple of Amenophis III. After all that, it’s time for a well-earned rest on board the ship. Lunch will be served as you sail south to Esna, followed by Afternoon Tea on the sun deck. In the evening enjoy dinner on board as you arrive in Edfu. (B,L,D)

• Visit Aswan including the Aswan Dam and Temple of Isis at Philae • Egyptian themed lunch including feteer meshaltet with honey for dessert

Optional experience • Visit to the spectacular temples of Abu Simbel

Khan El Khalili Bazaar, Cairo

144

Cairo

Your ship IBEROTEL CROWN EMPEROR Luxury in its purest form awaits you on the Iberotel Crown Emperor, on your Nile cruise, with 118 cabins, including 108 double cabins and 8 suites, 4 decks, restaurant, lounge and bar.

River Nile

Day 6 - Edfu to Kom Ombo Today is another day packed full of sights. After breakfast on board, visit the temple complex of Edfu, one of the most well-preserved Egyptian temples in existence today. In the afternoon, the ship will sail south to Kom Ombo and there will be time to observe life on the Nile during Afternoon Tea on the sundeck. On arrival, you’ll visit the temple of Kom Ombo, a mysterious temple on the riverbank dedicated to the crocodile god, Sobek. Enjoy dinner on board this evening. (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Kom Ombo to Aswan If you would like to visit the Temples of Abu Simbel, some of the most spectacular monuments in Egypt, join our optional excursion departing early this morning. You’ll visit this amazing site and tour its highlights before returning for lunch.This afternoon visit the Temple of Philae, the Aswan High Dam, an engineering marvel that took ten years to build and the Unfinished Obelisk. Later, enjoy a trip in a traditional Felucca on the Nile at sunset. Dinner onboard. (B,L,D)

Day 8 - Aswan to UK After breakfast disembark the ship early this morning and transfer to the airport for your flight to Cairo. On arrival at Cairo, you’ll board your flight to the UK (B)

The Great Sphinx of Giza

Memories to bring home Relaxing on the sundeck of the Nile cruise, with views that haven’t changed for centuries, admiring the spectacular sunsets.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £2,799 2 Feb

21 Sep

16 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £2,949 1 Feb

20 Sep

15 Nov

† Price of tour departing in Feb 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £695

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

145

Jordan’s Ancient Wonders 8 days from

£2,299† ISRAEL

2 Amman

Mt Nebo The Dead Sea 2

Madaba JORDAN

EGYPT

Shobak 2 Petra 1 Wadi Rum

SAUDI ARABIA

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Transfers

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 NIGHTS 6 nights in 4-star hotels and 1 night in a Desert Camp

14 MEALS 7 breakfasts (B), 2 lunches (L), 5 dinners (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR TRAVELSPHERE CARES Visit Beit Khayrat cafe in Souf

Included highlights • Panoramic tour of old and new Amman • Tour of the preserved Roman city of Jerash • Visit Mount Nebo and Madaba, where St George’s Church houses the Mosaic Map • Discover the ancient Shobak fortress • Walking tour of Petra • Explore ‘Little Petra’ • Desert camp stay in Wadi Rum • Enjoy a taste of Middle eastern cuisine in the Wadi Rum • Visit to The Dead Sea

Optional experiences • Petra cookery class • Stargazing in Wadi Rum • Visit the shores of the sacred River Jordan

Jordan’s historic and biblical sites, the enchanting ‘Lost City’ of Petra, and magical desert landscapes unveil the country’s captivating treasures.

Day 3 - Amman to Petra

Day 1 - UK to Amman

We’ll then head to Madaba to visit St George’s Church, the home of the Mosaic Map. This treasure of early Christianity dates back to the 6th century and is the oldest map of Palestine that exists today.

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Amman today. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to your hotel.

Day 2 - Amman A full day of discovery begins with a morning tour to Jerash, one of the largest and bestpreserved Roman cities in existence. Highlights here are the Temples of Artemis and Zeus, Hadrian’s Triumphal Arch and a street of columns a mile long. For lunch today we’ll visit Beit Khayrat, a woman-owned cafe in nearby Souf for a traditional Jordanian meal.

We’re heading south today and on the way we’ll visit many interesting sites. Our first stop is Mount Nebo, an elevated ridge that rises more than 700 metres above sea level and is cited as the point from which Moses saw the promised land.

A further highlight of our journey is the ancient fortress of Shobak. This is one of the largest and most impregnable of the chain of forts built by the Crusaders and is an impressive example of architectural military genius. (B,D)

From the archives ‘El-Khasne, Petra’.

This afternoon we will see some of Amman’s other great sights on our Panoramic coach tour passing by the old and modern vistas of the city, including a Roman amphitheatre, the magnificent citadel, which towers above downtown Amman, and the King Abdullah Mosque. This evening we will head to a restaurant for dinner. (B,L,D)

Travelsphere cares On this holiday you will visit Beit Khayrat Souf, a women-owned and managed café in Souf, started with the purpose of combating women’s unemployment and building a strong community of women leaders. This café was the dream of Sumia, a Jordanian woman who took out a personal loan, bearing the risk with the hope of empowering more women for years to come. In partnership with

Illustration from ‘The Holy Land, Syria, Idumea, Arabia, Egypt, & Nubia’ by David Roberts, 1842-3

Day 4 - Petra Today’s the day you will get to explore Petra on a guided walking tour. This extraordinary city carved into the sandstone is concealed beyond a long, narrow gorge – the Siq. Get ready for your first glimpse of the magnificent Treasury Building, it will not disappoint. There will be opportunity for you to explore the area at leisure before returning to the hotel. This evening why not join our optional excursion which offers a dinner with a difference. We’ll head to a restaurant and work alongside the chefs as they create typical Jordanian dishes, eating what we have prepared. (B) 146

Petra

Your feature desert camp SUN CITY CAMP, WADI RUM This unique accommodation is located in the heart of the Wadi Rum Desert and offers guests a magical experience. You’ll stay in a Bedouinstyle tent with private facilities, a fan and terrace offering mountain views.

Jerash

Day 5 - Petra to Wadi Rum

Day 6 - Wadi Rum to Dead Sea

Start the day with a visit to Siq al-Barid, a northern suburb of Petra known as ‘Little Petra’. We then head to the desert of Wadi Rum. With sand dunes and sandstone rock formations of all shapes, sizes and colours, this magical landscape is sure to leave a lasting impression.

Your journey continues today as you head towards the Dead Sea. This is the lowest spot on earth, and as you stay here for two nights you’ll have the chance to experience its unique waters, renowned for their buoyancy and therapeutic qualities. (B,D)

You’ll stay tonight in the heart of Wadi Rum, in your own authentic Bedouin-style tent. Enjoy an included dinner of traditional Middle Eastern cuisine. After, maybe join an optional stargazing excursion in the company of an expert guide.

Day 7 - Dead Sea - Day at leisure

From the archives

You can spend today at leisure, or you might choose to join an optional excursion to the nearby River Jordan and the biblical site of the baptism of Jesus. The site has been identified on the east bank of the river, and is being systematically surveyed, excavated, restored, and prepared to receive pilgrims and visitors (B,D)

‘Bathing in the Dead Sea’. Lantern slide by C. Hunter, no date.

Day 8 - Amman to UK

(B,L,D)

Transfer to the airport for your flight to the UK. (B)

In the words of travellers

“My holiday in Jordan was a

marvellous experience. From the breathtaking landscapes of Wadi Rum and the ancient city of Petra to the serene beauty of the Dead Sea, every aspect of the trip was captivating. The hospitality and warmth of the locals added a special touch.” Karen Loynds

Memories to bring home Being covered in mud, letting it dry slightly in the sun, then stepping into the Dead Sea to wash off the mud mask, lie back and relax.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £2,299 16 Apr

10 Sep

22 Oct

21 Dec*

2027 DATES FROM £2,449 15 Apr

9 Sep

14 Oct

21 Dec*

† Price of tour departing in Apr 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £820 * Festive departure

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from London, Manchester & Stansted Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

147

Highlights of Australia 22 days from

£7,899†

Kakadu National Park 1 1 Katherine 4 Cairns

Darwin 2

The Olgas

2 Alice Springs 1 Uluru

Start

Brisbane 2

AUSTRALIA

Sydney 3

Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips

Melbourne 2

Flight Transfers

Phillip Island

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

18 NIGHTS in 4-star hotels plus 3 nights in flight

9 MEALS

Take an awe-inspiring journey from Melbourne to Brisbane, discovering iconic cities, famous landmarks, and breathtaking natural wonders along the way! Day 1 - UK to Melbourne Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Melbourne.

Days 2 & 3 - Melbourne On early arrival in the beautiful city of Melbourne on day 3 we’ll transfer you to your hotel, before heading off on a sightseeing tour this afternoon.

own pace or join an optional excursion to the spectacular Western MacDonnell Mountain Ranges. You’ll enjoy an authentic bush barbecue in the Australian Outback this evening. (B,D)

Day 11 - Alice Springs to Darwin Today we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight to Darwin. (B)

Day 12 - Darwin to Kakadu National Park We’re at Kakadu National Park, where you’ll discover lush rainforest, scenic rivers and a diverse range of wildlife. You’ve the chance to walk up Ubirr Rock, where you’ll see some of the most outstanding examples of rock art. (B)

Day 4 - Melbourne – Day at leisure

Day 13- Kakadu National Park to Katherine

You can spend the day at leisure, making your own discoveries in Melbourne, or you might be tempted to join an optional excursion to Phillip Island to watch the remarkable penguin parade.

A journey by road this morning takes us to Katherine via the stunning Nourlangie Rock. Here you can set off on a walk to see more Aboriginal rock art. Then it’s time for a thrilling cruise on the Yellow Water Lagoon. (B)

Day 5 - Melbourne to Sydney

Day 14 - Katherine to Darwin Today’s highlight is a cruise through the Katherine Gorge, to see ancient rocks and caves decorated with Aboriginal paintings. (B)

• Tour of Alice Springs

This morning we’ll fly to Sydney, where you can tick off many highlights on this afternoon’s tour including the gorgeous white sands of Bondi Beach, Hyde Park, Darling Harbour, and Mrs Macquarie’s Chair.

• Experience an Aussie bush barbecue

Day 6 - Sydney – Day at leisure

• Kakadu National Park

Explore Sydney at your leisure, or join one of our optional excursions. These include a tour of the Sydney Opera House or even a guided climb of Sydney Harbour Bridge!

7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 1 dinner (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR

Included highlights • Discover Melbourne • Sydney’s iconic sights • Visit Uluru (Ayers Rock) at sunset, then visit again at sunrise • See the Kata Tjuta (The Olgas)

• See Aboriginal paintings at Nourlangie Rock • Cruise the Katherine Gorge • Great Barrier Reef catamaran cruise • Discover Brisbane

Optional experiences • Phillip Island’s ‘penguin parade’ • Tour of Sydney Opera House • Sydney Harbour Bridge climb

Day 7 - Sydney — Day at leisure Enjoy a further day at leisure, or join us on a thrilling optional excursion as we head to the Blue Mountains, past the Three Sisters rock formation and along Jamieson Valley.

Day 8 - Sydney to Uluru

• Western MacDonnell Mountain Ranges

We fly to Uluru, also known as Ayers Rock, this morning. Enjoy a drink this evening as you watch the sun setting over it.

• Kuranda Railway ride

Day 9 - Uluru to Alice Springs

• Daintree Tropical Rainforest

We’ll watch the sunrise over Uluru this morning, whilst you’re there you can also tour the base of the rock and view Aboriginal rock paintings in the caves here. After this, we’ll head to the mysterious Kata Tjuta, although you may know these 36 domed rock formations better as The Olgas. We then continue by road to Alice Springs. (B)

• Blue Mountains and Scenic World

• North Stradbroke Island

Day 10 - Alice Springs Today enjoy a fascinating tour that introduces you to the Flying Doctor Base and the old Telegraph Station, the first European settlement in central Australia. Explore at your 148

Day 15 - Darwin to Cairns Today we’re heading to Cairns where we will stay, it’s your gateway to the Great Barrier Reef! (B)

Day 16 - Great Barrier Reef Explore the outer Great Barrier Reef by catamaran and go snorkelling in this amazing underwater world. (L)

Day 17 - Cairns – Day at leisure All you have to do now is relax! However, if you want to see more, a ride on the Kuranda Railway is an option today to see the Atherton Tablelands. Your first stop will be the Skyrail Rainforest Cableway, where you’ll glide over Ubirr rock

Sydney

Time for more THE WONDERS OF AUSTRALIA 30 days from £9,599 An extended version of this tour is available where you’ll explore more of Australia including Perth, Adelaide and the Great Ocean Road. See pages 150-153 for details.

Uluru

and through heritage rainforest. After free time in Kuranda, you’ll take a journey on the Kuranda Scenic Railway, to see the Barron Falls.

AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND COMBINED 40 days from £13,298 Explore more of Oceania when you combine our Highlights of Australia and Discover New Zealand tours into one incredible adventure.

Day 18 - Cairns – Day at leisure You can spend today doing just as you wish, exploring at your own pace or simply enjoying the facilities at your hotel. If you want to get out in the great outdoors, why not come with us on an optional trip to Daintree Rainforest.

For even more, add on a 4 night stay in Cook Islands plus a final night in Auckland. See pages 154-157 for details.

Day 19 - Cairns to Brisbane Today you’ll fly to Brisbane. The capital of the Sunshine State, boasting 293 days a year of sunshine, Brisbane is a modern, bustling metropolis that sits on the banks of the Brisbane River. There is no shortage of things to see and do here including a vast array of restaurants, cafés and shops to explore. A great way to explore is on a CityCat, which takes you out into the river to explore from the water. The South Bank, Queensland’s Cultural Precinct, is also well worth a visit. Here, you’ll find Streets Beach, Australia’s only beach that is located within a city!

Day 20 - Brisbane – Day at leisure Before flying home tomorrow you might choose to spend a day at leisure. Alternatively, why not join an optional excursion to North Stradbroke Island. Fondly known as Straddie by the locals, it is the world’s second largest sand island. Relax on the beach, or head off on a bush walk, keeping an eye out for resident kangaroos and koalas.

Day 21 - Brisbane to UK We will transfer you to the airport today for your return flight to the UK.

Day 22 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today. Please note: Travellers from ‘The Wonders of Australia’ will join you in Melbourne.

Phillip Island penguins

Memories to bring home Enjoy an authentic bush barbecue in the Australian Outback. Gather around the campfire and experience unrivalled views of the night sky.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £7,899 24 Jan

21 Feb

10 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £8,299 30 Jan

20 Feb

9 Oct

2028 DATES FROM £8,749 29 Jan

12 Feb

30 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Feb 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,340

FLIGHT CHOICES

149

The Wonders of Australia 30 days from

£9,599† Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips Flight

Darwin Kakadu National Park 2 1 1 Katherine 4 Cairns The Olgas 2 Alice Springs

Transfers

1 Uluru

Cruise

AUSTRALIA

Perth 4 Fremantle

Brisbane 2

Kangaroo Island 1 2 Adelaide 1 Warrnambool

Sydney 3

3 Melbourne

Great Ocean Road

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

27 NIGHTS in 3 & 4-star hotels plus 2 nights in flight

14 MEALS 10 breakfasts (B), 3 lunches (L), 1 dinner (D) and welcome drink

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR

Included highlights • Tour of Perth • Discover Adelaide • Visit Kangaroo Island • Journey along the Great Ocean Road • Discover Melbourne • Sydney’s iconic sights • Visit Uluru (Ayers Rock) at sunset, then visit again at sunrise • See the Kata Tjuta (The Olgas) • Tour of Alice Springs • Experience an Aussie bush barbecue • Kakadu National Park

Embark on an epic journey through Australia’s iconic cities, famous landmarks, and diverse natural wonders. Day 1 - UK to Perth You’ll be the envy of all your friends as you make your way to the airport and begin your once-in-a-lifetime trip to Australia. After checking in and making your way through security, why not relax with a drink before boarding your flight to Perth.

Days 2 & 3 - Perth After arriving in Perth on day 2, we’ll drive you to your hotel where you’ll have time to relax and freshen up after the journey. Perth is situated on Australia’s western coast on the shores of the Indian Ocean. Exciting and cosmopolitan, on day 3, we’ll discover what makes the city unique on a half-day sightseeing tour. We’ll stroll through Kings Park, taking in fabulous views from its treetop walkway, and see landmarks including the iconic Bell Tower and Elizabeth Quay, with its waterfront bars and restaurants. Finally, we’ll head to the picture-perfect Cottesloe Beach, known for its pristine white sand and crystalclear water.

Day 4 - Perth – Day at leisure Perth has so much to offer and after yesterday’s tour, you can discover its delights just as you wish today. It’s one of the world’s most envied locations in which to live, with lush parks, excellent restaurants, the stunning Swan River and a lovely warm climate.

Optional experiences

As an alternative, you might choose to join an optional excursion to Rottnest Island, which sits about 12 miles off the coast and is accessible by ferry. It’s home to the friendly quokka, a small wallaby-like marsupial, and beautiful white-sand beaches. After touring the island by bus, you’ll enjoy lunch and have some free time before we return to the city.

• Rottnest Island

Day 5 - Perth – Day at leisure

• Fremantle and Swan River cruise

Today has been left free so you can make further discoveries in Perth at your own pace. Alternatively, why not join an optional tour of the lively port city of Freemantle, which you’ll reach via a cruise on the Swan River. Rich in history, Freemantle is filled with handsome 19th-century buildings and after a tour, you’ll have free time to explore at leisure.

• See Aboriginal paintings at Nourlangie Rock • Cruise the Katherine Gorge • Great Barrier Reef catamaran cruise • Discover Brisbane

• Phillip Island’s ‘penguin parade’ • Tour of Sydney Opera House • Sydney Harbour Bridge climb • Blue Mountains and Scenic World • Western MacDonnell Mountain Ranges • Kuranda Railway ride • Daintree Tropical Rainforest • North Stradbroke Island

150

Day 6 - Perth to Adelaide We’ll fly to our next destination, Adelaide, today. When we arrive, an orientation tour will show you the highlights of the city before we drive to our hotel. It’s in an ideal position if you

want to head out by yourselves to explore. The city’s landmarks and an array of bars and restaurants are all just a short stroll away.

Day 7 - Adelaide to Kangaroo Island There’s an early start today, as we head to Cape Jervis and take a ferry over to Kangaroo Island. Home to many native wildlife species, more than a third of this nature-lovers paradise is protected land. When we arrive on the island, we’ll learn about the honey produced by the island’s Ligurian bees and visit a eucalyptus oil distillery. We’ll also spend time at a Birds of Prey conservation centre and get up close to wild seals during a guided beach walk at Seal Bay Conservation Park. We’ll then stay on the island overnight in a hotel surrounded by stunning natural scenery. (B,L)

Day 8 - Kangaroo Island to Adelaide Your discoveries of Kangaroo Island continue today with a visit to Flinders Chase National Park. Here you’ll see Admirals Arch - a beautiful arch of rock which has been shaped by the Southern Ocean - and the sculptured granite boulders known as Remarkable Rocks. You’ll also visit Hanson Bay Wildlife Sanctuary, which boasts a notable population of koalas, and Kangaroo Island Wildlife Park, home to many different species. Later, we’ll travel back to Adelaide. (B,L)

Day 9 - Adelaide to Warrnambool You’re going to travel towards the Great Ocean Road today as you head to Warrnambool in Victoria. Along the way, we’ll make stops to explore picturesque waterfront towns and marvel at the scenery, so be sure to have your camera handy.

Day 10 - Warrnambool to Melbourne Today en-route to Melbourne, you’ll take in the sights from the Great Ocean Road - quite simply

The Twelve Apostles

incline railway into ancient rainforest or enjoy a scenic cable-car ride over the valley.

Day 16 - Sydney to Uluru This morning you’ll fly to Uluru, or Ayers Rock. This gigantic sandstone monolith, which is two miles long, nearly 350 metres high and measures almost six miles around the base, is in Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park. One of the most impressive landmarks in Australia, this UNESCO World Heritage Site is a sacred place in Aboriginal culture and features many caves and ancient rock paintings. After time to settle in at the hotel, your sunset visit to Uluru this evening includes a glass of sparkling wine.

Day 17 - Uluru to Alice Springs

Melbourne

one of the most spectacular coastal routes in the world. Highlights include the Twelve Apostles, although only eight of these towering limestone stacks remain, Loch Ard Gorge and many other dramatic rock formations. (B)

Day 11 - Melbourne Enjoy a lazy morning, before setting off on a tour of Melbourne. Highlights include Federation Square, Melbourne Cricket Ground, Flinders Street Station and the Grand Prix Circuit that circles Albert Park Lake. Another stop is Fitzroy Gardens, which features pathways lined with towering elms, colourful floral displays and the Fairies’ Tree sculpture - a centuries-old tree stump featuring delightful carvings.

Day 12 - Melbourne – Day at leisure After getting to know Melbourne on yesterday’s tour, you can slow the pace a little and spend the day exploring at your own pace. You might be tempted to join an optional visit to Phillip Island to see the remarkable penguin parade. At sunset, after a hard day’s fishing, hundreds of these delightful creatures - the world’s smallest penguin - appear from out of the ocean and waddle their way across the beach to their sand dune burrows. You can take in this marvellous spectacle from special viewing platforms.

Day 13 - Melbourne to Sydney We’re flying to Sydney this morning, where you’ll stay for the next three nights. When we arrive, a coach will be waiting to take us on an afternoon sightseeing tour. Tick off the gorgeous white sands of Bondi Beach and Hyde Park, which is home to numerous monuments including the ANZAC Memorial. You’ll also visit Darling Harbour, which hosts a dazzling array of attractions from bars and bistros to an aquarium

and a zoo, as well as Mrs Macquarie’s Chair. This huge sandstone rock was hand-carved by convicts into the shape of a bench for Governor Macquarie’s wife, Elizabeth, in 1810. After checking in to the hotel, you are free to do as you please this evening. If you would like to head out for dinner, your Holiday Director will be pleased to provide a recommendation.

Day 14 - Sydney – Day at leisure With a full day at leisure, you can discover Sydney at your own pace. Perhaps spend time wandering through Centennial Park or admiring fabulous views of the harbour from the beautiful Royal Botanic Garden. Alternatively, for a different perspective and a truly unforgettable experience, why not join our optional excursion and take in panoramic views of the harbour on a guided Sydney Harbour Bridge climb. Another optional excursion gives you the chance to step beneath the sails and enjoy a guided tour of the Sydney Opera House. You’ll learn about the history of the building, uncover stories about artists and the shows performed here and have an opportunity to visit areas usually offlimits to the general public.

You have an early start today, but it’s worth it as you’re going to visit Uluru once again, this time at sunrise. You can also tour the base of the rock and view Aboriginal rock paintings in the caves here. After this, we’ll head to the mysterious Kata Tjuta, 36 domed red-rock formations also known as The Olgas. Located to the west of Uluru, it’s thought that they were once one huge piece of rock like Uluru, but over millions of years have been shaped by the forces of nature. We then continue by road to Alice Springs. (B)

Day 18 - Alice Springs This morning, head off on a fascinating tour that introduces you to the Flying Doctor Base and the old Telegraph Station, the original site of the first European settlement in central Australia, which is now a museum. You will also visit the famous School of the Air. If you want to get out and about in the great outdoors, join an optional excursion to the spectacular Western MacDonnell Mountain Ranges. You’ll

Memories to bring home Visit world-famous Uluru (Ayers Rock) at sunrise and sunset, and experience awe-inspiring views as the changing light plays with the landscape.

Day 15 - Sydney – Day at leisure You have another day to explore Sydney independently. There are plenty of magnificent museums and art galleries to discover or maybe you’ll take to the water and admire the sights on a Sydney Harbour cruise. If you want to join an organised trip, why not come with us through the Blue Mountains, past the Three Sisters rock formation and along Jamieson Valley - Australia’s answer to the Grand Canyon. Then, you’ll visit Scenic World, where you can opt to take a journey on the world’s steepest 151

The Olgas

the history and geology of the area and tell you all about the flora and fauna you’re likely to see. Later, we’ll make our way back to Darwin. (B)

Day 23 - Darwin to Cairns Today you’ll fly to Cairns, your gateway to the Great Barrier Reef! (B)

Day 24 - Great Barrier Reef

enjoy an authentic bush barbecue in the Australian Outback this evening. Before you eat you can try your hand at boomerang throwing, and afterwards you can indulge in a spot of stargazing (B,D)

Day 19 - Alice Springs to Darwin Today we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight to Darwin. (B)

Day 20 - Darwin to Kakadu National Park Your destination today is Kakadu National Park, where you’ll discover lush rainforest, scenic rivers and a diverse range of wildlife. We’ll make a stop at the Mamukala Wetlands, a haven for birds, and then head to the Bowali Visitor Centre, where you’ll learn more about Kakadu. You’ll discover that the park is famous for its fascinating Aboriginal rock art and before we make our way to our hotel, you’ve the chance to walk up Ubirr Rock. Here you’ll see some of the most outstanding examples of rock art in the world and take in stunning views of the Nadab floodplain. (B)

Today you are going to board a catamaran and take a trip to the outer Great Barrier Reef. You can experience the beauty of the reef without getting wet from the comfort of a semi-submersible or an underwater observatory. Look out for dazzling displays of coral, brightly coloured clownfish, turtles and so much more! If you are feeling a little more adventurous, you can even go snorkelling in this amazing underwater world as all the equipment will be supplied. Lunch will be included today. (L)

Day 25 - Cairns – Day at leisure After so much excitement, today has been left free for you to relax and enjoy the facilities at your hotel.

You can spend today doing just as you wish. If you’d prefer to join an organised tour, we offer an optional trip to the Daintree Tropical Rainforest, home to a stunning array of flora and fauna. You’ll learn about this tropical ecosystem from an expert guide as we cruise the Daintree River in search of crocodiles. Then, it’s time for lunch at the Daintree Tea House and your excursion ends with some free time to explore the village of Daintree.

A journey by road this morning takes us to Katherine via the stunning Nourlangie Rock, where you can set off on a walk to see more Aboriginal rock art. The highlight of our day comes in the form of a thrilling cruise on the famous Yellow Water Lagoon. Look for many species of birds, from whistling ducks to eagles, and keep your eyes peeled for crocodiles in their natural habitat and buffalo on the floodplains.

You’ll fly from Cairns to Brisbane today and when we arrive, you are free to head out and explore by yourselves. There is no shortage of things to see and do here including a vast array of restaurants, cafés and shops to explore. Perhaps head to Howard Smith Wharves for dazzling night-time views of Story Bridge and the city skyline or enjoy a drink at one of the city’s many rooftop bars.

After breakfast, we’re going to take a tranquil cruise through the Katherine Gorge. As you sail through the picturesque scenery, with limestone cliffs on either side, expert guides will explain 152

It’s the end of your epic adventure. With a lifetime of memories to cherish, we will drive you to the airport for your flight back to the UK.

Day 30 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today. Please note: Travellers from ‘Highlights of Australia’ will join you in Melbourne. The Great Barrier Reef

Day 26 - Cairns – Day at leisure

Day 27 - Cairns to Brisbane

Day 22 - Katherine to Darwin

Day 29 - Brisbane to UK

Alternatively, if you want to see more, join us for a ride on the Kuranda Railway and Skyrail. We’ll enjoy views of mountains, tropical rainforest and the spectacular Barron Falls as the train makes its way to the village of Kuranda. We’ll then board the Skyrail Rainforest Cableway for a fabulous adventure that sees us gliding above and through the rainforest.

Day 21 - Kakadu National Park to Katherine

(B)

Alternatively, why not join an optional excursion to North Stradbroke Island. Fondly known as Straddie by the locals, it is the world’s secondlargest sand island and a fabulous place to relax and soak up the spectacular natural scenery. We’ll spend some time at Brown Lake, a popular spot for swimming, and try to spot dolphins, turtles and manta rays at Point Lookout’s North Gorge. Lunch will be an Aussie-style barbecue on Flinders Beach and later we’ll head to Amity Point, keeping an eye out for the resident Koalas.

Day 28 - Brisbane – Day at leisure Before flying home tomorrow, you’ve a free day to spend at leisure. A great way to explore Brisbane is by CityCat, fast-paced ferries that travel along the river and call at various stops along the way.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £9,599 16 Jan

13 Feb

2 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £10,299 22 Jan

12 Feb

1 Oct

2028 DATES FROM £10,949 21 Jan

4 Feb

22 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Jan 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,850

FLIGHT CHOICES

Time for more AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND COMBINED Embark on the ultimate Oceania adventure, exploring two spectacular countries in one unforgettable journey. From Australia’s iconic landmarks and diverse landscapes to New Zealand’s dramatic scenery and rich Māori culture, this extended tour captures the very essence of the antipodes. Experience the perfect blend of cosmopolitan cities, natural wonders, and unique wildlife encounters as you explore the vast Australian continent an d traverse both islands of New Zealand. With carefully planned connections between tours, you’ll enjoy a seamless journey that maximizes your time in these remarkable destinations. This comprehensive itinerary allows you to truly immerse yourself in the beauty, culture, and character of both countries, creating memories that will last a lifetime. Price includes return flights from London, accommodation in 3 and 4 star hotels, meals as outlined in the main itineraries and the services of a Travelsphere Holiday Director. 48 days from £15,298

AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND & COOK ISLANDS Extend your Oceania odyssey with four blissful nights in the Cook Islands’ tropical paradise, plus a final night in Auckland on a bed and breakfast basis. After exploring Australia’s iconic sights and New Zealand’s breathtaking landscapes, unwind at the beautiful Manuia Beach Resort, in Rarotonga, where pristine white beaches meet crystal-clear lagoons. The Cook Islands provide an authentic South Pacific experience, combining Polynesian hospitality with tranquil island charm. Whether you’re snorkelling in vibrant coral reefs, strolling along palm-fringed shores, or simply soaking up the sun. This idyllic conclusion to your journey offers the perfect opportunity to relax and reflect on your adventures. Price includes return flights from London, accommodation in 3 and 4 star hotels, meals as outlined in the main itineraries and the services of a Travelsphere Holiday Director. 45 days from £15,397 | 53 days from £17,297

153

Discover New Zealand 22 days from

£6,999† Start

Cape Reinga

Finish

Cape Brett

Nights in hotel

3 Paihia

Included trips Optional trips

2 Auckland

Transfers

Rotorua 2

Rail Cruise

Lake Taupo

Mount Tarawera

2 Wellington

Arthurs Pass Fox Glacier 1 2 Christchurch Mount Cook Lake 1 Tekapo Milford Sound Omarama 2 Queenstown 1 Te Anau 2 Otago Peninsula Lake Dunedin Wakatipu

Your holiday includes RETURN FLIGHTS + TRANSPORTATION from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

18 NIGHTS in 3 & 4-star hotels plus 3 nights in flight

20 MEALS 18 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 1 dinner (D) and welcome drink

SCENIC TRAIN Journey on the TranzAlpine train

TRAVELSPHERE HOLIDAY DIRECTOR and Driver Guide

Included highlights • Tour of Auckland • Visit the Treaty House of Waitangi • Te Puia Thermal Reserve • Te Pa Tu cultural experience & hangi feast • Lake Taupo • New Zealand’s capital Wellington • Beautiful Milford Sound including lunch • Glow Worm Caves • See the Moeraki Beach Boulders

Optional experiences

Experience the very best of New Zealand from the volcanic landscapes of the north and glacial influences of the south. Day 1 - UK to Auckland The day has finally arrived. Your muchanticipated trip to New Zealand begins with a flight to Auckland on the country’s North Island.

Days 2 & 3 - Auckland Travelling to the other side of the world means that you will arrive in New Zealand on day 3.

Day 4 - Auckland The vibrant city of Auckland - the largest in New Zealand - is situated on the sparkling waters of the Hauraki Gulf. Feeling refreshed after a good night’s sleep, this morning we’re going to discover the city on a sightseeing tour. We’ll take in fabulous views of the harbour and see highlights including the imposing War Memorial, St Patrick’s Cathedral and the Auckland High Court, which is allegedly modelled on England’s Warwick Castle. Once you have your bearings, the rest of the day is yours to spend at leisure. You could head up to the observation deck of the Sky Tower for spectacular views of the city from above. Alternatively, if you’d rather keep your feet on the ground, why not stroll through beautiful Albert Park or step inside Auckland Art Gallery. (B)

Day 5 - Auckland to Paihia There’s a scenic treat in store today as we travel along the beautiful Hibiscus Coast to Paihia, in the Bay of Islands. As the name suggests, this forest-covered region is home to more than one hundred islands and is scattered with idyllic paradise-like beaches. En-route, we’ll visit the Treaty House of Waitangi, the country’s first British residency. Here you will learn about the history of the 1840 agreement with the Māori’s that formalised New Zealand’s status as a British colony. (B)

• Cape Reinga

Day 6 - Paihia – Day at leisure

• Look out for dolphins from Cape Brett

You can choose how you spend today. If you want some time to yourselves, perhaps take a stroll along the Wharf and have lunch overlooking the water or relax on a nearby beach.

• Float-plane/helicopter ride to Mount Tarawera • Hobbiton movie set • Scenic helicopter flight over a glacier • Kawarau Jet Boat ride • Dart River excursion • Steamboat cruise on Lake Wakatipu • Visit the Royal Albatross Colony • Mount Cook scenic flight 154

Alternatively, if you’d like to join an organised excursion we offer an optional trip to Cape Reinga, at the very top of North Island. To reach this vast, untouched region, you’ll journey along the sandy shore of Ninety Mile Beach and negotiate the Te Paki Quick Sand Stream,

travelling beside towering dunes. When we arrive in Cape Reinga, you’ll visit a lighthouse and take in exceptional views of the Pacific Ocean meeting the Tasman Sea, don’t forget your camera! (B)

Day 7 - Paihia – Day at leisure You’ve another full day at leisure to relax in beautiful Paihia or you can explore more of the stunning Bay of Islands on an optional cruise. Keep your eyes peeled for a variety of marine life, including dolphins and seals as we sail past islands and secluded beaches to the Cape Brett Peninsula. Here, if conditions are right, we’ll sail through the Hole in the Rock, a narrow arch, carved by the forces of nature before enjoying some free time on one of the islands. (B)

Day 8 - Paihia to Rotorua New Zealand’s North Island was shaped by volcanic activity and evidence of this remains in the thermal springs surrounding Rotorua. We’re going to head here today on a journey that takes us through the Waikato farming region. Later, we offer an optional float plane or helicopter flight to Mount Tarawera. As you fly over this volcanic peak and its surrounding scenery, you’ll have a birds-eye view of sparkling crater lakes and the rugged barren landscape. (B)

Day 9 - Rotorua Today’s tour takes you to Te Puia Thermal Reserve, an incredible geothermal park, where a Local Guide will take us to see the bubbling mud, pools of boiling water and dramatic spouting geysers. There will also be an opportunity to see craftsmen at work in the Māori Arts and Crafts Institute. Later, you could join a tour of Hobbiton™, the amazing set created for The Lord of the Rings and The Hobbit films. As you step into Middleearth™, you’ll see brightly painted Hobbit Hole™

Queenstown

Milford Sound

Lake Tekapo

to Queenstown, New Zealand’s capital of adventure, so if you’re looking for an adrenaline rush, you’ve come to the right place! Why not start by joining an optional ride on the Kawarau Jet boat. On this thrilling excursion, you will travel at speeds of up to 50 miles per hour and make 360-degree spins in the shallow waters of the Shotover and Kawarau Rivers. (B)

Day 15 - Queenstown – Day at leisure Today has been left free so you can spend some time at leisure and discover Queenstown at your own pace. You could take the Skyline Queenstown gondola to the summit of Bob’s Peak for incredible views of the town and Lake Wakatipu or stroll through the manicured Queenstown Gardens. If you’re feeling adventurous, we have another optional action-packed excursion for you to join. Board a jet boat for an exhilarating ride along the Dart River. This evening, you can enjoy a more relaxing experience, with an optional steamboat cruise on Lake Wakatipu and dinner in a restaurant at the foot of Walter Peak. (B) doors, the interior of a Hobbit dwelling and the iconic Green Dragon™ Inn. Tonight, we are going to immerse ourselves in Māori culture with a visit to Te Pa Tu. In this spectacular forest setting, we’ll learn about the history and traditions of New Zealand’s indigenous people. We’ll experience ceremonial rituals and watch an authentic performance of haka and song before enjoying a meal created by a Māori chef. (B,D)

Day 10 - Rotorua to Wellington We’re driving to Wellington, the country’s capital today. Our journey takes us through the Wairakei Thermal Valley, where we’ll admire the turbulent Huka Falls, pass forested slopes and take in breathtaking views of Lake Taupo. When we arrive in Wellington, we’ll get our bearings on a short tour and see highlights including the harbour and Mount Victoria. (B)

Day 11 - Wellington After breakfast, we’ll explore Wellington in more detail on a walking tour. There is so much to see here, from an array of museums and galleries to historic architecture and fabulous shopping. We’ll explore the lively waterfront area and take a trip on the historic Wellington Cable Car for fabulous views over the city. At the top, there will be time to visit the delightful Wellington Botanic Garden, a 64-acre oasis of calm and tranquillity. The rest of the day is yours to explore more of Wellington at leisure. Perhaps head to the National Museum of New Zealand and discover the diverse array of exhibits exploring everything from the country’s wildlife to its role in the

Gallipoli campaign. Wellington is a city brimming with coffee shops, bars and award-winning restaurants so you will be spoilt for choice if you want to head out this evening. (B)

Day 12 - Wellington to Christchurch Today we’re heading to South Island and will cross the Cook Strait by ferry. A scenic journey of around three and half hours, we’ll travel past dramatic cliffs and rugged landscapes, and navigate fjord-like channels on our way to Picton. After disembarking the ferry, we’ll drive to Christchurch for an overnight stay. (B)

Day 13 - Tranzalpine Train You have a spectacular journey ahead as you board the TranzAlpine train and head into the Southern Alps, a mountain range that spans almost the entire length of South Island. The journey takes us through narrow gorges and past towering snow-capped peaks, so be sure to have your camera at the ready. When we leave the train in the village of Arthurs Pass, we’ll continue our journey by coach to the Franz Josef and Fox Glacier regions. Here, vast valleys of ice, hundreds of metres deep, flow down the hillside towards the riverbed. For the ultimate adventure, if the weather conditions are right, this afternoon you can take in sensational views of the glaciers on an optional helicopter flight. (B)

Day 16 - Milford Sound Today is the day you visit one of the most beautiful locations in New Zealand – Milford Sound. Located deep within Fiordland National Park, this inky-blue expanse of water is surrounded by forest-covered hills, waterfalls and dramatic mountain peaks. The area is also home to an abundant array of wildlife including dolphins, seals and penguins – so remember to keep your eyes peeled. If the weather conditions are good, we’ll take in the fjord’s majestic beauty on a cruise. (B,L)

Memories to bring home Silently glide through the starry wonderland of the Glow Worm Cave and marvel at this galaxy of living lights.

Day 14 - Franz Josef Glacier to Queenstown The road through the Westland National Park has to be one of the most scenic ever built and as we drive along it today, we’ll make stops to take in the wonderful views. We’re heading 155

Wellington

In the words of travellers

“Truly a holiday of a lifetime. Spectacular scenery. Exciting excursions. Wonderful locations. An amazing Holiday Director who made it an experience to remember and a great group of people to share it with.” Elaine Keller

Moeraki Beach boulders

Day 17 - Te Anau to Dunedin This morning you are going to visit the incredible Glow Worm Caves. After sailing across Lake Te Anau, you will explore this fascinating labyrinth of limestone caverns, rocks and whirlpools on foot. The grotto lit by thousands of glittering glow worms, is a mesmerising and unforgettable sight. Next, we make our way to Dunedin, the city that takes its name from the Gaelic version of Edinburgh. (B)

Day 18 - Dunedin – Day at leisure You can spend your time exploring at leisure today. Admire the stunning architecture of Dunedin Railway Station, step back in time to the early 20th century at Olveston Historic Home or just enjoy the town’s vibrant shops and restaurants. There is also the chance to join an optional trip to the Royal Albatross Centre on the Otago Peninsula. This is the world’s only mainland breeding colony of Northern Albatross, and during your visit, you’ll learn more about them, watch a short film and visit the observatory to hopefully see them nesting. (B)

Day 19 - Dunedin to Omarama As we travel northwards to Omarama, we’ll make a stop at the Moeraki Beach Boulders. These huge spherical rocks are scattered along the sand and are shrouded in Māori legend. The largest boulders are estimated to have taken around four million years to reach their current size. Some weigh several tonnes and the largest measure more than two metres in width. Our route then follows the Waitiki River inland. (B)

Day 20 - Omarama to Christchurch We’re bound for the Mount Cook region this morning. On the way, we’ll make a stop at Lake Tekapo, a picturesque, turquoise-coloured 156

body of water with the Southern Alps as a backdrop. We’ll then head over Burkes Pass, a mountain passageway, and continue across the Canterbury plains. This vast patchwork of agricultural land nestled between the mountains and the sea produces more than 80% of the country’s grains, crops and seeds. Mount Cook is the highest peak in New Zealand, towering to more than 3,700 metres. If weather conditions are favourable you might be tempted to view it from above on an optional scenic flight. Our journey ends as we arrive back in Christchurch and take a short tour of its highlights. We’ll see the pyramid-shaped Transitional Church, the beautiful Botanic Gardens and the Sign of the Takahe, a historic building with views across the city. (B)

Day 21 - Christchurch to UK You’re free to make the most of your final few hours in New Zealand before we drive you to the airport for your flight home. (B)

Day 22 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today. Views from the Tranzalpine Train

Te Puia thermal reserve

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £6,999 11 Feb

11 Mar

28 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £7,339 17 Feb

10 Mar

27 Oct

2028 DATES FROM £7,749 16 Feb

1 Mar

18 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Feb 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,825

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from London, Birmingham, Gatwick, Manchester & Stansted Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Time for more COOK ISLANDS Extend your journey with four blissful nights in the Cook Islands’ tropical paradise, plus a final night in Auckland on a bed and breakfast basis. After exploring New Zealand’s breathtaking landscapes, unwind at the beautiful Manuia Beach Resort, in Rarotonga, where pristine white beaches meet crystal-clear lagoons. The Cook Islands provide an authentic South Pacific experience, combining Polynesian hospitality with tranquil island charm. Whether you’re snorkelling in vibrant coral reefs, strolling along palm-fringed shores, or simply soaking up the sun. This idyllic conclusion to your journey offers the perfect opportunity to relax and reflect on your adventures. Price includes return flights from London, accommodation in 3 and 4 star hotels, meals as outlined in the main itineraries and the services of a Travelsphere Holiday Director. 27 days from £9,098

AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND COMBINED Embark on the ultimate Oceania adventure, exploring two spectacular countries in one unforgettable journey. From Australia’s iconic landmarks and diverse landscapes to New Zealand’s dramatic scenery and rich Māori culture, this extended tour captures the very essence of the antipodes. Experience the perfect blend of cosmopolitan cities, natural wonders, and unique wildlife encounters as you explore the vast Australian continent and traverse both islands of New Zealand. With carefully planned connections between tours, you’ll enjoy a seamless journey that maximizes your time in these remarkable destinations. This comprehensive itinerary allows you to truly immerse yourself in the beauty, culture, and character of both countries, creating memories that will last a lifetime. Price includes return flights from London, accommodation in 3 and 4 star hotels, meals as outlined in the main itineraries and the services of a Travelsphere Holiday Director. 40 days from £13,298 | 48 days from £15,298

157

ESSENTIAL INFORMATION This Essential Information is to help you prepare and take any necessary actions prior to your forthcoming holiday. Information contained in this section of the brochure and any other relevant information on the website, together with the Booking Conditions, form your contract with us.

BEFORE YOU BOOK We do hope that your Travelsphere holiday will meet your expectations so it is very important that you choose the holiday that is right for you. Our Holiday Advisors are happy to share their knowledge. Please make sure you are familiar with the up-to-date travel advice in the destination(s) you will be going to. Please visit the Foreign, Commonwealth & Development Office website at www.gov. uk/foreign-travel-advice or www.gov.uk/ travelaware. Packed with essential travel advice and tips, these websites offer a wealth of country specific information including the latest on security, local laws, passport, visa and entry requirements. Keep informed on current travel health news by visiting www. travelhealthpro.org.uk. The advice can change so please check regularly for updates. You can also access Sherpa via our website at https://www.travelsphere.co.uk/information/ travel-requirements-visa-service, an online tool that provides up to the minute entry requirements for the country you are visiting.

AFTER MAKING YOUR BOOKING Please read your confirmation invoice carefully and let us know immediately if there are any corrections required. If you have not received a confirmation invoice within 7 days of booking your holiday please contact us immediately. The balance payment for your holiday must be paid no later than 12 weeks before departure unless otherwise stated. The payment deadline will be clearly marked on your confirmation invoice along with details of how to pay online: www.travelsphere.co.uk/ payments. Prior to departure we will send you further information to help you prepare for your trip. If you have any queries you can ether email us at enquiries@travelsphere.co.uk or you can call our Customer Services Department 01858 415 100. Please check our website for the latest opening times.

YOUR HOLIDAY DIRECTOR On the majority of our Flight-Inclusive package holidays you will be escorted by a knowledgeable Holiday Director. Please be aware of the following: • On some of our Flight-Inclusive package holidays your Holiday Director will meet you at your UK airport, on others they will meet you at your overseas airport or in your resort. • If you choose to fly to your destination from a regional airport your Holiday Director may not be travelling with you. • Your Holiday Director may not accompany you on your homeward transfer to the airport but they will advise you of the arrangements made on a Flight-Inclusive holiday.

COACHES When our packages include coach travel or any other transportation, all customers are required to abide by instructions given by the Holiday Director; Coach Driver or Representative with regards to their Health; Safety and Wellbeing.

Regular comfort stops will be taken to ensure a relaxing journey is experienced each day. Some coaches may be equipped with washroom facilities however, it cannot be guaranteed that they will be useable at all times. Customer health, safety and well-being is of paramount importance and customers are required to adhere to all Health and Safety requirements and guidelines. Please note that these may vary from country to country.

RUNNING ORDER OF ITINERARIES Occasionally we may have to make changes to the running order and inclusions of your holiday itinerary. This could be due to a number of reasons such as public holidays, festivals, weather, traffic conditions or operational reasons and may sometimes be at short notice. Due to changes in river water levels, river cruise itineraries may occasionally be modified. On the rare occasions that this happens we will act in the best interests of our customers to ensure the enjoyment of your holiday is not impaired.

HOTEL ACCOMMODATION The prices in our brochure/website are based on twin occupancy of a double room or twin bedded room with private facilities unless otherwise stated. Single rooms: A limited number of rooms are available for most holidays. Single rooms do not often match the same requirements of twin bedded rooms in terms of size and facilities. For single room supplements please refer to the price panel on the brochure page or website. Our reference to ‘Hotel’ covers all accommodation and does not necessarily distinguish between local classifications such as ‘Motel’ or ‘Inn’. It may occasionally be necessary to accommodate you in a different but equal category of hotel to that featured in the brochure/website. If this is known before departure and is a significant change to the confirmed arrangements, we will of course advise you. The confirmed hotel(s) will be advised in your final travel information. Porterage: One bag per person is included on most of our package holidays as stated in the holiday details. Voltage/Electrical Items: The type of plug sockets you can use in your destination can be checked by visiting: www.worldstandards.eu/ electricity/plug-voltage-by-country/ Swimming Pools: If your hotel/s has a swimming pool, you may wish to take your own pool towel, as some hotels do not provide these. Please familiarise yourself with the depth of the pool and use the steps provided to access and exit the pool. Diving is not recommended. Additional Charges: Payment for any extras such as drinks, laundry, telephone calls and meals other than those included in your package holiday price are to be made directly to your hotel prior to check out. On occasion noise from works in the local vicinity of your hotel may occur and these can be unavoidable and unknown to ourselves. We make every effort to ensure your hotel stay is free from disturbance, however these may be out of our control. In addition, unrelated events and local activities may also be taking place. If you do have a complaint at your hotel, or indeed any other service, you must inform your Holiday Director or the hotel direct who will try

and resolve the matter as soon as possible. Air Conditioning: In some hotels, air conditioning is operated according to individual hotel policy and/or, in some cases, local laws.

OPTIONAL EXPERIENCES/EXCURSIONS We want to give you the opportunity to see as much as possible of the countries you are visiting so there will nearly always be a selection of optional excursions. Any optional excursions will of course operate subject to demand, traffic and weather conditions. Changes to the advertised excursions programmes are rare but the excursion providers reserve the right to change excursions and we reserve the right to amend the advertised prices at any time. We advise against the purchase of excursions from hotels or street vendors as these may not have been safety checked and may not meet required local standards or have adequate insurance cover in place. A list of approved excursions will be sent to you, in some cases these may include hotel excursions which have been checked. If you choose to partake in an excursion/activity which is not arranged by us, we advise you check that your travel insurance covers you for that specific activity.

MAXIMUM GROUP SIZE Where we display a “Maximum Group Size” icon, the number given will be the maximum expected group size for the tour. Where this may differ is for the ‘Discover More’ modular tours. We have designed and contracted this holiday with the maximum number of customers in mind and expect and aim to operate to this level. Under exceptional operational conditions, including force majeure, the expected group size may require to be exceeded. This Maximum Group Size is therefore not a condition of booking, though we will use best endeavours to ensure these stated group sizes are adhered to.

ABOUT OUR FLIGHTS FOR TRAVELSPHERE FLIGHT INCLUSIVE TOURS The prices for the Flight-Inclusive Tours set out in our brochures/website are based on planned group flights from London. The actual selling price may vary from that published due to numerous factors including but not limited to; additional taxes or fuel surcharges being introduced, the airline only allowing us to hold a limited number of seats at a pre agreed group rate or because alternative flights are being used.

per person, plus one standard piece of hand luggage. Irrespective of individual airline allowances the above limits apply. They are set taking account of our wider operational requirements including ground transportations, porterage, etc. To avoid any problems with our transportation providers, possible delays and inconvenience to you and your fellow travellers, please ensure these maximum baggage conditions are adhered to. You are responsible for the carriage and care of your luggage throughout your holiday except for such times as it may be in the hands of the airline, here in such circumstances the airline specific terms and conditions relating to the carriage of luggage apply or when porterage at a hotel on arrival and departure is included. We will not be held responsible for any delays and/or additional costs arising from any breach of the above luggage allowances. Airport Taxes: Any airport taxes and security charges which are payable in advance and therefore form part of the scheduled air ticket have been calculated and included in the price of your holiday. These include the UK Government Airline Passenger Duty and various overseas airport and airline charges where applicable. At some airports there are also passenger charges which are payable locally. Where possible these will be paid by us on your behalf and included on your confirmation invoice. Some taxes have to be paid locally and we will advise you as soon as we are aware of such charges. Fuel Surcharges/Environmental Taxes: Airlines generally pass on any fuel price increases to customers directly or tour operators when they occur. Occasionally we have no choice but to pass on all or part of these directly to our customers. You will be informed of any fuel related surcharges or new and additional taxes, airport or security charges in place or other sums payable in addition to the advertised price before you pay in full. Flight Routings: On some routes we use a number of indirect flights which may require you to change planes en-route. This may be because we cannot obtain a block allocation of seats on a direct flight or it may be the only option. If you are interested in booking a direct flight with a supplement (where available) please ask one of our Holiday Advisors.

By booking early you maximise your chances of getting on our group flights which ensures you are getting the benefit of our group costs and also reduces the chance of you ever having to pay any flight related supplements or additional costs.

Flight Schedule Changes: When you book one of our Flight-Inclusive Tours, your holiday confirmation will contain provisional flight details. We aim to make this as accurate as possible from the start, however, the timings or the flight numbers can change before departure. We will monitor all changes and inform you as soon as possible if there is a change which affects your departure by a considerable time or moves the tour to a different day or significantly affects the tour itinerary. Final timings will be sent about ten days before you travel. If we notify you of a significant change to your holiday and you do not accept the change you must tell us within 7 days of us advising you of the significant change to your holiday. Details of what constitutes a major or minor change is contained within Booking Conditions.

Baggage Handling and Allowance: The baggage allowance for all our holidays is one piece of luggage/suitcase – with the dimensions of 76cm x 58cm x 25cm (30” x 23” x 10”) maximum weight of 44lb (20kg)

Airlines and Aircraft: All prices in our brochures/on the website are based on air travel in economy class. Passenger travel on scheduled airlines is provided under the conditions of the airline. For a copy of these

from/late arrivals back to the UK for the Travelsphere Flight Inclusive package holiday you may not be able to get a connecting flight on the same day and may need to pay for an overnight hotel at London Heathrow/ Gatwick. If you book a Regional Connecting flight with Travelsphere, subject to availability and viable fares your luggage will be checked through from the UK to your destination. If your luggage will not be checked through to your destination, you will be contacted to be made aware. If you arrange your own connecting flight to London Heathrow or Gatwick to join the main flight we will take no responsibility that your luggage will be checked through to your destination. We will also not accept responsibility for any costs or losses due to delays and cancellations and will not be held responsible should you miss the Principal Flight from London Heathrow or Gatwick.

for a supplement. The offer is only applicable when booking a Travelsphere Flight Inclusive holiday. The offer is subject to availability of seats in our contracted classes to the destination on the required dates and suitable timings from/to local UK airport. Routes offered are selected and limited to schedules matching the Principal Flight and itinerary. Flights are subject to availability and the routes offered can change at any time.

Limited availability seats: Holiday prices are based on limited availability special air fares. Whilst these fares are correct at the time of going to press they may have sold out by the time you make a booking. In this case further seats will usually be available at a supplement. Such supplements if any will be confirmed at the time of booking.

OUR GUARANTEES TO YOU PRICE MATCH If you find an identical package holiday offered by one of our competitors (excluding any online special offers or arrangements made by yourself rather than through a tour operator) at a lower price within 7 days of booking with us our ‘price match’ will apply. By identical, we mean another holiday which: • Departs on the same day from the same port/ airport using the same flight with the same carrier (if Flight-Inclusive). • Visits the same destination(s). • Has the same duration (i.e. number of nights). • Offers the same number of included excursions. • Features accommodation of the same category and board basis and, where applicable, the services of a Holiday Director/ Local guide. If this happens we will refund the difference between the cost of the Flight-Inclusive package holiday that you have booked with us and the price of the identical holiday offered by our competitor. Plus we will give

158

you an extra £100 per person towards a future booking. Refunds will be in the form of a credit towards future travel. Applicable to new bookings only.

FLIGHT CHOICES

CONNECTING FLIGHTS Book a Travelsphere Flight Inclusive holiday and if you cannot depart directly from your local UK airport we can arrange a connecting flight to London Heathrow or Gatwick for a supplement. The offer is only applicable when booking a Travelsphere Flight Inclusive holiday. The offer is subject to availability of seats in our contracted classes on the connecting flight on the required dates and suitable timings from/to local UK airport and London Heathrow or Gatwick. Please note that not all local UK airports have routes to or frequent connecting flights to London airports. Routes offered are selected and limited to those enabling a smooth transition to the Tour’s Principal Flight. Due to timings for early departures

REGIONAL DIRECT/INDIRECT FLIGHTS Book a Travelsphere Flight Inclusive holiday and if the route is available (some flights may be indirect) you can fly from your local airport

Please see below for clarification of flight types: Principal Flight – included in the tour price, the flight departing from London. Regional Connecting Flight - A flight from your local airport to London Heathrow or Gatwick, to connect with our Principal flight. Regional Direct/Indirect Flight - A flight from your local airport which may be direct or indirect to your holiday destination. Direct - A flight that travels non-stop to your destination Indirect - A flight that travels via somewhere else and you are required to get off the plane

terms and conditions please go to the appropriate airline’s website. Change of Airline: Due to the ever changing nature of the airline business, airlines selected and used for our tours can change after your booking is made, as can flight schedules and timings. This can be for a number of reasons such as the airline withdrawing the flight or operating with smaller aircraft than first planned. Where this is the case we will endeavour to find an alternative with the same carrier or similar flights with another carrier. Flight Meals and Medical Equipment Requests: Although meals are provided on most long haul flights you should be aware that most airlines do not provide complimentary food on shorter flights within Europe. We therefore cannot guarantee that meals will be provided on all flights. Please note, we also cannot guarantee that the airline will be able to fulfil your request for a special dietary meal and any such requests are not a condition of booking. If you require a special dietary meal due to an allergy such as a nut allergy, and the airline provides complimentary meals, we will need you to fill in a medical questionnaire to send to the service provider. The airline will not be able to guarantee that their aircraft meals are 100% nut free and will require you to carry any special medication (such as an EpiPen) in your hand luggage. If you need to carry a CPAP machine or oxygen cylinders please let us know at the time of booking so we can ensure this request is sent through to the relevant airline. It can take up to 6 weeks for airlines to confirm whether medical requests can be accommodated. Seat Requests (Airlines & Trains): We strongly recommend (particularly if you are flying economy class) that you check in early if you have particular seat requests. Travelsphere has no control over the allocation of seats by the airline. Even if a request has been made to pre-book seats, no guarantee can be made that they will be available on departure. The provision of particular seats does not constitute a term of your contract with us. Please note, suppliers operate older and more modern aircraft within their fleets and we cannot guarantee which type you will travel on as this may be subject to change and general availability. Although some airline/ train companies offer the ability to book seats online this may not be the case when booking a holiday through us, as we offer holidays based on special tour operator fares and booking conditions. If this is particularly important to you then please ask about our upgrade options. Transfers: Where your flight inclusive holiday includes scheduled transfers from the destination/departure airport to/from your hotel, these are all based on group transfers and operate at specified times designed around our brochured flights. These transfer times may be adjusted due to airline flight schedule changes. If for any reason flight times change due to delay or cancellation that cause you to miss the scheduled transfers, alternative arrangements will be made for you.

Please note: we are unable to provide porterage at stations and you will be required to handle your own luggage. You can choose to upgrade your seats on Eurostar to Standard Class Premier. This upgrade also includes first-class tickets for the remainder of your journey aboard local trains, where applicable.

SMOKING E-cigarettes: Since their introduction, a number of countries have banned or limited the use of e-cigarettes. We recommend you consult with local government websites for the destinations you will be visiting for further information.

BOOKING ADDITIONAL EXTRAS FOR YOUR HOLIDAY It is advisable to leave booking travel arrangements to your UK departure point until you have received your final travel documents as timings can change. We can book nonflight arrangements for you and offer the option of cancellation/amendment insurance. Please speak to our Holiday Advisors for more information.

HEALTH, SAFETY AND WELL-BEING Holiday Suitability: To enjoy our holidays to the full, it’s important that all customers feel happy and comfortable whilst travelling with us. Please take a few moments to review our booking conditions, as well as your responsibility to provide accurate and up-to-date information relating to your health. For the enjoyment of the whole group, our Holiday Directors and team cannot provide one-to-one physical support or personal care to individuals. Our holidays visit a variety of destinations and varied itineraries. To ensure our group holidays are suitable and enjoyable experience for you, you should be able to comfortably walk a mile, unaided, at a steady pace, navigating some degree of cobblestone streets or uneven paths, being on your feet for up to 3 hours. If you have concerns regarding the suitability of the holiday due to any health, medical or mobility matters, you should contact us to discuss these concerns. Customers with Reduced Mobility: We want to ensure you make the correct choice before you book your holiday with us, and we provide suitability advice detailed above. If you have any concerns regarding the suitability of the holiday due to reduced mobility we would encourage you to contact us to discuss these concerns. Our holidays include a comprehensive sightseeing programme, due to the natural terrain of the locations we visit these may be a challenge for anyone with reduced mobility. We also sometimes use different modes of transport to complete our itinerary which includes though not limited to, boats, trains and jeeps these may also pose a challenge for anyone with reduced mobility. For example, when boarding and disembarking boats and ships, this may involve navigating moving or narrow gangplanks. Regrettably motorised scooters are not allowed on our holidays.

HOLIDAYS BY RAIL

Altitude: On certain tours you will travel to places at high altitude. If you suffer from heart or respiratory conditions or have any other concerns please consult your doctor.

Where your holiday includes rail travel, Standard Class fares are included unless otherwise stated.

Safety: Although we take every precaution to

Prescribed Medication: Carry all prescribed medication in your hand luggage.

and potentially board an on-ward alternative flight. Please speak to one of our Holiday Advisors to check availability of regional departures.

look after you on tour the responsibility for your personal safety and welfare and the care of your possessions is obviously the same as that which you would exercise whilst at home. It is advisable to avoid carrying your passports/ extra cash/credit cards etc. during day to day activities unless required. Whenever possible leave valuables in your hotel safe. Extra care should be taken when walking around cities, especially at night and we recommend that you stay in well lit, populated areas. It is also wise to avoid carrying valuables or wearing expensive jewellery. Please review the Foreign, Commonwealth & Development Office advice on safety and security for your destination: www.gov.uk/ foreign-travel-advice. The Holiday Director/ Guide will be on hand to provide any local notifications. For further information on staying safe overseas, please visit: www.travelhealthpro.org.uk/personal-safety/ Age restriction: You must be 18 years or over to travel on a Travelsphere holiday. Please also note our Booking Terms and Conditions.

PASSPORT INFORMATION AND ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Passport information: You must ensure that you have a valid passport. All costs incurred in obtaining such documentation must be paid by you. Some countries do not allow you to enter with certain country stamps. For further information please visit www.fco.gov.uk., If you are not currently in possession of a valid passport please make sure you leave plenty of time before your holiday to apply for this document. Our recommendation is that you should apply for one at least three months before your holiday. The UK Passport Service has to confirm your identity before issuing your first passport and will ask you to attend an interview in order to do this. For further information visit www.fco.gov.uk. Check the date that your passport expires. When travelling to the EU, the UK Government recommends that you have 6 months left on your passport on the date of your arrival to an EU country. You should also check when your passport was renewed. If you renewed a 10 year adult passport before it expired, extra months may have been added to your passport’s expiry date. These extra months over 10 years will not count towards the 6 months that must be remaining. The UK Government has published a website tool to check the validity of your passport under these new rules https://www.gov.uk/browse/abroad/ passports Note: In many countries, it is now a legal requirement to show some form of identification if requested by the police or authorities, therefore, it is advisable to carry a photocopy of the data page of your passport when out and about. It is your responsibility to ensure that you understand and adhere to all entry requirements for the countries you’re visiting (and what’s required upon your return to the UK). We have partnered with Sherpa, online self service industry experts who can guide you with extensive information around Visas and Travel restrictions to ensure that you have the correct travel documentation and all the up-to-date travel requirements that will ensure you have the best holiday experience.

Sherpa is the complete service that will ensure you have all the current information so that you are good to go. We recommend that you check the information regularly, along with the Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office in order to familiarise yourself with any requirements. We’re unable to accept any responsibility should you not be able to travel if as you have not complied with any passport, entry and immigration requirements. This comprehensive service will ensure you have a worry free and stress free holiday. You can purchase your visa or check your Travel Requirements on travelsphere.co.uk/ sherpa.

EUROPEAN HEALTH INSURANCE CARD The European Health Insurance Card (EHIC) or Global Health Insurance Card (GHIC) allows any EU Citizen to access state medical care when they are travelling in another EU Country. For most people, the UK GHIC replaces the existing EHIC for new applications. You should make sure, and it is a requirement of booking, that you have appropriate travel insurance.

MEDICAL QUESTIONNAIRE It is a requirement of the terms and conditions that you complete a medical questionnaire as required to assist Travelsphere to ensure it complies with national and local regulations regarding public health. Failure to complete a questionnaire if required in the stipulated time frames may jeopardise your ability to travel. In these circumstances if you are denied or unable to travel due to non compliance normal cancellation terms and conditions will apply as contained within these terms and conditions. This does not replace any official documents you are required to complete in order to travel.

PUBLIC HOLIDAYS Experiencing a public holiday in your chosen destination can really enhance your holiday experience, especially if there are local festivals or celebrations. Virtually all countries have public holidays, religious or otherwise. The festivities may temporarily disrupt your package holiday and some religious holidays such as Ramadan, which is observed in many Muslim countries, may result in a reduction of facilities, services and entertainment. We suggest that you take this into consideration when selecting your departure date. To discover the national holidays in your destination, please visit: www.timeanddate. com/holidays/

WEATHER World weather is becoming more erratic and unpredictable and we cannot be held responsible for disruption to your package holiday or any other holiday arrangement due to bad or unusual weather conditions.

BROCHURE/WEBSITE DETAILS We have taken great care to ensure that the details in the brochure/website are correct at the time of their publication. Please bear in mind however that the availability of certain services may vary particularly outside high season periods. This may be for a variety of reasons, for example, lifts need servicing, swimming pools must be cleaned and outdoor amenities such as chair lifts and cable cars can be affected by weather or lack of demand. Some images may have been altered using AI technology.

Travel requirements per country, can change,

SHERPA Travel & Visa requirements

BOOK TWO OR MORE TRIPS Save an extra £50 per person when you book two or more different holidays at the same time on the same call, both 8 days or longer, for the same traveller. This offer is combinable with other offers. The additional £50 per person will be applied to the second and subsequent holiday(s) and will not be transferable should you cancel, unless you are re-booking on the same day. Normal cancellation penalties apply. This offer is for new bookings only and cannot be applied retrospectively.

We have partnered with Sherpa, an on-line self-service tool that allows customers to search up-to-date information regarding travel entry requirements for all countries. Using the Sherpa travel guide, you can access the latest information on entry requirements, travel restrictions, quarantine policies, visa and e-visa conditions and various health declaration forms to destinations all around the world, in one convenient virtual location. The entry requirements shown will always show the latest information and are updated constantly - so if you have booked or are looking to travel on a later date - please ensure you check closer to your departure date.

LOYALTY If you qualify for a loyalty discount, the amount will depend on the spend and tour type. The new booking must be made within 3 months of the return date of your original holiday.

Rome

Simply visit travelsphere.co.uk/sherpa

159

BOOKING TERMS AND CONDITIONS - Applicable from December 2025 These Booking Terms and Conditions, together with our Privacy Policy and, where your holiday is booked via our website, our website terms and conditions of use, together with any other written information we brought to your attention before we confirmed your booking, form the basis of your contract with G Touring Limited trading as Travelsphere, whose registered office is at Office 202, Harborough Enterprise Centre, Market Harborough, LE16 9HW. Company No: 04956006. Please read them carefully as they set out our respective rights and obligations. In these Booking Conditions references to “you” and “your” include the first named person on the booking and all persons on whose behalf a booking is made or any other person to whom a booking is added or transferred. By making a booking you agree that: a. you have read and understood these terms and conditions and have the authority to, and agree to be bound by them; b. you are over 18 years of age and where placing an order for services with age restrictions declare that you are of the appropriate age to purchase those services; c. you consent to our use of information in accordance with our Privacy Policy (https:// www.travelsphere.co.uk/information/privacypolicy/) and you are authorised on behalf of all participants in your party to disclose their personal details to us, including where applicable, special categories of data (such as information on health conditions or disabilities and dietary requirements); d. you accept financial responsibility for payment of the booking on behalf of all persons detailed on the booking.

1. Booking and Paying for your Arrangements A booking is made with us when you pay us a deposit (or full payment if you are booking within 84 days of departure) and we issue you with a booking confirmation. We reserve the right to return your payment and decline to issue a confirmation at our absolute discretion. A binding contract will come into existence between you and us as soon as we have issued you with a booking confirmation. If your confirmed arrangements include a flight, we (or if you booked via an authorised agent of ours, that agent) will also issue you with an ATOL Certificate. Upon receipt, if you believe that any details on the ATOL Certificate or booking confirmation or any other document are wrong you must advise us immediately as changes cannot be made later and it may harm your rights if we are not notified of any inaccuracies in any document within ten days of our sending it out (five days for tickets). If your confirmed arrangements booked through Travelsphere do not include a flight, we provide financial security for holiday arrangements booked through us by way of a financial failure insurance policy. You will be given full details of the insurer with your confirmation invoice or, alternatively, please go to www.travelsphere.co.uk/information/ financial-protection-insurance/ The balance of the cost of your arrangements (including any applicable surcharge) is due not less than 84 days prior to scheduled departure (or by such other date as is notified to you at the time of booking). If we do not receive this balance in full and on time, we reserve the right to treat your booking as cancelled by you in which case the cancellation charges set out in clause 8 below will become payable. Any money paid to an authorised agent of ours in respect of a booking covered by our ATOL is held by that agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust at all times, but subject to the agent’s obligation to pay it to us for so long as we do not fail financially. If we do fail financially, any money held at that time by the agent or subsequently accepted from the consumer by the agent, is and continues to be held by that agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust without any obligation to pay that money to us. Special Sales: If there are services that you request from us in addition to one of our packages (such as a connecting flight, flight upgrade or additional services) these will be put on request by our Sales Team and are subject to availability and confirmation of the price. Our team will advise you of this, take the appropriate deposit (or full payment for a flight upgrade) and send you a holding letter together with an ATOL Certificate. Once the additional service is confirmed we will advise you and if your international flight details have changed, send a revised ATOL Certificate to you.

160

Please note: Where your booking includes flights or flight upgrades with restrictive ticketing conditions, we may ask you to pay the full airfare or a higher deposit and any associated charges before full payment has been made to minimise any additional cost to you. This is in addition to the normal deposit payable on the holiday. If the flight has restrictive ticketing deadlines it may mean that the ticket has to be issued before you have paid the balance for the holiday and specific cancellation charges may apply which increase the usual cancellation charges. Please refer to 8) If You Cancel Before Departure. Booking on behalf of others: By booking on behalf of other participants, you are deemed to be the designated contact person for every participant included on that booking. This means that you are responsible for making all payments due in connection with your booking, notifying us or our authorised agent if any changes or cancellations are required and keeping your party informed. By booking on behalf of another person or persons, you represent and warrant that you have obtained all required consents. You are responsible for verifying that any information you provide on behalf of another participant is complete and accurate and we will under no circumstances be liable for any errors or omissions in the information provided to complete a booking.

2. Accuracy We endeavour to ensure that all the information and prices both on our website and in any advertising material that we publish are accurate, however, occasionally changes and errors occur and we reserve the right to correct prices and other details in such circumstances. You must check the current price and all other details relating to the arrangements that you wish to book before your booking is confirmed. On very rare occasions, we may unfortunately make a genuine mistake in the price we quote and subsequently confirm to you for your holiday. This may come to light at any time prior to your holiday. We are not obliged to honour the original price if a mistake has been made when pricing your holiday. We will ask you to meet any additional costs if you wish to go ahead with the holiday. However, should you not wish to meet these additional charges, you may cancel your holiday with a full refund.

3. Insurance We consider adequate travel insurance to be essential. It is therefore a condition of booking that you are adequately insured when travelling abroad. We’ve partnered with Holiday Extras please go to www.travelsphere. co.uk/insurance. We will require you to give us details of your travel insurance company including the policy number, although we will not check your policy for suitability. If you purchase an alternative policy, you must ensure that it offers cover which is at least as comprehensive as the policy we recommend and, which as a minimum, covers cancellation for the total value of the holiday, delay or curtailment, medical charges and repatriation costs for not less than £5million. Your travel insurance should cover you for any pre-existing medical conditions. You should also ensure you are covered for the curtailment or cancellation of your holiday by us for reasons such as, but not limited to, FCDO advice, Government restrictions or local restrictions, you should ensure you are covered up to the full value of your trip and expenses. We would recommend that your policy should cover you fully for COVID-19 should you need to cancel in advance of travelling, or should you contract it while away. Please read your policy details carefully and take them with you on holiday. It is your responsibility to ensure that the insurance cover you purchase is adequate for your particular needs including cover for any optional excursions/activities that you may have booked. You shall be responsible for indemnifying us in full in respect of any costs that we incur as a result of your failure to have adequate, appropriate and comprehensive travel insurance. We will decline any booking where adequate insurance has not been arranged.

4. Pricing Once your booking has been confirmed and G Touring has been paid in full (either directly by you or your Travel Agent), we guarantee that no surcharge will be added to the basic price of your holiday irrespective of any subsequent fluctuation in currency exchange rates or increases in international air fares. This price guarantee does not apply to any optional services including, but not limited to, insurance premiums, visa charges and

amendment fees and supplements. Before you have confirmed your booking and paid in full, we reserve the right to amend the price of unsold holidays at any time and correct errors in the prices of confirmed holidays. G Touring also reserves the right to increase the price of confirmed holidays solely to allow for increases which are a direct consequence of changes in: (a) The price of the carriage of passengers resulting from the cost of fuel or other power sources; (b) The level of taxes or fees applicable to the holiday imposed by third parties not directly involved in the performance of the holiday, including tourist taxes, landing taxes or embarkation or disembarkation fees at ports and airports. Any refund due will be paid to you less an administrative fee of GBP£75 or EUR€75, based on the currency of your booking. However please note that travel arrangements are not always purchased in local currency and some apparent changes have no impact on the price of your travel due to contractual and other protection in place. There will be no change made to the price of your confirmed holiday within 20 days of your departure nor will refunds be paid during this period..

5. Jurisdiction and applicable law These Booking Terms and Conditions and any agreement to which they apply are governed in all respects by English law. We both agree that any dispute, claim or other matter which arises between us out of or in connection with your contract or booking will be dealt with by the Courts of England and Wales only.

6. Cutting your holiday short If you are forced to return home early, we cannot refund the cost of any travel arrangements you have not used. If you cut short your holiday and return home early in circumstances where you have no reasonable cause for complaint about the standard of accommodation and services provided, we will not offer you any refund for that part of your holiday not completed, or be liable for any associated costs you may incur. Depending on the circumstances, your travel insurance may offer cover for curtailment and we suggest that any claim is made directly with them.

7. Changes by you before departure If you wish to change any part of your booked arrangements after our confirmation invoice has been issued, you must inform us in writing as soon as possible. Whilst we will do our best to assist, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to meet your requested change. Request to change more than 75 days before departure: Where we can meet a request, all changes will be subject to payment of an administration fee of £75 per person per change plus any applicable rate changes or extra costs incurred by ourselves or imposed by any of our suppliers. You should be aware that these costs could increase the closer to the departure date that changes are made and you should contact us as soon as possible. Where we are unable to assist you and you do not wish to proceed with the original booking we will treat this as a cancellation by you. A cancellation fee may be payable. Transfer of booking to someone else: If you are prevented from travelling it may be possible to transfer your booking to another suitable person provided that written notice is given. An administration fee will be charged, details available upon request. Transfer of Booking: If you are prevented from travelling, you may transfer your place to someone else (introduced by you and satisfying all the conditions applicable to the arrangements) provided: a. you contact us as soon as possible and provide us with the name of the replacement passenger and who they will be replacing from the original booking. We can only transfer customers up to 75 days before departure, subject to availability; b. you pay an amendment fee of £75 per person transferring, meet all costs and charges incurred by us and/or incurred or imposed by any of our suppliers; and c. the transferee agrees to these Booking Conditions and all other terms of the contract between us. If there are any payments outstanding for the applicable booking when the transfer is requested these must also be paid before the transfer can be made. Any replacement passengers must show us evidence of their holiday insurance prior to the transfer being

completed. You and the transferee remain jointly and severally liable for payment of all sums. If you are unable to find a replacement, cancellation charges as set out herein will apply in order to cover our estimated costs. Otherwise, no refunds will be given for passengers not travelling or for unused services. Note: Certain arrangements (such as “Low Cost” flight bookings, flight upgrades, flights with restrictive ticketing deadlines and nonrefundable elements of your booking) may not be amended or transferred after they have been confirmed and any alteration could incur a cancellation charge of up to 100% of that part of the arrangements. Request to change booking within 75 days of departure: Any request to change a booking to a different holiday or departure date will be treated as a cancellation and rebook. Cancellation charges will apply as set out in section 8.

8. If you cancel before departure If you decide to cancel your confirmed booking you must notify us (or your travel agent) in writing, as soon as possible. To notify us please send an email to CustomerCancellations@ travelsphere.co.uk or write to us. Any notification by telephone should be to our Service Centre on 01858 415 100 and must be followed up in writing or by email, within 24 hours by the lead name to confirm the cancellation. Your notice of cancellation will only take effect from the date on which we receive it. If the call to notify us of cancellation is from anyone other than the lead name then the lead name must confirm the cancellation in writing or by email within 3 days of the initial call. If you need to cancel your booking within 24 hours of departure please contact the Service Centre or call the number stated on your final documentation. If verbal notification is within 5 days of departure we reserve the right to cancel the booking after 24 hours. Since we incur costs in cancelling your arrangements, you will have to pay the applicable cancellation charges up to the maximum shown below. The cancellation charge detailed is calculated on the basis of the total cost payable by the person(s) cancelling excluding insurance premiums and amendment charges which are not refundable in the event of the person(s) to whom they apply cancelling: Number of Days’ Notice Before Departure

Cancellation charge (% of holiday price):

More than 75 days before departure

Loss of deposit only

43 - 74 days

50% of tour price

29 - 42 days

75% of tour price

15 - 28 days

90% of tour price

Day of Departure 14 days

100% of tour price

Please note the amendment fees charged due. Please note that insurance premiums and amendments charges are not refundable in any circumstances. Note: Certain arrangements (such as “Low Cost” flight bookings, flight upgrades, flights with restrictive ticketing deadlines and nonrefundable elements of your booking) may not be amended or transferred after they have been confirmed and any alteration could incur a cancellation charge of up to 100% of that part of the arrangements. Where any cancellation reduces the number of full paying party members below the number which the price and/or any concessions agreed for your booking were based, we will recalculate these items and re-invoice you accordingly. If the reason for your cancellation is covered under the terms of your insurance policy, you may be able to reclaim these charges. We will deduct the cancellation charge(s) from any monies you have already paid to us. The cancellation charges above have been calculated as a genuine pre-estimate of the losses we would incur in the event you cancelled your holiday within the stipulated time period, taking into account the charges we will incur from our suppliers (some of which will be up to 100%) and the expected cost savings and income from alternative deployment of the travel services (if possible) calculated as an average charge over a period of time. Cancellation by You due to Unavoidable & Extraordinary Circumstances: You have the right to cancel your confirmed holiday before departure without paying a cancellation charge in the event of “unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances” occurring at your

holiday destination or its immediate vicinity and significantly affecting the performance of the holiday or significantly affecting the transport arrangements to the destination. In these circumstances, we shall provide you with a full refund of the monies you have paid but will not be liable to pay you any additional compensation. Please note that your right to cancel in these circumstances will only apply where the Foreign, Commonwealth & Development Office (FCDO) has changed its advice to warn against travel to your destination or its immediate vicinity after the date of your booking. For the purposes of this clause, “unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances” means warfare, acts of terrorism, significant risks to human health such as the outbreak of serious disease at the travel destination or natural disasters such as floods, earthquakes or weather conditions which make it impossible to travel safely to the travel destination.

9. If we change or cancel As we plan your holiday arrangements many months in advance we may occasionally have to make changes or cancel your booking and we reserve the right to do so at any time. Changes: If we make an insignificant change to your holiday, we will make reasonable efforts to inform you or your travel agent as soon as reasonably possible if there is time before your departure but we will have no liability to you for failing to inform you or your travel agent. Examples of insignificant changes include: • alteration of your outward/return flights by less than 12 hours • changes to aircraft type • change of accommodation to another of the same or higher standard • changes of carriers Please note that carriers such as airlines used in our advertising material may be subject to change. Occasionally we may have to make a significant change to your confirmed arrangements. Examples of “significant changes” include the following, when made before departure: • A change of accommodation area for the whole or a significant part of your time away, provided that the new area is more than 15 miles away from the original. • A change of cabin accommodation to a significantly lesser grade. Where you are taking a tour, a significant change to the itinerary. i.e. when the itinerary has to be changed by more than 50% and may have to exclude an iconic highlight. • A change of accommodation to that of a lower standard or classification for the whole or a significant part of your time away. • A change of outward departure time or overall length of your arrangements of twelve or more hours. • A significant change to your itinerary, missing out one or more destinations entirely.

alternative arrangements are of a lower value), or e. having a refund of all monies paid for the cancelled holiday; You must notify us of your choice within 7 days of our offer. If we do not hear from you within 7 days, we will contact you again to request notification of your choice. If you fail to respond again within 3 days we will assume that you have chosen to accept the change or alternative booking arrangements. Once a tour has departed, itinerary changes may be necessary as a result of unforeseen circumstances, operational concerns, or concerns for your health, safety, enjoyment or comfort. Any changes are at our discretion. You acknowledge that you must have reasonable financial resources to cover incidental expenses during all travel with us, whether or not such expenses arise from a change of itinerary, and we are not liable for your failure to prepare adequately for travel and unforeseen circumstances which may arise during travel. We will not be liable for any indirect and or consequential losses associated with any changes to a booking or itinerary or cancellation. Including visas, vaccinations, non-refundable flights or rail, non-refundable car parking or other fees, loss of earnings, or loss of enjoyment. We may also cancel your holiday booking if we consider it is not suitable for you for mobility reasons or otherwise, but will endeavour to discuss this with you prior to doing so. Compensation: If we cancel your booking or make a significant change less than 75 days before departure, in addition to a full refund of all monies paid by you, we will pay you reasonable compensation as detailed below.

More than 75 days before departure

NIL

29-74 days

£10

11. Special requests

15-28 days

£20

8-14 days

£30

7 days or less

£40

Any special requests must be advised to us at the time of booking. You should then confirm your requests in writing. Whilst every effort will be made by us to try and arrange your reasonable special requests, we cannot guarantee that they will be fulfilled. The fact that a special request has been noted on your confirmation invoice or any other documentation or that it has been passed on to the supplier is not confirmation that the request will be met. Any special requests or requirements do not form part of these Terms or the contract between us and we are not liable for any failure to accommodate or fulfill such requests. We do not accept bookings that are conditional upon any special request being met.

IMPORTANT NOTE: We will not pay you compensation in the following circumstances: • where we make an insignificant change; • where we make a significant change or cancel your arrangements more than 75 days before departure; • where we make a significant change and you accept those changed arrangements or you accept an offer of alternative travel arrangements; • where we have to cancel your arrangements as a result of your failure to make full payment on time;

Please note: We do not classify a change of air or sea port as a significant change where coach transfers between a UK town and the relevant air/sea port are included in the holiday. A change of flight from direct to indirect is not classified as a significant change.

If we become unable to provide a significant proportion of the arrangement that you have booked with us after you have departed, we will, if possible, make alternative arrangement for you at no extra charge and where those alternative arrangements are of a lower standard, provide you with an appropriate price reduction.

a. (for significant changes) accepting the changed arrangements; b. accepting an offer of alternative travel arrangements of equivalent value; c. accepting an offer of alternative travel arrangements of a superior value (at no additional cost to you); d. if available, accepting an offer of alternative travel arrangements of a lower or comparable standard from us (we will refund any price difference between the original arrangements and the alternative arrangements if the

Force Majeure including where we have had to curtail your holiday except where otherwise expressly stated in these Terms, we will not be liable or pay you compensation if its contractual obligations to you are affected by “unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances” meaning any event beyond our control, the consequences of which could not have been avoided even if all reasonable measures had been taken. Examples include warfare and acts of terrorism (and threat thereof), civil strife, labour difficulties, interference by authorities, political disturbance, significant risks to human health such as the outbreak of serious disease at the travel destination or natural disasters such as floods, earthquakes or weather conditions or changes in travel guidelines by organisations such as Foreign, Commonwealth & Development Office (FCDO), WHO (World Health Organisation (WHO), Local or national Governments guidelines or regulations which make it impossible to travel safely to the travel destination or remain at the travel destination, the act of any government or other national or local authority including port or river authorities, industrial dispute, lock closure, natural or nuclear disaster, fire, chemical or biological disaster, unavoidable technical problems with transport, closure of airports, ports or airspace or changes of schedules by airlines and all similar events outside our or the supplier(s) concerned control. If your holiday is curtailed due to (not limited to) FCDO Guidance / WHO advice / local or national Government guidance or regulations – due to but not limited to Pandemic.) the Tour Operator will, in accordance with the Package Travel and Linked Travel Arrangements Regulations 2018 and our own Terms and Conditions, provide the traveller with an appropriate refund. The refund will be based on the number of days of the holiday that was missed (based on the total cost of your holiday less the services used, for example flights that were taken, hotel nights that were used and tour days that took place).

Compensation payable per person (excluding infants)

• where the change or cancellation by us arises out of alterations to the confirmed booking requested by you;

We may cancel your holiday before this date. For example, in the case of Force Majeure, or if the numbers booked do not reach the required amount to deliver a particular travel arrangement or group experience. If we have to make a major change or cancel, we will tell you as soon as possible and if there is time to do so before departure, we will offer you the choice of:

hotels in remote locations; • Our staff pushing a customer in a wheelchair throughout the duration of the holiday, or other customers on the trip.

Period before departure a significant change or cancellation is notified to you

• A change of UK airport from the one you were due to fly to or from, except where the change is between London airports (Heathrow, Gatwick, Stansted, London City or Luton) or where the new airport is within 50 miles of the original airport.

Cancellation: We will not cancel your travel arrangements less than 75 days before your departure date, except for reasons of force majeure or failure by you to pay the final balance.

us and your home.

10. Force majeure

• where we are forced to cancel or change your arrangements due to Force Majeure (see clause 10).

Please note: where accommodation with a higher price than the original accommodation is offered by us and accepted by you, the difference in price will be deducted from any compensation payable. In no case will we pay compensation if accommodation is offered by us and accepted by you with a higher price than that originally booked in the same location where no additional payment is made by you. If we become unable to provide a significant proportion of the services that you have booked with us after you have departed, we will make alternative arrangements for you at no extra charge and, if appropriate in all the circumstances, will pay you reasonable compensation. Please note: should it become impossible to make alternative arrangements in the circumstances mentioned above, our legal obligation is to return you to the point of departure, where you commenced your booked arrangements with us, only. It will be your responsibility to arrange any onward transport from the point at which you commenced your booked arrangements with

12. Disabilities and Medical Problems The Equality Act 2010 We believe in trying to make our holidays as accessible to as many people as possible. You must tell us before you book of any special needs you may have as result of any disability or medical condition, whether physical or mental health and we will do all we can to accommodate you. This includes making any reasonable adjustments to the holiday itself and/or to the booking process. You may be asked to complete a medical information form (the “Medical Form”) or produce a Doctors certificate/letter prior to travel. We will endeavour to respond within 5 working days of receipt of this documentation. If you wish to have this documentation returned please let us know as we only hold this information for your current holiday. This information will be treated confidentially and will only be used to check that you are likely to be sufficiently fit and able to undertake your chosen holiday, and that any special requirements are passed on to our suppliers. If you, or any member of your parties situation changes after you have booked (including where any medical condition or disability deteriorates or develops) you must let us know straight away. Travel with us may involve visiting remote or developing regions, where medical care may not be easily accessible and medical facilities may not meet the standards of those found in the UK. We and our suppliers make no representations and gives no warranties in relation to the availability or standard of medical facilities in those regions. Whilst we will endeavour to make any reasonable adjustments to the holiday itself, sometimes this may not be possible. Examples of where we may not be able to make a reasonable adjustment include:

• Provision of daily personal care whether for a physical or mental health condition. • Regrettably we are unable to accommodate motorised scooters. Please note that personal care cannot be provided by any member of our staff It is your responsibility to tell us before you book whether you have any special requirements, limited mobility or medical conditions either physical or mental health that might affect your ability to take part on our holidays. A reasonable level of fitness is required for all our holidays as some walking will be involved. As a general rule, you should be able to comfortably walk a mile, unaided, at a steady pace, navigating some degree of cobblestone streets or uneven paths, being on your feet for up to 3 hours. Please note some of our more strenuous tours have additional requirements and these will be outlined on the specific tour information. If you are in doubt about the suitability of any of our holidays please just ask but, it is vital that you seek confirmation from your own Doctor to establish that you are sufficiently fit both physically and mentally, to travel and to undertake the excursions that may be required to undertake your tour. Where we can we will make any reasonable adjustments but where we cannot make such adjustments we may have to cancel your booking. It is our intention to make our holidays as accessible to as many people as we can, especially those with disabilities. We cannot do this if you don’t tell us of your needs so please mention any relevant information to us before you book. In particular to establish: a. Any special requirements for air, coach, ferry or cruise ship travel so these are passed on to our suppliers; b. That we are aware whether your mobility may be limited and therefore whether the holiday is suitable for you or not; c. Whether you are taking medication and might require medical attention during your holiday; d. Whether there might be any pre-existing medical conditions, either physical or mental health, that should be disclosed to your insurer (or to the insurer recommended by ourselves) and which could result in your insurance being invalidated. We can recommend a special travel insurance policy for those with existing medical conditions and would recommend that this or a similar policy be purchased prior to travel. It is your responsibility to check your health and fitness to travel with your own Doctor before travel and we would recommend that you seek this confirmation and send us this information. We will endeavour to assist with any special requirements that might be needed and can also advise against certain tours and excursions that might be challenging for a customer with particular medical issues. We have to rely upon your honesty about your medical condition and cannot advise you properly if we are unaware of this. Please contact our Special Services Team at customercare@travelsphere.co.uk and we can arrange to advise you of the pre-travel medical clearance that you should clarify with your doctor. We will assume, unless you inform us otherwise, that you are in a good state of health both physically and mentally, to participate in the holiday. If you do not tell us about any disability or medical condition which may affect your holiday arrangements and any resulting special needs, and we find ourselves in the position where you are at your UK departure point or on holiday and are unable to participate fully, then we reserve the right to: a. Organise extra assistance or make any adjustments so you can continue with the holiday and pass on the costs of doing this to you. b. Arrange your return to the UK, or to your home address if you haven’t left the UK and pass on the costs of doing this to you. We very much hope that all our customers will be completely open, honest and upfront with us so the above situation does not occur. However, we do reserve the right to take action in the interests of your health and safety and the health and safety of our staff and other customers should we need to. We can only accept your booking upon the clear understanding that we cannot be liable if you do not inform us of such a condition and an airline or cruise line refuses to accept you as a passenger.

• Providing wheelchair access ramps to overseas

161

13. Complaints We make every effort to ensure that your arrangements run smoothly but if you do have a problem during your holiday, you must inform your Holiday Director or the relevant supplier immediately who will endeavour to put things right. If the problem cannot be resolved and you wish to complain further, you must send formal written notice of your complaint to us at Travelsphere, Office 202, Harborough Enterprise Centre, Market Harborough, LE16 9HW or by e-mail to customer.care@ travelsphere.co.uk within 28 days of the end of your stay, giving your booking reference and all other relevant information. Any complaints made via our Customer Service Questionnaire will not be responded to unless they have been made formally as outlined above. Please keep your letter / email concise and to the point. This will assist us to quickly identify your concerns and speed up our response to you. Failure to follow the procedure set out in this clause may affect ours and the applicable supplier’s ability to investigate your complaint, and this may affect your rights under this contract. Please note that we offer an Alternative Dispute Resolution service through our ABTA membership. Please see clause 14 for further details. You can also access the European Commission Online Dispute (ODR) Resolution platform at http://ec.europa. eu/ consumers/odr/. This ODR platform is a means of registering your complaint with us; it will not determine how your complaint should be resolved.

14. ABTA We are a Member of ABTA, membership number Y6412. We are obliged to maintain a high standard of service to you by ABTA’s Code of Conduct. We can also offer you ABTA’s scheme for the resolution of disputes which is approved by the Chartered Trading Standards Institute. If we can’t resolve your complaint, go to www.abta.com to use ABTA’s simple procedure. Further information on the Code and ABTA’s assistance in resolving disputes can be found on www.abta.com.

15. Our responsibilities (We will accept responsibility for the arrangements we agreed to provide or arrange for you as an ‘organiser’ under the Package Travel and Linked Travel Arrangements Regulations 2018, as set out below and as such, we are responsible for the proper provision of all travel services included in your package, as set out in your confirmation invoice. Subject to these Booking Conditions, if we or our suppliers negligently perform or arrange those services and we do not remedy or resolve your complaint within a reasonable period of time, we will pay you reasonable compensation. The level of such compensation will be calculated taking into consideration all relevant factors such as but not limited to: following the complaints procedure as described in these conditions and the extent to which we or our employees’ or suppliers’ negligence affected the overall enjoyment of your holiday. Please note that it is your responsibility to show that we or our supplier(s) have been negligent if you wish to make a claim against us. We will not be responsible or pay you compensation for any injury, illness, death, loss, damage, expense, cost or other claim of any description if it results from: a. the acts and/or omissions of the person affected; or b. the acts and/or omissions of a third party unconnected with the provision of the services contracted for and which were unavoidable and extraordinary; or c. Force Majeure We limit the amount of compensation we may have to pay you if we are found liable under this clause as follows: (a) loss of and/or damage to any luggage or personal possessions and money: the maximum amount we will have to pay you in respect of these claims is an amount equivalent to the excess on your insurance policy which applies to this type of loss per person in total because you are required to have adequate insurance in place to cover any losses of this kind. (b) Claims not falling under (a) above and which don’t involve injury, illness or death: the maximum amount we will have to pay you in respect of these claims is up to three times the price paid by or on behalf of the person(s) affected in total. This maximum amount will only be payable where everything has gone wrong and you or your party has not received any benefit at all from your booking. (c) Claims in respect of international travel by air, sea and rail, or any stay in a hotel: a. The extent of our liability will in all cases be limited as if it’s a carrier under the appropriate Conventions, which include The

162

Warsaw/Montreal Convention (international travel by air); The Athens Convention (with respect to sea travel); The Berne/Cotif Convention (with respect to rail travel) and The Paris Convention (with respect to hotel arrangements). You can ask for copies of these Conventions from us. In addition, you agree that the operating carrier or transport company’s own ‘Conditions of Carriage’ will apply to you on that journey. When arranging transportation for you, we rely on the terms and conditions contained within these international conventions and those ‘Conditions of Carriage’. You acknowledge that all of the terms and conditions contained in those ‘Conditions of Carriage’ form part of your contract with us, as well as with the transport company and that those ‘Conditions of Carriage’ shall be deemed to be included by reference into this contract. b. In any circumstances in which a carrier is liable to you by virtue of the Denied Boarding Regulation 2004, any liability we may have to you under our contract with you, arising out of the same facts, is limited to the remedies provided under the Regulation as if (for this purpose only) we were a carrier. c. When making any payment, we are entitled to deduct any money which you have received or are entitled to receive from the transport provider or hotelier for the complaint or claim in question. It is a condition of our acceptance of liability under this clause that you notify any claim to us and our supplier(s) strictly in accordance with the complaints procedure set out in these Terms. Where any payment is made, the person(s) receiving it (and their parent or guardian if under 18 years) must also assign to us or our insurers any rights they may have to pursue any third party and must provide us and our insurers with all assistance they may reasonably require. Please note, we cannot accept any liability for any damage, loss or expense or other sum(s) of any description: a. which on the basis of the information given to us by you concerning your booking prior to us accepting it, we could not have foreseen you would suffer or incur if we breached our contract with you; or b. relate to any business. We will not accept responsibility for services or facilities which do not form part of its agreement or where they are not advertised in our brochure or on our website. For example any excursion you book whilst away, or any service or facility which your hotel or any other supplier agrees to provide for you. Where it is impossible for you to return to your departure point as per the agreed return date of your package, due to “unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances”, we shall provide you with any necessary accommodation (where possible, of a comparable standard) for a period not exceeding three nights per person. Departure point will be the location where you commenced your first travel arrangement booked through Travelsphere as listed on your booking confirmation. For the purposes of this clause, “unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances” mean warfare, acts of terrorism, significant risks to human health such as the outbreak of serious disease at the travel destination or natural disasters such as floods, earthquakes or weather conditions which make it impossible to travel safely back to your departure point.

16. Your behaviour & acceptance of reasonable risks You acknowledge that travel and the products and services offered by us may involve risk to your health and safety. By travelling with us you acknowledge that you have considered any potential risks to health and safety. To the extent permitted by law, you hereby assume responsibility for all such risk and release us from all claims and causes of action arising from any losses, damages or injuries or death resulting from risks inherent in travel, including visiting foreign destinations, and participating in adventurous activities such as those included in Tour itineraries or otherwise offered by us. You acknowledge that the degree and nature of personal risk involved depends on the products or services booked and the location(s) in which a product or service operates. There may be an increased degree of risk participating in physical activities, travel to remote locations, carriage by watercraft, or other high-risk activities, or travel to countries with developing infrastructure. You agree that we are not responsible for providing information or guidance with respect of local customs, weather conditions, physical challenges or laws in effect in any locations where a Tour, product or service is operated. You acknowledge you have considered the

potential risks, dangers and challenges and your own personal capabilities and needs, and you expressly assume the risks associated with travel under such conditions. You must at all times strictly comply with all applicable laws and regulations of all countries and regions. Should you fail to comply with the above, or commit any illegal act when on tour or, in our opinion (acting reasonably) from the time of booking to returning from your trip your behaviour is causing or is likely to cause danger, distress, or material annoyance to others including our staff, suppliers and any other customers, we may terminate your travel arrangements or any product or service immediately at your expense and without any liability on our part. You will not be entitled to any refund for unused or missed services or costs incurred as a result of termination of our travel arrangements, including, without limitation, return travel, accommodations, meals, and incidentals. You are responsible for any costs (including repair, replacement and cleaning fees) incurred by us or our suppliers for property damage, destruction or theft caused by you while on a tour. You agree to immediately report any preexisting damage to one of our representatives or staff of the accommodation, transportation service, or facility as soon as possible upon discovery. You agree to take all prudent measures in relation to your own safety while on tour including, but not limited to, the proper use of safety devices (including seatbelts, harnesses, floatation devices and helmets) and obeying all posted signs and oral or written warnings regarding health and safety. Neither we nor our third party suppliers are liable for loss or damages caused by your failure to comply with safety instructions or warnings.

17. Excursions and local activities Included Excursions: For all excursions that form part of the advertised arrangements that you have booked, your contract for the excursion will be with ourselves and we will take responsibility for that excursion in accordance with the remainder of these Booking Terms and Conditions. Optional Excursions: Aside from included excursions, optional excursions and activities may be available for you to purchase either before you depart the UK or during your holiday. Occasionally, these are offered for sale by our holiday advisors in the UK or our Holiday Directors or representatives overseas. However, we have no involvement in any such excursions or activities which are not run, supervised or controlled in any way by us. Full responsibility for providing and operating the excursion or activity rests with the local operator/provider. Optional excursions or other activities that you may choose to book or pay for whilst you are taking part in your trip are not part of your contracted arrangements with us. Where you make a booking of an optional excursion via us or our Holiday Director, we act solely as a booking agent for the local operator/ provider of all such optional excursions and activities with whom you will have a contract. The local operator’s terms and conditions will apply. We are not responsible for the provision of any optional excursions or activities or for anything that happens during the course of its provision by the local operator. We cannot accept any liability on any basis in relation to any optional excursions or activities which do not form part of your contracted arrangements with us. We do not however exclude liability for the negligence of ourselves or our employees resulting in your death or personal injury. A minimum number of people are needed for an optional excursion to operate. If that number is not achieved, the local operator may have to cancel it. If this happens, you will be offered a full refund of the money that you have paid. If the local operator has to cancel, the refund will be processed by our head office in the UK, to the payee, within 14 working days of your return date to the UK, on behalf of the local operator. If you want to cancel an optional excursion that you have booked, we on behalf of the local operator, are unable to refund the cost of the excursion once it has been paid for. Our Holiday Directors are happy to suggest local places of interest to you. However, these are suggestions only and are not recommendations or endorsements and no liability is accepted for any issues that may arise.

18. Financial Security We provide financial security for flight inclusive Packages and ATOL protected flights. This is a legal requirement of our ATOL license and is monitored regularly by ATOL. This lists what is financially protected, where you can get information on what this means for you and who to contact if things go wrong. For further information, visit the ATOL website at www. atol.org.uk.

The price of our flight inclusive arrangements includes the amount of £2.50 per person as part of the ATOL Protection Contribution (APC) we pay to the CAA. This charge is included in our advertised prices. Not all holiday or travel services offered and sold by us will be protected by the ATOL Scheme. ATOL protection extends primarily to customers who book and pay in the United Kingdom or the first leg of any flight or flights we arrange for you commences in the UK. We, or the suppliers identified on your ATOL Certificate, will provide you with the services listed on the ATOL Certificate (or a suitable alternative). In some cases, where neither we nor the supplier are able to do so for reasons of insolvency, an alternative ATOL holder may provide you with the services you have bought (at no extra cost to you). You agree to accept that in those circumstances the alternative ATOL holder will perform those obligations and you agree to pay any money outstanding to be paid by you under your contract to that alternative ATOL holder. However, you also agree that in some cases it will not be possible to appoint an alternative ATOL holder, in which case you will be entitled to make a claim under the ATOL Scheme (or your credit card issuer where applicable). If we, or the suppliers identified on your ATOL certificate, are unable to provide the services listed (or a suitable alternative, through an alternative ATOL holder or otherwise) for reasons of insolvency, the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust may make a payment to (or confer a benefit on) you under the ATOL scheme. You agree that in return for such a payment or benefit you assign absolutely to those Trustees any claims which you have or may have arising out of or relating to the non-provision of the services, including any claim against us, the travel agent (or your credit card issuer where applicable). You also agree that any such claims may be re-assigned to another body, if that other body has paid sums you have claimed under the ATOL scheme. We provide financial security for holidays not including flights by way of our ABTA bond. If you book arrangements other than an ATOL protected flight or Package from us, your monies will not be financially protected. Please ask us for further details. For more information about financial protection and the ATOL Certificate go to: www.atol.org. uk/ATOLCertificate or contact Civil Aviation Authority of Aviation House, Beehive Ring Road, Crawley, West Sussex, RH6 0YR. Refunds: If you are eligible for a refund(s) or all or part of your booking, this will be made to the lead passenger on the booking and generally refunded to the same payment method that was used to pay us. In the case of card payments, this will be refunded to the relevant card account. Any fees incurred while making the payment will not be refunded. Refunds will be completed as soon as possible and in line with our Terms and Conditions.

19. Passport, visa and immigration requirements and health formalities We will provide you with standard information about the passport, visa, health and immigration requirements applicable to your itinerary, but it is your responsibility to confirm that this information is relevant to your individual circumstances. You must check requirements for your own specific circumstances with the relevant Embassies and/or Consulates and your own doctor as applicable and you are responsible for ensuring that you meet the entry requirements for the destinations listed on your itinerary. We are unable to accept any responsibility if you are unable to travel because you are not granted a visa and relevant cancellation charges will apply. It is your responsibility to ensure that you understand and adhere to all entry requirements for the countries you’re visiting (and what’s required upon your return to the UK). We have partnered with Sherpa, an industry expert who can guide you with extensive information to ensure that you have right travel visa documentation and easy access to the all up-to-date travel requirements that will ensure you have the best holiday experience. Travel requirements per country can change. Sherpa is the complete service that will ensure you have all the current information so that you are good to go. We recommend that you check the information regularly, along with the Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office in order to familiarise yourself with any requirements. We’re unable to accept any responsibility should you not be able to travel if you have not complied with any passport, entry and immigration requirements. This comprehensive service will ensure you have a worry free and stress free holiday. All

your Travel Requirements can be accessed via travelsphere.co.uk/sherpa

and passengers must be fit and mobile enough to access and disembark the tender.

Requirements do change, and you must check the up to date position in good time before departure so that you have the correct documentation and are adequately vaccinated. Information on health is available from your GP surgery and from the National Travel Health Network and Centre www. travelhealthpro.org.uk

If passengers have impaired mobility, or use a mobility aid such as a stick, then they must carefully consider their ability to embark the tender safely. Wheelchairs and mobility equipment will not be carried by the crew or Holiday Director and all passengers must be independently mobile enough to use the tenders. Ultimately, carriage by tender may be refused by the Captain of the river or cruise vessel or any of his officers if there is any doubt as to the safety of any passengers.

Most countries now require passports to be valid for at least 6 months after your return date. When travelling to the EU, the UK Government recommends that you have 6 months left on your passport on the date of your arrival to an EU country. If your passport is in its final year, you should check with the Embassy of the country you are visiting. You should also check when your passport was renewed. If you renewed a 10 year adult passport before it expired, extra months may have been added to your passport’s expiry date. These extra months over 10 years will not count towards the 6 months that must be remaining. The UK Government has published a web site tool to check the validity of your passport under these rules. Please go to https://www. gov.uk/check-a-passport-travel-europe. For further information contact the Passport Office on 0300 222 0000 or visit https:// www.gov.uk/browse/abroad/passports. The European Health Insurance Card (EHIC) or the Global Health Insurance Card allows you to access state medical care when they are travelling in another EU Country. Requirements do change and you must check the up to date position in good time before departure so that you have the correct documentation and are adequately vaccinated. Information on health is available from your GP surgery and from the National Travel Health Network and Centre www. travelhealthpro.org.uk We do not wish to mar the prospective enjoyment of your holiday. It is your responsibility to ensure you are aware of up to date travel information and advice for your chosen destination; please review the Foreign Office web site for detailed information www. gov.uk/foreign-travel-advice. Up to date travel advice can also be obtained from the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, visit www. gov.uk/travelaware. Non British passport holders, including other EU nationals, should obtain up-to-date advice on passport and visa requirements from the Embassy, High Commission or Consulate of your destination or country(ies) through which you are travelling. We do not accept any responsibility if you cannot travel or incur any other loss because you have not complied with any passport, visa, immigration requirements or health formalities. You agree to reimburse us in relation to any fines or other losses which we incur as a result of your failure to comply with any passport, visa, immigration requirements or health formalities.

20. Cruises River and Ocean Cruise vessels enforce the highest standards of cleaning and sanitation in order to prevent the spread of viruses and illness. If you experience any gastrointestinal symptoms whilst on board, you may be confined to your cabin until your symptoms are clear. This action is to protect all passengers on board and contain the spread of any virus. In most cases, prior to boarding, you will be asked by the cruise operator/carrier to complete a medical form confirming you are not ill or have not been ill prior to boarding the vessel. You must answer these questions truthfully. If you have experienced any gastrointestinal symptoms prior to boarding your vessel, we on behalf of the cruise operator/carrier reserve the right to ask passengers to produce medical evidence of fitness to travel this may include the submission of any required medical certificates. In the interests of passenger safety we reserve the right to refuse boarding at our discretion. In such circumstances passengers will not be entitled to claim compensation or a refund. In some ports, it may be necessary for the river or cruise vessel to anchor offshore rather than alongside. When this is the case, the cruise line will use a tender to take passengers ashore. A tender is a small vessel and may not be suitable for persons with disabilities or reduced mobility or balance problems. It is important that passengers are able to use the tender safely. Passengers may be required to descend to a platform or pontoon and into the tender and passengers may need to navigate a gap between the platform and the tender. Depending on weather, tide and sea conditions, there may be some movement

21. Conditions of suppliers Many of the services which make up your holiday are provided by independent suppliers. Those suppliers provide these services in accordance with their own terms and conditions which will form part of your contract with us. Some of these terms and conditions may limit or exclude the supplier’s liability to you, usually in accordance with applicable International Conventions. Copies of the relevant parts of these terms and conditions are available on request from ourselves or the supplier concerned.

22. Assistance in resort If, whilst you are on holiday, you find yourself in difficulty for any reason, we will offer you such assistance as is appropriate in the circumstances. In particular, we will provide you with appropriate information on health services, local authorities and consular assistance, and assistance with distance communications and finding alternative travel arrangements. Where you require assistance which is not owing to any failure by us, our employees or sub-contractors, we will not be liable for the costs of any alternative travel arrangements or other such assistance you require. Any supplier, airline or other transport supplier may however pay for or provide refreshments and/or appropriate accommodation and you should make a claim directly to them. Subject to the other terms of these Booking Conditions, we will not be liable for any costs, fees or charges you incur in the above circumstances, if you fail to obtain our prior authorisation before making your own travel arrangements. Furthermore, we reserve the right to charge you a fee for its assistance in the event that the difficulty is caused intentionally by you or a member of your party, or otherwise through your or your party’s negligence.

23. Delays, missed transport arrangements and other travel information If you miss your flight or other transport arrangement, it is cancelled or you are subject to a delay of over 3 hours for any reason, you must contact us and the airline or other transport supplier concerned immediately. Under EU Law, you have rights in some circumstances to refunds and/ or compensation from the airline in cases of denied boarding, cancellation or delay to flights with a European airline or flights operating from a European airport. Full details of these rights will be publicised at EU airports and will also be available from airlines. If the airline does not comply with these rules you should complain to the Civil Aviation Authority at www.caa.co.uk/ passengers. Reimbursement in such cases is the responsibility of the airline and will not automatically entitle you to a refund of your holiday price from us. If your holiday arrangements include a flight and, for any reason, you do not claim against the airline and make a claim for compensation from us, you must, at the time of payment of any compensation to you, make a complete assignment to us of the rights you have against the airline in relation to the claim that gives rise to that compensation payment. A delay or cancellation to your flight does not automatically entitle you to cancel any other arrangements even where those arrangements have been made in conjunction with your flight inclusive holiday. We cannot accept liability for any delay which is due to any of the reasons set out in clause 10 of these Booking Conditions (which includes the behaviour of any passenger(s) on any flight who, for example, fails to check in or board on time). The carrier(s), flight timings and types of aircraft shown in this brochure or on our website and detailed on your confirmation invoice are for guidance only and are subject to alteration and confirmation. We shall inform you of the identity of the actual carrier(s) as soon as we become aware of it. The latest flight timings will be shown on your final documentation which will be despatched to you approximately two weeks before departure. You should check your tickets very carefully immediately on receipt to ensure you have the correct flight times. If flight times

change after tickets have been dispatched we will contact you as soon as we can to let you know. Please note the existence of a “Community list” (available for inspection at https:// ec.europa.eu/transport/modes/air/safety/airban_en) detailing air carriers that are subject to an operating ban with the EU Community.

BOOKING IS EASY You can request a brochure, check availability and book online 24 hours a day/7 days a week at www.travelsphere.co.uk. Booking one of our holidays is easy on line.

Our advertising material is our responsibility, as your tour operator. It is not issued on behalf of, and does not commit the airlines mentioned herein or any airline whose services are used in the course of your travel arrangements.

If you prefer to speak to someone to make your booking you can call us on 01858 415 100. Please see our website for our opening hours. Calls may be recorded to ensure a high level of customer service.

24. Advance Passenger Information

✔ Holiday reference as shown on the holiday page

A number of Governments are introducing new requirements for air carriers to provide personal information about all travellers on their aircraft to the Authorities before the aircraft leaves the UK. The data will be collected either at the airport when you check in or in some circumstances when, or after you make your booking. Accordingly, you are advised to allow extra time to check in for your flight. Where we collect this data, we will treat it in accordance with our privacy policy.

25. Foreign Office advice You are responsible for making yourself aware of Foreign Office advice in regard to the safety of the countries and areas in which you will be travelling and to make your decisions accordingly. As the advice can change we recommend that you keep up to date and check the situation closer to your departure date at https://www.gov.uk/foreign-traveladvice. Advice from the Foreign Office to avoid or leave a particular country may constitute Force Majeure (see clause 10).

26. Baggage You are responsible for the carriage and care of your luggage throughout your holiday except for such times as it may be in the hands of the airline; herein such circumstances the airline specific terms and conditions relating to the carriage of luggage apply, or when porterage at a hotel or on arrival and departure is included. Please ensure that your luggage is loaded on to all transport and be careful to take the correct luggage with you when you leave any mode of transport.

27. Marketing and images You acknowledge and agree that, while participating in any tour, images, photos or videos may be taken by other participants, us or our representatives that may contain or feature you (the “Visual Content”). You consent to any such pictures being taken and grant a perpetual, royalty-free worldwide, irrevocable license to us, our contractors, sub-contractors and assigns, to reproduce the Visual Content for any purpose whatsoever (including marketing, promotions and the creation of promotional materials by or with sub-licensees), in any medium whatsoever, whether currently known or hereinafter devised, without any further obligation or compensation payable to you.

28. Severability If any provision of these Booking Conditions is so broad as to be unenforceable, such provision will be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof will in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

29. Amendments We reserve the right to update or alter these Booking Conditions at any time, and will post up to date Booking Conditions on the our website https://www.travelsphere.co.uk/ information/booking-conditions/. The Booking Conditions that were in place on the date your booking was confirmed will apply to your holiday. We recommend that you refer to the Booking Conditions applicable to your booking prior to travel to familiarise yourself.

30. Privacy Policy We must collect your personal information to deliver your booked arrangements and any products or services booked. We collect, use and disclose only that information reasonably required to enable us and our third party suppliers to provide your booked arrangements, products and/or services that you have requested as described in our Privacy Policy, which can be accessed any time at https://www.travelsphere.co.uk/ information/privacy-policy/ and is expressly incorporated into these Booking Terms and Conditions.

When you are ready to book please have the following information to hand:

✔ Preferred departure date ✔ Full names of all those travelling as stated on their passport ✔ How many rooms and type ✔ Holiday insurance requirements ✔ Credit or debit card details for deposit payment You will be given a booking reference, please quote this whenever you contact us. If you book by telephone you will be asked for your email address so that we can send you details of all the relevant documentation for your booking; which will include: your confirmation invoice, holiday information, final travel documents and a health questionnaire.

DEPOSIT & PAYMENT Each booking must be accompanied by the appropriate deposit payment. In most cases we will charge the following deposit per person but the actual amount will be made clear at the point of booking:

UK HOLIDAYS - £150 PER PERSON EUROPEAN HOLIDAYS - £200 PER PERSON WORLDWIDE HOLIDAYS - £400 PER PERSON OCEAN CRUISES - £400 PER PERSON On some holidays we may charge a slightly higher deposit, to cover any costs we have to pay immediately to secure your booking with our suppliers. This will be made clear at the time of booking. You can use your debit or credit card to confirm your booking instantly. All major credit cards are accepted and there is no charge for paying by debit/credit card, by cheque or bank transfer.

CONFIRMATION A confirmation invoice will be available to you shortly after your booking is confirmed. An email will be sent to you with details on how to access your Confirmation Invoice. Please read it carefully and let us know immediately if there are any errors. The balance must be paid no later than 12 weeks before departure. The payment deadline will be clearly marked on your confirmation invoice along with details of how to pay online at www. travelsphere.co.uk/payments

FINAL TRAVEL DOCUMENTS Your Final Travel Documents will be emailed to you approx 2 weeks before you are scheduled to travel. Your documentation will be available for your to access through the Manage my Booking section of the website. You just need to Log-in or register to access it.

FEEDBACK If you have any feedback after your holiday please contact us at: feedback@travelsphere.co.uk We endeavour to respond to all emails within five working days.

PLANTERRA DONATIONS At Travelsphere we believe it is our responsibility to give back to the communities we travel to. Customers can make a voluntary donation of £5.00 per passenger travelling. 100% of this donation will be passed to Planeterra. This donation will be added at time of booking. All donations will be matched by Travelsphere up to the value of £5.00 per passenger. This can be removed until 14 days before departure, by request and you can let us know via enquries@travelsphere.co.uk. Requests to remove or change donations will be refunded until this time. Requests to change or remove donations after this time cannot be made. Minimum donation is £5.00 per booking. The donation value can be increased, please ask at time of booking or let us know via enquries@travelsphere.co.uk. If you cancel a booking, or your booking is cancelled by us, then your total donation will be refunded to you. If you would like to continue with your donation, rather than receiving a refund please do let us know at time of cancellation. Otherwise, it will be refunded to you. Planeterra is a registered nonprofit in Canada and a Charity in the US, however, they are not registered in the UK and therefore Gift Aid does not apply in this instance.

By submitting any personal information to us, you indicate your acceptance of our Privacy Policy.

163

“Travelsphere takes all the best things from destinations, excursions, great food, and excellent accommodation and makes it a holiday to treasure forever.” - Stephen Ranford

Book your next holiday today Call us on 01858 415 100 Visit travelsphere.co.uk Contact your local travel agent

Travelsphere Cares

Travelsphere, Office 202, Harborough Enterprise Centre, Northampton Rd, Market Harborough LE16 9HW Prices and Trustpilot rating are correct at time of going to print. Calls from landlines will be charged at local rate, calls from mobiles may be higher. Calls may be recorded to ensure high levels of customer service. Data Protection: Travelsphere is part of G Touring Limited. For further information please see Privacy Policy at travelsphere.co.uk. To unsubscribe from mailings please email optoutofmailings@travelsphere.co.uk Published December 2025